初二英语. Unit 1- 3 试卷
姓名：_____ 班级:_______ 座号:________
一、听写单词：2.5分
1._______ 2._______ 3._______ 4.________ 5._______
二、选出你所听到的句子。2.5分
1、（ ）A. We all come back to school on Sunday.
B. Welcome back to school, boys and girls!
C. I don' t know all your names.
2、（ ）A. She usually come to school by bus.
B. Are you going to the factory by bus?
C. Do you often come to the factory by bus?
3、（ ）A. Jim is older than Lucy.
B. Lucy is younger than Jim.
C. Jim is shorter than Jom.
4、（ ）A. They play volleyball on Saturdays.
B. They play with their parents on Sundays.
C. They watch football games every day.
5、（ ）A. May I borrow a piece of paper?
B. I have your name' s on this piece of paper.
C. I have them on this piece of paper.
三、选出你所听到的单词。5分
1、（ ）A. certainly B. third C. Thrsday D. turn
2、（ ）A. hard B. class C. half D. farm
3、（ ）A. police B. week C. leave D. me
4、（ ）A. house B. about C. brown D. now
5、（ ）A. what B. watch C. want D. wash
四、英汉互译。12分
1. It doesn' t matter_________________
2. Write on a piece of paper_____________________
3. 步行上学___________________
4. Thand you for helping me_________________
5. 在那天_______________ 6. 好主意________________
7. in the open air____________8.许多不同种类________________
五、辨音。5分
1、（ ）A. thank B. fourth C. another D. three
2、（ ）A. long B. short C. tall D. walk
3、（ ）A. air B. first C. term D. third
4、（ ）A. second B. lesson C. next D. evening
5、（ ）A. paper B. matter C. eighth D. page
六、选择填空。22分
1. ____ the Chinese teacher of Class Three?
A. Whose B. What C. Who' s D. Where
2. Does he ____ home at six in the morning?
A. leave B. leaving C. to leave D. leaves
3. How does he go to school?_____bus.
A. By B. By a C. by D. on
4. He_____ goes to work by car.
A. sometime B. some ttimes C. sometime D. sometimes
5. This box is heavy . But that one is______.
A. the most heavy B. the heavyest C. the heavier D. heavier
6. Lucy is reading a letter______her friend.
A. in B. on C. with D. from
7. What' s the English ______Zhong Qiu Fie?
A. on B. in C. for D. with
8. Please come here ______ earlien next time.
A. a lot of B. a little C.too D. very
9. Kate is_____than any other girl in her class.
A. younger B. the yourgest C. the younger D. youngest
10. The big apple is____ofall .
A. the redder B. the reddest C. the redest D.reddest
11. Are you free_____?
A. tomorrow evening B. on tomorrow evening C. tomorrow' s evening.
七、按要求变换句型。11分
1. Mr Green is forty- two. Mrs Green is forty. And Kate Green is only seven.
Mr Green is_________ _____________in his family.
2. These mooncakes have nuts in them. I like them.
I like the moomccakes__________muts_______ ___________.
3. What a fine day it is today!_____ _____ it is!
4. It' s time to have breakfast. It' s time_____breakfast.
5. He' s eating the biggest apple.(划线提问)
________________________________________________.
6. It has an egg in it.(否定句)_________________________________.
7. She is only three. She can' t carry the heavy bag.
(用 Why组成一个问句)_______________________________________.
八、找出划线部分的替换词。10分
（ ）1、 Do you want to drink a bottle of orange?
A. Are you drinking. B. Let' s drink.
C. Can you drink. D. Would you like.
（ ）2、Lily is writing . What about lucy?
A. Where' s Lucy? B. Is Lucy reading?
C. What is Lucy doing? D. Can Lucy write?
（ ）3、The young man is working.
A. at home B. at school C. at work D. at his desk
（ ）4、The work is hard. I want some help.
A. Cam I help you ? B. What can I do for you?
C. What' s wrong with you? D. Could you help me?
（ ）5、Li Lei works hard at English and she studies English well
A. is good at English. B. studies English hard.
C. can speak English. D. writes very well.
九、阅读理解，选择正确的答案。10分
Mr Smith is a teacher of English. He is 29. He has a round face and his black hair(头发) . He is tall. There are 50 students in his class . They all like him.
Now it' s five in the classroom. Look, some students are working in the classroom. Mr Smith is there, too. He is helping them to study English. He is a good teacher, and he is a good friend of them.
1. What does Mr Smith do?( )
A. He is a student. B. He' s a teacher.
C. He' s Englishman. D. He' s a friend of us.
2. What coloun is his hair?( )
A. Black B. Red C. Yellow D. White
3. How many students are there in Mr Smith' s class?( )
A. Twenty- nine B. Fifty C. Fifreen D. Fifties
4. What time is it now?( )
A. It' s five in the mouning. B. It' s five in the afternoon.
C. It' s fifty D. I don' t dnow.
5.What is Mr Smith doing in the classroom?( )
A. He is having his class. B. He is doing his homework.
C. He is talding with his students.
D. He is helping the students to study English.
十、完型填空。10分
Li Ping: Mother , this is Kate. She' s①_______ English girl. Kate, this is②________ mother.
Kate: How do you do, Mrs Li?
Mother: ③______? Sit down, please.
Kate: ④________________.
Mother: Are you and ⑤ ______ classmate?(同班同学)
Kate: Yes, I am. ⑥________ are in Class 3.
Li Ping: ⑦ ___ teacher says I' m like Kate. But we aren' t⑧______.
Mother: Yes, you are ⑨ ________ .You are good ⑩_______.
( )1. A. a B. an C. the D.×
( )2. A. my B. I C. mine D. me
( )3.A.How are you? B.How do you do? C.Are you fine? D.Is it all right?
( )4. A. Thank B. Thank' C. Thanks D. thanks.
( )5. A. my daughter B. my daughter' sC. my daughters D. my daughters'
( )6. A. I B. Li Ping C. Li Ping and I. D. I and Li Ping.
( )7. A. We B. Our C. Us D. Ours
( )8. A. twin B. twins C. sisters D. English
( )9. A. × B. too C. right D. wrong
( )10. A. friends B. friend C. freind D. freinds
十一、安排句子的顺序，用a，b，c…表示。10分
1.( )A. How much is it?
2.( )B. What about that one? It' s only 30.
3.( )C. 80 yuan.
4.( )D. That' s too dear.
5.( )E. All right. I' ll take it.
6.( )F. Can I help you?
7.( )G. Yes, please. I want a pair of shoes, please.
8( )H. White.
9.( )I. What 10 Lour do you want?
10.( )J. OK, here you are.
依次写在如下:________________________________________________
初二年段英语测试(Unit 1- Unit 2.)
Sep.17.
姓名：______ 座号:_____ 班级:______ 得分:_____
一、语音。指出下列各组单词划线部分共有几种读音。10分
（A：一种 B：二种 C：三种 D：种）
A B C D
( )1. soon moon bedroom food
( )2. parent hard pair car
( )3. sea bread mean great
( )4. another from so do
( )5. usually sister swims school
( )6. train plance away way
( )7. policeman ship ride children
( )8. my lily yellow your
( )9. Tuesday usually uncle ruler
( )10. walk half talk all
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式。（10分）
1. long (反义词 ):___________ 2. two ( 序数词):__________
3. pair (同音词):___________ 4. foot ( 复数):__________
5. lesson (同义词):___________ 6. canada (形容词):_________
7.fifth(基数词):__________ 8. see (同音词):________
9. have (第三人称单数):_________ 10. night (反义词):________
三、选择填空：（30分）
（ ）1.There are ________on the table.
A.a piece of paper B.a piece of papers
C. two pieces of paper D. two pieces of papers
( )2.I have your names ______this piece of paper.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
( ) 3. Welcome back _______school.
A. at B. in C. to D. on
( ) 4. _______him come in .
A. Doesn' t let B. Don' t lets
C. Don' t letting D. Don' t let
( ) 5.Would you like to have_________ ?
A. a piece bread B. some bread
C. a bread D. a piece of bread
( ) 6. I ' m sorry ________.
A. to late B. be late
C. I late D. I ' m late
( ) 7.Wei Hua _______have lunch at home.
A. doesn' t often B. don' t often
C. often don' t D. often doesn' t
( ) 8.One of these mooncakes _______ an egg in it.
A. have B. is C. are D. has
( ) 9.How many of _______come to school on foot ?
A. we B. they C. us D. our
( ) 10.It ' s seven o 'clock . They _______ their homework.
A. do B. does C. is doing D.are doing
姓名:______ 座号:______ 班级:________
( ) 11. I don' t like this dress . Do yon have ______one ?
A. an another B. another
C. other D. others
( ) 12. He ________his lunch at school.
A. don' t have B. hasn' t
C. haven' t D. doesn' t have
( ) 13. Sam often _______to the farm.
A. by bike B. on a bike
C. rides a bike D. ride bikes
( ) 14. _________good students.
A. They all is B. They are all
C. Are they all D. All are they
( ) 15._____Is the woman _______? Yes she is .
A. shop B. shops C. shoping D. shopping
四、介词填空 （10分）
1. It ' s a fine day _______a swim.
2. She goes home every year ________his parents.
3. How many ________you come from Canada ?
4. She helps her mother ________housework .
5. He often buy food _______his way home .
6. Who is the English teacher ________class Two ?
7. Please write _______the piece of paper.
8. We don' t go to school _______Sunday.
9. Do you have something _______supper.
10. Jim often goes to school ______ foot.
五、改病句（每句只有一处错，指出并订正在横线上）（10分）
( ) 1. ________ Look ! Mike is runing with the kite.
A B C D
( ) 2._________ The two men are playing the basketball now.
A B C D
( ) 3. _________ This is our the first lesson this term.
A B C D
( ) 4. _________ Everyday he leaves home at about seven.
A B C D
( ) 5. _________ He often helps uncle Wang does housework.
A B C D
六、用所给动词的正确形式填空 （10分）
1. He ______(not have ) his lunch at school .He _______( have )
it at home now.
2. Tom likes ________(swim) . Look , he ________ (swim )
in the river.
3. Let me ________ (sing ) this song.
4. May I ___________ ( have ) another mooncakes ?
5. _______ (not be ) late next time.
6. I like _______ (ride ) a bike . Now I would like ______
(swim ) in the river.
7. What about ________ ( have ) a drink of tea ?
姓名:______ 座号:______ 班级:_______
七、句型转换。（10分）
1. She does housework everyday (改为一般问句)
___________________________________________________
2. Is she having supper now ?( 用usually…at home 改写)
___________________________________________________
3. The girl in red is Tom ' s sister ?(划线提问)
____________________________________________________
4. He usually swims in the river .(用now改写）
____________________________________________________
5. Do you have a sister ?(改为否定疑问句)
_____________________________________________________
八、补全对话。（10分）
G：Morning , Mr Wu ! I ________you ' re on foot today ?
_______you usually come by bike ?
W : Yes I do . ________ I walk _________.
G :____________where ' s you bike .
W: It ' s broken.
G: Broken ? Oh ________?
W: It doesn ' t___________ .
I like __________ look at the sun!
It ' s a fine day for a _______.
G : That 's hight .
And the ___________ today is nice.
Good Luck !
Baxia Middle School.
初二英语测试（Unit 3—4 ）
一.听写单词.5分
1.________ 2.________ 3.________ 4.________ 5._______
二.选择与所听到句子意思相似的句子.5分
( )1.A.This bottle is clean. B.This bottle is empty.
C.This bottle is small. D.This bottle is full.
( )2.A.Li Lei is older than Wei Hua.
B.Li Lei is taller than Wei Hua.
C.Li Lei is younger than Wei Hua.
D.Li Lei is shorter than Wei Hua.
( )3.A.The red ruler is the shortest of the three.
B.The red ruler is the longest of the three.
C.The red ruler is heavier than the blue one.
D.The green ruler is langest of the three.
( )4.A.I' m going to do some washing.
B.I' m going to do some reading.
C.I' m going to do some shopping.
D.I' m going to do some cleaning.
( )5.A.Why don' t you play basketball with us ?
B.Why don' t you go swimming with us ?
C.Why don' t you go on foot with us ?
D.Why don' t you go by bus ?
三.选择你所听到的单词.5分
( )1.A.book B.look C.food D.foot
( )2.A.right B.light C.like D.bike
( )3.A.sun B.some C.can' t D.aren' t
( )4.A.first B.third C.shirt D.skirt
( )5.A.meat B.please C.sea D.tean
四.找出划线部分读音不同的选项.5分
( )1.A.sun B.put C.must D.nut
( )2.A.september B.next C.mend D.let
( )3.A.dear B.wear C.hair D.where
( )4.A.think B.month C.another D.fourth
( )5.A.quite B.night C.pick D.outside
五.按要求写单词.10分
1.month(复数)______ 2.good(比较级)________
3.tall(反义词)_______ 4.sure(同义词)_________
5.hungry(最高级)_______ 6.has(现在分词)______
7.sun(同音词)________ 8.three(序数词)________
9. foot(复数)__________ 10.out(反义词)_______
六.单项选择.30分
( )1.What day is it today?_____
A.It' s Ootober 10. B.It' s 7 o'clock.
C.It' s Teachers' Day. D.It's a fine day.
( )2.What ____ it look like?
A.are B.is C.do D.does
( )3.Lily has many different______.
A.kinds of kites B.kind of kites
C.kinds kites D.kind kite
( )4.There is ___ water in the glass.
A.any B.few C.a few D.a little
( )5.Whose pen is longer, ______?
A.Tom and kate' s. B.Tom' s or Kate' s.
C.Tom' s and Kate' s. D.Tom or Kate' s.
( )6.Everyone here _____ playing football.
A.is liking B.is likes C.likes D.like
( )7.______ early next time.
A.Be B.Is C.Am D.Are
( )8.Why not ____ home and watch TV?
A.stay at B.stays at
C.staying in D.to stay at
( )9.It' s time ______ to have a swim.
A.to us B.for us
C.for we D.with we
( )10.The students don' t_____ on Sundays.
A.have some classes. B.have any classes.
C.to have classes. D.have no classes.
( )11.He' s reading English ____ the open air.
A.on B.at C.in D.to
( )12.I like flying kites. It' s____ better than ____classes.
A.many , have B.many , having
C.much, have D.much , having
( )13.This banana is ___ of all.
A.big B.bigger
C.boggest D.the boggest
( )14.He would like you _____ earlier.
A.come B.coming
C.to come D.comes
( )15.We call ____ oranges.
A.they B.them
C.their D.it
七.改写句子.10分
1.Tom offten helps Lucy with her homework.(改为一般
将来时,用this term改写)
________________________________________________________
2.Write down your names.(否定句)
______________________________________
3.The boy is eating the smallest opple.(划线提问)
____________________________________________
4.This book is good. That book is better.(合并为一句)
______________________________________________
5.The students of class 1 are going to pick pears.(改为一
般问句并作答)__________________________________
__________________________________________
八.用所给词 的正确形式填空.10分
1.Here ___(be) 3 books. One of ____(their) is an English book.
2.They like ____(swim). They' re going ____(swim) tomorrow.
3.Ann' s kites are _______(nice) than mine.
4.________(not let) him ________(come) in.
5.Thank you for _______(ask) me.
6.Lesson 1 is ______(easy) than Lesson 2.
7.The Yellow River is the second _____(long) river in China.
九.完成对话.12分
A: Hello, Meinei. Where are you ⑴_________?
B: Hello, Lucy. I' m going to the ⑵_____________.
A: What are you going to ⑶_____________?
B: I' m going to buy some ⑷_______. Don' t you know it' s Mid- Autumn Day Tomorrow?
A: Oh. I see. What ⑸______of mooncakes do you like?
B: I like those ⑹_____ meat. What ⑺_______ you?
A: I like the ⑻_____ ⑼_____ nuts ⑽____them.
B: We have them. Please come over and have mooncakes with us.
A: Sure. I' d love ⑾_______.
B: ⑿______you tomorrow.
A: see you.
十.先阅读,后判断正误.8分
I' m an American girl . My name is Kate. I' m twelve. I
have a brother, Jim. He' s two years old than I am . We go to
school from Monday to Friday. We have no classes on Saturdays and Sundays.
My father and mother are teachers . They teach English in Beijing . We all like China.
( )1.They' re from England.
( )2.Kate and her brother go to school five day a week.
( )3.Kate' s parents are in China.
( )4.Kate is twelve and Jim is fifteen.
初二英语单元测试（Unit5—Unit6）
姓名:________ 座号_____ 班级_____ 得分______
一.语音:10%
( )1. A. take B. many C. paper D. baby
( )2. A. monkey B. dangerous C. worng D. uncle
( )3. A. say B. may C. play D. Sunday
( )4. A. careful B. hair C. hear D. chair
( )5. A. half B. wall C. talk D. tall
( )6. A. whose B. white C. which D. what
( )7. A. park B. hard C. puarter D. car
( )8. A. meal B. team C. clean D. great
( )9. A. first B. tiger C. hers D. Thursday
( )10. A. likes B. helps C. picks D. answers
二.按要求转变下列单词:10%
1. monkey(复数) _______ 2. here(同音)______
3. near(反义词)_______ 4. reach(第三人称单数)___
5.busy(反义词)________ 6. zoo(复数)________
7. twenty(序数词)_______ 8.careful(比较级)______
9. good(最高级)________ 10. forget(现在分词)______
三.用所给形容词适当形式填空:5%
1.The bag is_____(heavy) than that one.
2. Lucy is _______ (short) of the three.
3. Bill has some apples. I have ______(many) apples than Bill Mike has____(many) of all.
4. The ninth Lesson is _____ (long) lesson in Unit 3.
四.翻译下列词组:12%
1.一直___________ 2.玩得很高兴_____________
3.听到一些动物声音_____________ 4. 6 : 15 ___________
5. be hard to reach____________ 6. a little longer_______
五. 选择题25%
( )1. Classes _______at eight every morning.
A. is beginning B. is begining
C. begins D. begin
( )2. He is going _____ early tomorrow morning.
A. to go there B. to come here.
C. coming here D. there
( )3. Who______ here the latest? Wu Dong does.
A. is coming B. comes C. is D. coming
( )4. The farmers are lifting the basket______the truck.
A. in to B. into
C. down to D. on to
( )5. Look at those oranges! _____ are better than yours.
A. My B. I C. Mine D. Our
( )6. Please ______ too high. It' s dangerous.
A. not climb B. climb
C. not to climb D. dor't climb
( )7. I' m going ______ nent Saturday.]
A. be free B. to have free
C. to be free D. have free
( )8. _______ is it? It' s about five kilometres from here.
A. Where B. Where' s
C. How far D. How long
( )9. Mike is holiday the ladder _____ his brother.
A. at B. in C. for D. of
( )10. Whose paper planes are ____, Wu Dong' s or Wei Fang's?
A. best B. the best C. better D. good
( )11. Work must come ________
A. one B. first C. the first D. at first
( )12. I _____ think he ______ a good boy.
A. / … isn' t B. don' t … is C. do … aren' t D. not … is
( )13. —Shall we go to the park? —________.
A. I' ve no idea B. Good idea
C. I' d love to D. No, Let' s meet at 7: 00
( )14. —Would you like to go shopping with me?
— I ______ love to.
A. would B. had C. do D./
( )15. My watch is cheaper than_____.
A. Lily B. Lilys C. Lily' s D. her.
( )16. Why _____ your father?
A. don' t ask B. not to ask C.don' t to ask D. not ask
( )17. The Reads _____supper now.
A. is having B. have C. has D. are having
( )18. It' s time _____ boating.
A. to B. for C. at D. in
( )19. Many oranges are ______ bigger than yours.
A. very B. too C. much D. more
( )20. One of the teachers in our school ____ to Beijng.
A. walk B. walking C. walks D. is walk
( )21. Who climbs _____, Jim , Peter or Sam?
A. the higher B. highest C. higher D. high
( )22. Can you ____ the apples? They are too high.
A. reach B. reach to C. get to D. reaching
( )23. Everyone in our class _____ busy now.
A. has B. have C. are D. is
( )24. " Would you like some water or tea? " "_______"
A. Yes, please B. No , I don' t
C. Some tea, please D. No, thank you.
( )25. It' s _______ we all_______
A. hard work, hard work B. work hard, work hard
C. work hard, hard work D. hard work, work hard
六.用动词适当形式填空:10%
1. Jim and I _____(make) our kites tomorrow.
2. Lucy often ______(watch) TV in the evening.
3. Look! The students_______(pick) the apples.
4. My mother has quite a lot of homework______(do).
5. Does he like ______(read) English books?
6. Kate would like Lucy ______(come) to supper.
7. Shall we ____(go) shopping.
8. Kate and Jim______ (come) tomorrow evening.
9. My friend Ann is good at______(sing).
10. It' s hard _____(play) football.
七.句型转换:10%
1. Does Kate want to go with us?(同义句)
______ Kate ______ to go with us?
2. Shall we go at ten?(同义句)
_______ ______ go at ten?
3. Jim is the strongest in his class. (同义句)
Jim is _____ than ____ ______ student in his class.
4. The hat looks like a cat. (划线部分提问)
________ ______ the hat look like?
5. Jim usually does his homework in the evening.(划线部分提问)
______ does Jim usually do his homework?
八.补全对话:8%
Jim: Hi, Lin Tao! What are you going to do on Sundays?
Lin Tao: I' ve no____ . What do you____?
Jim: _____ we go to the park?
Lin Tao: ______ idea! _____ shall we meet?
Jim: What about a quarter past two?
Lin Tao: Let' s ____ it a little ______. There is a zoo in the park.
Jim: OK, Let' s make it half past one.
Lin Tao: ______ shall we meet?
Jim: Let' s meet outside the park gate.
九.完形填空:
______1. student of class Four often nork on the farm. They usually go to work there ______2. Saturday morning. _____3. they are going to there _____4. Friday morning. They are going to help the farmers ______5. their work. ______6. teachers are going to the farm with them. They are going to pick _____7. there. They are going to meet at about eight at the school gate. They are going to ______8. the farm ______9. bus. The bus is going to leave at 8 : 15, So eveuyone must ______10. the bus before that time.
( )1. A. An B. A C. The D. /
( )2. A. on B. at C. in D. by
( )3. A. And B. But C. So D. Or
( )4. A. in this B. at this C. that D. this
( )5. A. at B. on C. of D. with
( )6. A. Much B. They C. Their D. Theirs
( )7. A. oranges B. orange C. much oranges D. any oranges
( )8. A. get B. get to C. reach to D. get to
( )9. A. at B. in C. for D. by
( )10. A. get up B. get on C. to get on D. to get
初二英语Unit 8 --- 9 试卷
一. 语音. (10分)
( )1. A. answer B. ask C. aslo D. farther
( )2. A. hear B.pear C. dear D. ear
( )3. A. front B.from C. popular D. long
( )4. A. whose B.when C. where D. which
( )5. A. chicken B.chair C. lunch D. machine
( )6. A. class B. desks C.sure D. same
( )7. A. house B.pass C.nose D.mustn't
( )8. A. office B.stop C.police D.hospital
( )9. A.real B.meat C.idea D.really
( )10. A. my B.why C.yellow D.fly
二. 按要求写出下列单词的相应形式 (10分)
1. ask (反义词)______ 2.front (反义词) ____________ 3. similar (反义词) ________ 4.touch (第三人称单数)______5.policeman (复数) _______ 6.practice (动词)____________ 7. open (形容词 反义词)______ 8. I (同音词) _________ 9.turn (名词) ___________ 10.You'd better (完全形式)____
三. 选择填空: (20分)
( )1. They are putting their ______ in front of them.
A. close hads B. closed hands
C. close hand D. closed hand
( )2. He is one of ____ in our school.
A. good students B. best students
C. the best students D. the best student
( )3. Jim has __________.
A. many fruits B. much fruit
C. more fruits D. less fruits
( )4. I don' t like this shirt. Show me _____ one, please. A. other B. another C. others D. the others
( )5. Why not ____ a bike for your son ?
A. to buy B. buying C. buys D. buy
( )6. My mother often keeps ______ everyday.
A. her very busy B. her to be busy
C. her' s very busy D. she busy
( )7. Please keep Kate and ____ wity their housework.
A. hers B. me C. us D. her
( )8. Let' s ______ friends.
A. to be B. are C. be D. being
( )9. I _______ the teacher , but I can' t ___ a word.
A. hear . . . listen B. listen . . . hear
C. listen to . . . her D. listen to . . .hear to
( )10. One of the students ____ an eraser in his hand.
A. have B. having C. has D. to have
( )11. Children often love ____ this game.
A. to playing B. to play C. play D. plays
( )12. Where ___ Tom and Tim ___ in the classroom.
A. do . . . sit B. does . . . sit
C. is . . . sitting D. are . . . sitting
( )13. Where is my bag? I can' t _____it now.
A. look for B. find C. find out D. look at
( )14. It' s about three ____ along on the left.
A. hundreds metres B. hundred metre
C. hundred metre D. hundred metres
( )15. She is good at Chinese . She ____ any help.
A. doesn' t need B. not need
C. needn' t D. needs
( )16. You' d better ____ late next time.
A. not to be B. don' t to be
C. don' t be D. not be
( )17. The school is _____the other side ___ the river.
A. on . . . in B. in . . . in C. on . . . of D. in . . . of
( )18. How far is it ____ Beijing _____ Shanghai ?
A. from . . . from B. to . . . to
C. from . . . to D. to . . . from
( )19. He neads __________.
A. number 12 bus B. the number 12 buses C. number 12 buses D. a number 12 bus
( )20. You ____ ride a bike on the left of the road.
A. mustn' t B. can C. may not D. needn' t
四. 在空格中填入适当的词. (10分)
1. Do you know who sits next ____ him ?
2. Can you tel l me the way ____ the station ?
3. I know the parts _____ the body?
4. There is a blackboard ______ the back wal l _____ the classroom.
5. Jim sits ____ Li Lei' s nigbt.
6. The factory is about 12 kilometres away _____ the school.
7. The school is two hundred metres ______ on the left.
8. I like ______ the second floor.
9. The eraser is _____ his night hand.
五. 选择适当的动词, 用适当的形式填空. (10分)
stand , go , have, keep, climb, hear, swim , pass, answer, borrow,
1. The ball _____ from one clild to another.
2. Please _____ that pencil to me.
3. Look, Meimei _____ in the middle of the river.
4. ________(not) the ladder! It' s broken.
5. Look at the picture and ______ the teacher' s questions.
6. He usually ______ a drink of orange in the middle of the day.
7. Who _______ in front of the car ? Our teacher is.
8. I _____ there is going to be a football game the day after tomorrow.
9. Can I _______ your pen ? Mine is broken.
10. The students must ________ their eyes open.
六. 改病句(每句只有一处错误, 指出并订正在横线上)(20分)
______ ( )1. It' s very late and there' s not bus here.
A B C D
______ ( )2. You need to catch a train YOu have better
A B C D
find a station.
______ ( )3. The students are having their Chinese lessons.
A B
Most of they are listening to the teacher.
C D
______ ( )4. It' s about twenty minutes' s walk from
A B C
here to our home.
D
______ ( )5.You think there be many trees along the river. A B C D
______ ( )6.She studies very well. She is also good at sing .A B C D
______ ( )7. There is a post office near hear. On it right A B C
hand is a small telephone box.
D
______ ( )8. Excuse me. Can you tell me the way of
A B C D
the bus --- stop ?
______ ( )9. He is looking for different place.
A B C D
______ ( )10. Mr Wu usually stands in the front of the
A B C D
blackboard.
七. 按要求变换句型: (10分)
1. You mustn' t open your eyes (同义替换)
You must _____ your eyes ______.
2. I sit on Tom' s right. (同义替换)
Tom sits ______ ______ me.
3. I need some paper . (否定句)
I ________ _______ some paper.
4. He is going to buy some fruit tomorrow. (划线提问)
_____ _____ fruit is he going to buy tomorrow ?
5. You may look out of the window.(否定句)
You ______ ______ out of the window.
八. 按课文填空 (10分)
Children often ________ to play this game. They play it _____ this : six students stand _______ a row in front of the ______ . They put their hands______ their backs . So you can' t _______ their hands. The teacher ________ one of them an eraser. The eraser goes foom one student to ________. They must ___their hands behind their backs. They other students in the class keep their eyes ________. They must look.
Best Wishes
初二英语（Unit 12 —13）
姓名：________ 座号：____ 班级：_____成绩_______
一. 找出划线部分读音与其他三个不同的选项. 10分
( )1. A. vegetable B. hospital C. ago D. again
( )2. A. reach B. machine C. touch D. teach
( )3. A. noodle B. took C. cook D. bedroom
( )4. A. word B. born C. work D. worse
( )5. A. move B. hold C. hope D. nose
( )6. A. played B. passed C. helped D. hoped
( )7. A. quick B. will C. bring D. night
( )8. A. think B. thought C. throw D. clothes
( )9. A. because B. August C. autumn D. daughter
( )10. A. whose B. where C. white D. which
二. 根据句子意思填上适当的词: 6分
1. ______ comes before September , and comes after____
2. ______ did you come ? --- Two days ago.
3. We played football the day before_________.
4. The girl ________ to school after ________ breakfast.
三. 按要求写词语 12分
1. little (最高级)________ 2. buy (过去式)__________
3. good (副词)_______ 4. best (反义词)_________
5. aunt (同音词)______ 6. five (序数词)_______
7. forty (序数词)______ 8. hour (同音词)______
9. catch (过去式)_______ 10. 出生于 (英语)________
11. 休息一会儿(同上)_____________ 12.开会(同上)_____
四选择题: 25分
( )1. He had better____ his homework_____.
A. finish . . . the first B. finishing . . . the first
C. finish . . . first D. to finish . . . first
( )2. We don' t _______ every day.
A. does eyes exercises B. does eye exereises
C. do eye exercise D. do eye exercises
( )3. Today is Fuesday, December______.
A. nineteen B. nineteenth
C. the nineteen D. the nineteenth
( )4. One of my friends ____ here an hour ago.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
( )5. Li Lei and I enjoy ____ this game.
A. playing B. played C. play D. were played
( )6. Sport is good _____ students.
A. with B. for C. to D. on
( )7. I met my uncle _____my way _____school .
A. on , to B. in , to C. on , × D. in , at
( )8. Our teacher talked with Mr Green for ______.
A. an half hour B. one half an hour
C. half an hour D. half a hour
( )9. What did your father do_______?
A. last morning B. morning last
C. yesterday morning D. on yesterday morning
( )10. Are you enjoying _____here and______?
A. to sit , talk B. sitting , talking
C. sitting , talk D. sitting , to talk
( )11. Sport is good _____ students.
A. with B. on C. to D. for
( )12. We had a meeting _____ May. 4, 1998.
A. on B. at C. in D. ×
( )13. July comes before _____ and after.
A. June , August B. August , June
C. May , June D. June , April
( )14. Happy New Year to you !
A. Yes , I' m happy B. The same to you.
C. OK , thank you D. Not at all
( )15. The vegetables are ______ dear.
A. much B. not much
C. too much D. much too.
( )16. He eats a lot of ______.
A. fruit and vegetable B. fruits and vegetables
C. fruits and vegetable D. fruit and vegetables
( )17. When did you _____ her home yesterday?
A. get B. reach C. got to D. reached.
( )18. Did you _____ lunch yesterday?
A. do B. make C. cook D. take
( )19. You may ___ this book for two days .
A. buy B. borrow C. lend D. keep
( )20. Pass____ English books , please.
A. they their B. them their
C. their they D. their them
( )21. Would you like _____?
A. to eat some porridge
B. to eat some porrides
C. have any porridge D. to have any porridge
( )22. You' d better _____ at home on Sundays.
A. not to stay B. to stay
C. not stay D. stayed
( )23. Don' t read ____ the sun.
A. in B. under C. over D. on
( )24. It was _____ hard work.
A. a B. an C. × D. the
( )25. The peaple give us_____.
A. two box of small cakes
B. two boxes of small cake
C. two boxes of small cakes
D. two boxs of small cake.
五. 下列各句中各有一处错误, 先出并订正. 10分
_________ ( )1. She is born in 1982, in Shanghai.
A B c D
_________( )2. I wash my hand and face every morning A B C D
_________( )3. Did you helped your mother clean
A B C
the house yesterday morning?
D
_______( )4. My mother was busy to do her housework
A B
all day yesterday.
C D
_____( )5. Now I can speak a few English, but she can' t
A B C D
六. 选用动词的正确时态填空. (每个词填一次)20分
work, study, be, be born , walk, find
enjoy, buy, move , begin.
My friend, John ______ in a small village and___ in a school three years ago. The school ________ not far , So he always _______ there . His father_____ a bike for him , but he didn' t like to use it.
Last year John' s father ________ work in the city. So his family _________ there. John ______ to study in
a middle school. Now John ________ hard at his lessons and he _______ living there.
七. 句型转换 13分
1. He watched TV for two hours last night. (划线提问)
______ _______ _______ he ______TV last night?
2. The students do sport for six hours every week. (同义替换)
The students do _____ _____ ______ sport every day.
3. My sister often goes to school late. (划线提问)
______ ______ ______your sister______ to school late?
4.She is going to do sport tomorow (用two days ago改写)
She ________ ________ two days ago.
八. 情景对话. 4分
( )1. I' m going to Paris with my parents.
A. Have a good time B. Good--bye
C. OK D. Please go
( )2. Are you going to be away for long?
No, _____
A. Three days ago B. Only a day or two
C. In three days D. After a week
( )3. --- How often do you go to the park?
--- ______
A. Ten days B. One time
C. For six days D. Aften a month
( )4. Is there a station near here ?
A. There is .
B. No, there isn' t .
The nearest one is about 5 kilometres.
C. The police office is on the left side.
D. The station isn' t here.
初二英语Unit15 — Unit16测试
一、选出划线部分读音与所给词划线读音相同的词10%
( )1. Message A. cinema B. moment C.telephone D. enough
( )2. phone A. moment B.on C.come D.mother
( )3. pleasure A. great B.bread C.meat D.please
( )4. way A. Friday B.Sunday C.Monday D. today
( )5. then A. think B.than C. thind D. three
( )6. summer A.June B. conductor C.duty D. full
( )7. answer A.last B.lake C.station D.watch
( )8. food A.foot B.took C.good D. cool
( )9. health A. mean B.ready C. reach D. clean
( )10. warm A.harvest B.start C.quarter D.March
二、词汇在空格上填入适当的词。10%
A: 1. There are ________ months in a year.
2. Everything begins to grow in ________.
3. What' s the weather ________ today?
4. The farmers are getting ready---the next year.
5. " I _______ the most apples " , said Li Lei.
B：用括号内词的适当形式填空
1. We _____ like to go to the People' s Park. (real)
2. I enjoy _______ apples on the farm. (pick)
3. Which season do you like ____, spring or autumn.(well)
4. In a football team, there are eleven_______. (play)
5. My mother _____ born in 1958. (be)
三、选择 Choose 40%
( )1. —When' s winter in China ?
—It' s from about______.
A. October to December.
B. November to January.
C. December to February.
D. November to February.
( )2. It's very cold outside. You need to ____warm clothes
A. put on B. wear C. have D. get
( )3. Which____of China did you live in last year?
A. City B. Part C. town D. country
( )4. It' s late autumn. It____colder and colder.
A. gets B. turns C. is getting D. is turning
( )5. In summer , young people often ____.
A. go to swim B. go and swim C. go swimming
( )6. The football game____ two hous last night.
A.lasted B. lasts C. last.
( )7. Children in the country(农村)often help their parents___ the harvest.
A. at B. in C. with D. to
( )8. Excuse me , ____you show me the way t o the station?
A.Must B. May C. Could D. Need
( )9. Will you please help me?
A. Certainly B. Very well , thanks
C. It doesn' t matter D. It' s a pleasure
( )10. It' s ____ hard work , but we enjoy it.
A. the B.a C. an D. /
( )11. —Hello, ____?
—Yes , This is Li Lei.
A. Are you Li Lei? B. who are you?
C. Is that Li Lei ? D. Is this Li Lei?
( )12. Hello! Could I speak ___lily?
A. to B. for C. on D. in
( )13. —Could I speak to Jim, please?
—I' m afraid he' s out now. Can I ____ a message?
A. give B. bring C. take D. keep
( )14. There ____ a lot of people in the next room.
A. were B. is C. are D. was
( )15. The opposite of "Cheap" is _____.
A. little B. much C. many D. clear
( )16. I want to show the photo ____ you .
A. for B. to C. on D. in
( )17. Could you ask him ____me , please?
A. ring B. rang C. to ring D. ringing
( )18. Summer comes _____spring .
A. before B. behind C. after D. back
( )19. Now I can ____-some English .
A. tell B. talk C.speak D. say
( )20. In Autumn the days get ___and the nights get___.
A. long---short B. short---long
C. longer---shorter D. shorter---longer
四、补全反 意问句 5%
1. It; s very cloudy today, _____ ______ ?
2. Your aunt is from Guang dong, _____ ______?
3. The twins can' t speak Chinese, _________ ________?
4. Li Lei likes English, _________ _________?
5. There was no people in the room, _______ _______?
五、在下列空格中填入划线词的反义词。8%
1. The days get longer in summer .
The days get _______ in winter.
2. There' s an easy question. That is a _______ question.
3. My father came back from Paris last week.
He is going to Paris ________ month.
4. The coldest season is winter.
The ______ season is Summer.
5. Please take off your warm clothes.
You need to _____ ______ ______clothes.
6. Please stand _____here, Please sit down there.
六. 根据短文写出电话留言.
Ann rings up on a Saturday evening. She wants to speak to Lily. lily is out at the moment. Lucy takes a message. When Lily comes back, Lucy tells her, "Ann wants you to go to the zoo in the park on Sunday morning. "
①电话留言___________ ②From: _________
③To :______________ ④Time: __________
⑤Message:_________ ⑥_______________
七. 阅读理解
Mr Knott worked in a big school in London. His home was far from the school. So he was usually very tired(累)when he got home. One evening he went to bed very early. But after a little time the telephone rang. SO he got out of his bed , picked up the telephone and said , "Hello. Who' s speaking, please?"
" Watt, " a man answered.
"May I have your name , please?" said Mr Knott.
"Watt's my name ," was the answer.
"Yes , I asked you that. What' s your name?" Mr Knott said again. " I told you . Watt' s my name," said the other man, "Are you Jack Smith?"
"No , I' m not , " ansererd Mr Knott.
" Will you give me your name , please? said Mr Watt.
" Will Knott ," answered Mr Knott.
Both Mr Watt and Mr Will Knott put their telephone down angrily（生气地）and thought, "That' s a rude （无理的）foolish愚蠢 man ! "
根据短文内容，选择正确答案。
1. Mr Knott was a ____.
A. wouder. B. farmer C. teacher D. student.
2. He lived ____ the school .
A. far from B. near C. in D. next to
3. When the telephone rang, he was _____.
A. at school B. on the way home C. in bed
4. When Mr Knott asked " Who' s speaking, please? " _____
A. the other man told him his name is Watt.
B. the other man didn' t understand理解 him.
C. the other man asked what' s Mr Knott' s name.
D. the other man didn't answer.
5. Both Mr Watt and Mr Will Knott put their telephone down angrily because ________ .
A. Mr Watt didn' t understand Mr Will Knott.
B. Mr Will Knott didn' t understand Mr Watt.
C. Both of them didn' t understand each other互相
D. they didn' t know each other.
八、完型填空。 10%
B: Good afternoon , Mr Black . (1)_____ Black.
L: Good afternoon, Mr Black . This is Lucy , May I speak to Ann, please?
B: Sorry , she (2)_____ right now. She went out shopping with her mother half an hour (3)____ and they aren' t back now.
L: Could you take a message (4)____ her , please?
B: Gertainly.
L: Thank you , Ann asked me (5)____ to the cinema.
With her this evening . But (6)____ I can' t.
B: What' s the matter?
L: My parents and I (7)____ going to the airport飞机场. to meet my uncle. He' s returning 返回 (8)____ Japan this evening.
B: (9)____ to hear that. Please give my best wishes to your uncle. 给你叔我最好的祝愿
L: Thanks a lot . Please tell Ann (10)____ it.
B: OK.
( )1. A.That is B. This is C. It is D. I a m
( )2. A. is in B.isn't out C. is at home D. is out
( )3. A. ago B. before C. later D. after
( )4. A.to B.with C. at D.for
( )5. A. to B. went C. to go D. going
( )6. A. I' m sorry B. I' m glad高兴
C. I' m afraid D. I' m sure
( )7. A. are B. is C. was D. were
( )8. A. to B. down C. for D. from
( )9. A.I' m sorry B. I' m glad.
C. I' m well D. I' m afraid
( )10. A. about B. on C. do D. to do
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第十七单元（65——68课）试卷
一. 找出划线部分的读音与其他三个不同的词: 10%
( )1. A. touch B. cloud C. found D. round
( )2. A. windy B. why C. dry D. July
( )3. A. give B. wind C. ticket D. bright
( )4. A. ready B. pleasure C. head D. mean
( )5. A. may B. day C. Monday D. today
( )6. A. father B. they C. then D. thin
( )7. A. how B. town C. snow D. down
( )8. A. present B. sunny C. strong D. yourself
( )9. A. lot B. front C. dog D. stop
( )10. A. ear B. wear C. hear D. near
二. 按要求变换下列各词: 18%
A. 把下列词变为形容词:
1. sun ________ 2. rain ________ 3. wind _______
4. cloud _______ 5. snow _______ 6. friend _______
B. 把下列词变为副词:
1. easy ________ 2. heavy ________ 3. strong ________
4. bright _______ 5. quick _________ 6. careful ________
C. 把下列词变为名词:
1. teach ________ 2. work ________ 3. drive ________
4. read ________ 5. write ________ 6. think ________
三. 选择填空: 20%
( )1. What' s the weather ______ today?
A. like B. is like C. is liking D. likes
( )2. Summer ______ spring.
A. comes after B. comes in
C. comes before D. goes on to
( )3. We can' t go out . There is too _____ ice.
A. little B. a little C. many D. much
( )4.“What' s the date today?”“It' s _____.”
A. Jume 1 B. Monday C. January D. summer
( )5. Thanks ____ giving us so much help.
A. to B. by C. in D. for
( )6. _____ a good teacher Mr Wang is!
A. How B. What C. Who D. Which
( )7.“_____ late for the meeting.”said Mr Green.
A. Not be B. Be not C. Don' t be D. Do be not
( )8. We are going to _____ a football match.
A. see B. watch C. look at D. look
( )9.“_____ do you write to your friend?”
A. How often B. How many C. How much D. How long
( )10. He' s ______than his brother.
A. much strong B. more strong
C. much stronger D. more stronger
( )11. Look! _____ white and beautiful snow!
A. How B. What C. Which D. Why
( )12. October is near. It _____ colder.
A. are going to be B. got C. gets D. is going to be
( )13. There ____ too ____ ink in the bottle.
A. are , many B. is , lot of C. is , much D. are , lots of
( )14. The strdents are picking the apples. ____ hard they' re working!
A. How B. Very C. What D. So
( )15. Bruce ____ up his father on the telephone last Friday.
A. rang B. rings C. is ringing D. is going to ring
( )16. The boy is drawing a plane ___.He is always ___like that.
A. careful , careful B. carefully , careful
C. careful , carefully D. carefully , carefully
( )17. Last year the farmers had a good harvest _____ much of China.
A. in B. on C. at D. from
( )18. It' s a beautiful picture, ______?
A. is it B. isn' t it C. does it D. doesn' t it
( )19. Can you pass me the photo , please? ________.
A. Yes. Here it is B. Yes. Here are you
C. Yes. Here you are D. Yes. You are here
( )20. The boys are up ______ at the party.
A. all the food B. all the foods
C. the all food D. the all foods
四. 补全对话: 15%
刘梅在外地. 一天她要去邮局, 不知道怎么走, 她向警察问路. 请根据这一情景完成下列对话.
Liu Mei : _______ _______, _______ is the post office?
Policeman : Just go ______ this road and ______ the sixth _______ on the right. Then you can ______ it.
Liu Mei : ______ ______ is it?
Policeman : About four kilometres. I think you' d _______ _______ a bus.
Liu Mei : _______ ________ do I need?
Policeman : The No·56 bus.
Liu Mei : Thank you very much.
Policeman : You _______ ________.
五. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 17%, 每空1分
1. There ______ (be) only one school in my hometown ten years ago, but now there _______ (be) five ones.
2. It ____ (be) very hot in summer in Nanning.
3. My mother ______ (go) to the fruit shop _____ (buy) some fruit.
4. Mum _____ (be) busy _______ (sweep) the floor. Could you ____ (get) some water for her?
5. The farmers _________ (have) a good harvest this autumn. They ______(write) to us last Monday and _____(ask) us _____ (help) them to pick oranges.
6. Last month most of us ______(go) to the farm and _____(help) the farmers ______ (pick) oranges. We all ______ (enjoy) ______
(work) there.
六. 阅读理解: 20%
(A)
Tom was a boy. One day his mother went out for dinner. Before she left, she said to Tom, “Tom, I' m going out for dinner. Stay near the door and watch it all the time!”
Tom sat down beside the door. After an hour, one of his uncles came and asked, “Where' s your mother?”“At a dinner.”Tom answered.“Well, ”said his uncle.“We' re going to visit your house this evening. Go and tell your mother.”
Then his uncle went away. Tom thought,“My mother said ' watch the door all the time' , and uncles said ' go and tell your mother '.”He thought and thought. At last he pulled down the door , put it in the back and went to look for his mother.
根据短文内容判断正误, 对的打“√”，错的打“×”.
( )1. One day Tom' s mother went to have dinner.
( )2. Tom sat down beside the door all the time.
( )3. Tom' s uncle went to see his family.
( )4. Tom put the door on the back and sat still.
( )5. Tom was a clever boy.
(B)
Mark Twain(马克·吐温) was an American writer. One day he went to a city by train. He wanted to see one of his friends there. He was a very busy man. He usually fougot something.
When he was in the train, the conductor (列车员) asked him for his ticket. Mark Twain looked for the ticket here and there, but he couldn' t find it. The conductor knew Mark Twain. She said,“Show me your ticket on your way back. And if you can' t, it doesn' t matter.”
“Oh, but it does,”said Mark Twain.“I must find the ticket. If I can' t find it, how can I know where I' m going?”
( )1. Mark Twain was a ______.
A. teacher B. student C. doctor D. writer
( )2. Mark Twain went to a city _____.
A. by plane B. by car C. by train D. by ship
( )3. He went to the city to _________.
A. see his friend B. buy some paper
C. sell his books D. see his parents
( )4. When he was in the train, the conductor asked him for ______.
A. some books B. the ticket
C. a pen D. some food
( )5. Mark Twain didn' t show his ticket because he couldn' t ______ it.
A. buy B. find C. look for D. know
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第十八单元(69—72课)试卷
一. 找出划线部分的读音不同于其他三个的词: 5%
( )1. A. start B. warm C. party D. park
( )2. A. cleaner B. head C. ready D. weather
( )3. A. chair B. sandwich C. China D. machine
( )4. A.face B. plate C. later D. last
( )5. A. touch B. about C. round D. cloud
二. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 20%
1. wind (形容词)__________ 2. tell (过去式)__________
3. shine (现在分词)________ 4. country (复数)_________
5. strong (副词)___________ 6. clean (名词)___________
7. hot (比较级)___________ 8. write (同音词)_________
9. begin (同义词)__________ 10. laugh (反义词)_________
三. 选择填空: 15%
( )1. I' m sorry _______ that.
A. hearing B. to hear C. heard D. hear
( )2. There' s going to _____ a party on Sunday.
A. be B. to have C. are D. is
( )3. Lucy likes reading English. ______.
A. I do so B. And I do C. So do I D. Do I so
( )4. My uncle ______ last year.
A. comes here B. came to here
C. comes to here D. came here
( )5. There is only ____ milk in the glass.
A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
( )6. Don' t forget _______ the door when you leave.
It' s windy this evening.
A. close B. to close C. closing D. closed
( )7.“Would you love to go swimming with me?”
“________.”
A. Yes, I would B. No, I wouldn' t love
C. No, I wouldn' t go D. Yes, I would love to
( )8. Thanks a lot _____ me so much help.
A. for give B. to give C. for giving D. to give
( )9. I' ll give ______ the message.
A. he B. her C. she D. they
( )10. ____ nice the present is !
A. Where B. Why C. What D. How
( )11. All the food ______ on the table.
A. were B. was C. are D. being
( )12. You had better _____ the tickets this evening.
A. to find B. find C. finding D. is going to find
( )13. —Thank you for telling me the whole thing.
—_______.
A. That' s great B. Don' t say like that
C. It doesn' t matter D. That' s all right
( )14. The best time ___ to Beijing to spend your holiday is in autumn.
( )15. —I may be a little late for the party.
—________.
A. That' s great B. Thank you
C. That' s right D. That' s all right
四. 按要求变化下列各句: 10%, 每空1分.
1. We had a good time yesterday. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ you ______ a good time yesterday?
2. His mother did the housework last Sunday. (改为否定句)
His mother ______ ______ the housework last Sunday.
3. Did your brother go to the shop? (肯定回答)
______ , ______ ______.
4. He has a very nice watch. (改为感叹句)
______ ______ ______ watch he has !
五. 用所给词的正确形式填空: 10%
1. He' s __________ (play) football with us.
2. There are one hundred _________ (teacher) in our school.
3. Could you ask _________ (she) to have the party, please.
4. Don' t watch TV. It' s time ___________ (have) supper.
5. They __________ (go) to the park last week.
6. It' s ____________ (cloud), isn' t it?
7. Her brother writes ___________ (careful).
8. What are they ____________(do) this afternoon?
9. His father ___________ (mend) the bike now.
10. I can' t __________ (carry) the box. It' s too heavy.
六. 完形填空: 20%
One day Jack went to a big dinner party. His 1 wasn' t good. When he went in, no one 2 him and no one gave him 3 food. He was very 4 , so he went 5 , put on his best coat, and then came back to 6 party. Everyone stood up at once and came to meet him. He was taken to the 7 table, and the other guests gave him the best food. Then Jack put his coat in the food and said, “Please eat, dear coat.”The other guests were very surprised and said,“Why are you doing this?”
Jack answered,“When I came here 8 , nobody noticed me 9 gave me food. After I changed my coat, and came, you gave me the best food. So you gave this food to my coat, not to 10 !”
( )1. A. clothes B. trousers C. coat D. hand
( )2. A. saw B. wanted C. looked D. looked at
( )3. A. any B. some C. not D. no
( )4. A. happy B. angry C. angrily D. afraid
( )5. A. to home B. home C. at home D. in home
( )6. A. a B. the C. an D. ×
( )7. A. good B. well C. better D. best
( )8. A. first B. last C. at last D. again
( )9. A. nor B. then C. but D. or
( )10. A. it B. mine C. me D. them
七. 阅读理解: 20%
(A)
Mr Jones was very angry with his wife, and she was very angry with her husband. For several days they did not speak to each other at all. One evening Mr Jones was very tired when he came back from work, so he went to bed soon after dinner. Of course, he did not say anything to Mrs Jones before he went upstairs. Mrs Jones washed the dinner things and then did some sewing. When she went up to bed much later than her husband, she found a piece of paper on the small table near her bed. On it wre the words.“Mother. —Wake me up at 7 a. m.——Father.”
When Mr Jones woke up the next morning, it was nearly 8 a. m. —and on the small table near his bed he saw another piece of paper. He took it and read these words：“Father.—Wake up. It is 7 a. m.——Mother.”
根据短文内容判断正误: 对的打“√”, 错的打“×”.
( )1. Mr and Mrs Jones didn' t speak to each other for several days.
( )2. Mr Jones went to bed because he was angry.
( )3. Mrs Jones left home after dinner.
( )4. She got up very late the next morning.
( )5. Her child wrote a piece of paper to her.
(B) Writing a Letter
Mary is a little girl. She is only five. She does not go to school, and of course, she does not know how to read and write. But her sister, Kate is schoolgirl. She is ten.
One day, Kate sees her little sister at the table and there is a pen in her hand and a piece of paper in front of her.
“What are you doing, Mary?”she asks.
“I' m writing a letter to my friend Kitty,”says Mary.
“But how can you?”says her sister.“You don' t know how to write.”
“Well,”says Mary.“It doesn' t matter, because Kitty doesn' t know how to read.”
( )1. Does Mary know how to read and write?
A. Yes. B. No. C. She knows a little. D. Not sure.
( )2. Mary' s sister ________.
A. is five B. is younger than Mary
C. is not a student D. is ten years old
( )3. One day, Mary ________.
A. is drawing a picture B. is doing her homework
C. is sitting on the table D. is ten years old
( )4. Mary' s friend, Kitty, is _______.
A. ten years old B. five
C. a student D. not a student
( )5. You think Mary is ________.
A. warm-heartec (热心的) B. ten years old
C. very interesting (有趣的) D. stupid (笨的)
初中英语素质测试卷集 (第二册)
第十九单元(73—76课)试卷
一. 找出下列各组单词划线部分的读音与所给单词划线部 分的读音相同的单词: 5%
( )1. says A. really B. easy C. ready D. great
( )2. stopped A. played B. mended C. started D. looked
( )3. country A. south B. young C. house D. brought
( )4. north A. word B. work C. worse D. report
( )5. shop A. stop B. most C. son D. go
二. 写出下列动词的过去式: 12%
1. speak ________ 2. swim ________ 3. wear ________
4. grow ________ 5. buy ________ 6. clean ________
7. ride ________ 8. hold ________ 9. worry ________
10. stand _________ 11. bring ________ 12. put ________
三选择填空: 20%
( )1. Please write it down ______ your paper.
A. on B. in C. / D. with
( )2. Is there a telephone call _____ me ?
A. to B. for C. with D. by
( )3. Will you please_____the picture here tomorrow?
A. take B. bring C. pick D. need
( )4. I like _____ in summer.
A. swam B. swim C. swimming D. swims
( )5. Picking apples is _______.
A. a hard work B. hard work
C. a very hard work D. hard works
( )6. It never gets too _____ here.
A. hoter B. hotter C. the hottest D. hot
( )7. You are from China, ______?
A. are you B. aren' t you
C. are you not D. don' t you
( )8. We really enjoy ______ TV on Sundays.
A. to watch B. watch C. watching D. to see
( )9. Yesterday there was a ___rain.That means it rained__.
A. heavy , heavily B. heavy , heavy
C. heavily , heavy D. heavily , heavily
( )10. It is _____ today. The ____ is blowing hard.
A. windy , wind B. wind , wind
C. windy , windy D. wind , windy
( )11. Will the meeting _______ long?
A. last for B. last C. goes to D. finish
( )12. _____ bad weather we have today !
A. What B. What a C. How D. How a
( )13. Canada is _____ the north of the USA.
A. in B. to C. on D. at
( )14. Nanjing is _____ the southwest of Jiangsu.
A. in B. to C. on D. at
( )15. Class begins. Please stop _______.
A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. talked
( )16. What time ______ we meet ?
A. will B. shall C. would D. could
( )17. The TV set looks _____ better now.
A. much B. too C. very D. many
( )18. The radio _____ that it will be sunny tomorrow.
A. saying B. will say C. says D. say
( )19. I want to watch TV now. Could you _____?
A. turn on it B. take it on
C. to turn it on D. turn it on
( )20. You' ll stay here long, ______?
A. won' t you B. doesn' t it
C. won' t it D. don' t you
四. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 14%, 每空1分.
1. He usually _______ (play) football on Friday afternoon.
2. Let' s ________ (meet) outside the park gate.
3. They _______ (go) to the zoo last Sunday and ________ (have) a good time.
4. Mrs Green ________ (like) wearing green dresses. But now she _______ (wear) a red dress.
5. Where ________ your mother _________ (work)?
6. I _______ (go) to see my friend the day after tomorrow.
7. Jack _______ (do) his homework this evening.
8. Lucy _______(be) on duty yesterday.
9. My father _______ (leave) home early this morning.
10. —______ the snow ________ (stop) soon?
—Yes, I think so.
五. 按要求变换下列各句: 24%, 每空1分.
1. There will be a meeting this afternoon. (改为一般疑问句)
______ there _______ a meeting this afternoon?
2. I think she is free now. (改为否定句)
I ________ think she _________ free now.
3. They went to the farm last week. (改为反意疑问句)
They went to the farm last week, ________ _________?
4. Mr Green came to China three years ago.(就划线部分提问)
______ ______ Mr. Green _______ to China?
5. It' s raining now. (改用tomorrow为时间状语)
It _______ _______ tomorrow.
6. The radio is very old. (改为感叹句)
______ ______ the radio is !
7. We shall go shopping this afternoon. (就划线部分提问)
______ ______ we ______ this afternoon?
8. There was a letter for yor. (改为复数形式)
______ ______ _______ letters for you.
9. He went to bed at ten last night. (改为否定句)
He _______ _______ to bed at ten last night.
10. My sister gave me a book for my birthday.(就划线部分 提问)
______ ______ your sister ______you for your birthday?
六. 完形填空: 10%
Dear Mary,
How are you? It is very kind of you to write to me. From your letter I know a lot 1 you and your school. Now let me 2 you something about me and our school.
I' m in 3 , Gradi Two of the No. 3 Middle School. Every morning I get 4 early and 5 English aboud(高声地). I like it very much.
Our school is very large. It' s very beautiful, too. It 6 about 2,000 students and 170. teachers. The teachers and students 7 hard. We know we are working 8 the people. It is spring now. Please come and 9 a look 10 our school.
yours,
Wei Fang
( )1. A. from B. about C. of D. to
( )2. A. put B. give C. speak D. tell
( )3. A. Class Three B. Three Class
C. class three D. three class
( )4. A. off B. down C. on D. up
( )5. A. say B. talk C. read D. tell
( )6. A. have B. has C. there are D. is
( )7. A. play B. read C. work D. write
( )8. A. to B. on C. at D. for
( )9. A. have B. make C. give D. do
( )10. A. after B. for C. at D. to
七. 阅读理解: 15%
(A) On the Train
One summer, Tom and John wanted to visit another city. Both of them bought the tickets and got into the train. In the train John couldn' t find his ticket in his pockets. Tom found the ticket on the floor and picked it up, but he didn' t tell John about it. He put it into his own pocket.
A short time later a conductor(列车员) came. He wanted to check the passengers, tickts. John was very afraid. He had to hide himself under his seat. When the conductor came, Tom brought out two tickets.
“Who is the other?”asked the conductor.
“My friend doesn' t like to sit. He is just under his seat.”Tom answered.
根据短文内容判断正误: 对的打“√”, 错的打“×”.
( )1. Tom and John went to another city by bus.
( )2. Both John and Tom had tickets at first.
( )3. John put Tom' s ticket into his pocket.
( )4. John was very afraid because he couldn' t bring out his ticket.
( )5. John didn' t like to sit.
(B)
Miss Jones was a teacher. Her home was not far from her school, and she always walked there in the morning. All the students in the school were very young.
She walked to school on a very cold and windy morning in winter, and the cold wind went into her eyes, and big tears(眼泪)began running out of them. She reached the school, opened the door and went into the classroom. It was nice and warm there and Miss Jones was happy. But then a small boy looked at her for a minute, put his arm around her and said,“Don' t cry(哭). School isn' t very bad.”
( )1. It was _____ from Miss Jones' s home to her school.
A. a long way B. far away C. not far D. far
( )2. Miss Jones usually went to school ______.
A. by bus B. by bike C. by car D. on foot
( )3. The story happened(发生) on a _____ morning.
A. rainy B. nice C. warm D. cold and windy
( )4. When the small boy saw tears in his teacher' s eyes, he was sure ______.
A. she was happy B. she didn' t like school
C. there was something wrong with her eyes
D. she didn' t like the bad weather
( )5. From the passage we learned that ______.
A. Miss Jones doesn' t love her students
B. the students didn' t love Miss Jones at all
C. Miss Jones her students and the students loved her
D. the students didn' t love their class
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十单元(77—80课)试卷
一. 找出其划线部分的读音与其他三个不同的词: 10%
( )1. A. chips B. school C. lunch D. catch
( )2. A. cold B. show C. road D. above
( )3. A. beef B. meat C. ready D. piece
( )4. A. tomato B. warm C. laugh D. half
( )5. A. south B. town C. found D. below
( )6. A. leg B. dialogue C. cabbage D. dog
( )7. A. sell B. sugar C. salt D. set
( )8. A. finished B. called C. closed D. answered
( )9. A. ear B. wear C. hear D. near
( )10. A. they B. feather C. then D. thin
二. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 10%
1. carry (现在分词)_________ 2. beautiful (最高级)________
3. radio (复数)________ 4. worse (原级)_________
5. popular (比较级)_________ 6. fry (形容词)_________
7. take (过去式)_________ 8. potato (复数)_________
9. busy (反义词)_________ 10. run (现在分词)_________
三. 选择填空: 20%
( )1. I like Chinese ______ than English.
A. more better B. much better
C. most better D. many better
( )2. They asked me ____ help them____ do some cooking.
A. with , to B. to , / C. / , with D. / , /
( )3. Put ____ in this bottle, please.
A. a little salt B. a few salt
C. many salt D. some salts
( )4. We hope can come _____ our house _____ supper next Saturday.
A. to , to B. to , for C. in, for D. to , with
( )5. Could you ______ me the eraser, please?
A. pass B. take C. turn D. carry
( )6. Would you _______ a cup of tea, please?
A. likes B. liked C. to like D. like
( )7. In _____ the most popular food is fish and chips.
A. England B. America C. China D. Australia
( )8. —The twins went to the Great Wall last Sunday.
—So ______ we.
A. do B. does C. did D. are
( )9. I' d like English tea _____ sugar and milk.
A. in B. on C. with D. to
( )10. Give him _____ to eat, please.
A. something delicious B. delicious something
C. anything delicious D. delicious anything
( )11. Do you want ____ beef ? No, thanks.
A. some B. a C. another D. others
( )12. Could you pass _____ the box, please?
A. I B. my C. mine D. me
( )13. I know she often _____ bananas at home.
A. have B. has C. had D. having
( )14. Which do you like ____ , beef or pork?
A. good B. better C. best D. well
( )15. Would you like ______ cake?
A. other B. the other C. another D. others
( )16. —May I ask you a question?
—_______.
A. I have no time B. No, don' t ask me
C. I' m afraid not D. No, you may not
( )17. It took _____ only ten minutes to walk there.
A. he B. his C. we D. us
( )18. Which is ______, this building or that one?
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. high
( )19.“______ we finish our homework today?”
“Certainly.”
A. Is B. Shall C. Are D. Do
( )20. Mary helps me ______ my lessons.
A. do B. does C. doing D. to doing
四. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 10%, 每空1分.
1. She __________ (come) this evening.
2. Sometimes people _________ (cook) this food at home.
3. My parents _________ (be) very busy last night.
4. What lessons _______ you ________ (have) yesterday?
5. Mr Black usually ________ (reach) his office early.
6. He ________ (buy) a new book tomorrow.
7. ______ you _______ (do) your homework now?
8. They ________ (clean) their room this Sunday.
五. 完成对话, 每空一词: 10%, 每空1分.
Mum : Lingling!
Lingling : Yes, Mum?
Mum : Supper is __________ now.
Lingling : I' m ______. Hello, Dad. Hello, Mum.
Mum : Sit down, Lingling. _______ is your rice.
Lingling : Thanks. Oh, there' s fish and chicken! Meat, too! Why so _________, Mum?
Mum : It' s your daddy' s birthday!
Lingling : Oh! ________ birthday, Dad.
Dad : Thank you, Lingling. _____ do you like better, fish or chicken?
Lingling : I like fish better _______ chicken.
Dad : Help yourself to ______ fish, please.
Lingling : Thank you. It' s my _________.
Mum : Lingling, could you ______ me the salt, pleast?
六. 就划线部分提问: 10%, 每空1分.
1. Everything will be ready before lunch.
______ ______ everything be ready?
2. She felt happy because her mother gave her a very good present.
_______ _______ she feel happy?
3. I like the bananas on the table.
_______ bananas _______ you like?
4. Kate often eats chicken at home.
_______ _______ Kate often eat at home?
5. Kate often eats chickten at home.
_______ _______ Kate often eat chicken?
七. 用介词、副词填空: 10%
I turn 1 the radio. It says the sun will some 2 later. I like the sun. I will wait for Li Lei tomorrow morning. He will go 3 the cinema 4 me 5 nine o' clock. The cinema is not far 6 my home, so we will go there 7 foot. It woll be 8 at ten thirty. 9 the film, we will go to the park and have a good rest there . We will not go back home 10 four o' clock. In the evening, we will watch TV for two hours.
Tomorrow we will be happy because it is Sunday. Would you like to come and play with us?
1. ______ 2. ______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______
6. ______ 7. ______ 8. _______ 9. _______ 10. ________
八.阅读理解: 20%
(A) At the Bus Stop
Tom' s father was ill. It was Saturday. Tom was on the way to the hospital to see his father. The hospital was very far away, so he had to take a bus.
When he got to the bus stop, he saw many people ther3e. They were standing in line and waiting for a bus. The bus was late. Tom didn' t want to wait in this queue. He went to the front and stood there.
One of the people said to him, “You mustn' t jump the queue, boy.”
With a red face Tom said sorry and went to the end of the line. Soon the bus came. All the people got on the bus.
根据短文内容选择正误: 对的打“√”, 错的打“×”.
( )1. Tom was at the bus stop to see his father.
( )2. A lot of people were going to take a bus to the hospital.
( )3. When he got to the bus stop, Tom wanted to be the first one to get on the bus.
( )4. When Tom jumped the queue, one of the people pushed him back.
( )5. Tom waited until another bus came to the stop.
(B)
Mr White had a farm in England. He and his wife grew a lot of things on the farm. They worked very hard. One day, Mr White said to his wife,“Dear, Let' s go to London next Sunday. We can have a good lunch there, and then we can go to the cinema.”His wife was very happy when she heard this, because she and her husband always ate a lot, and she didn' t like cooking three times every day.
They went to London by train and walked for an hour. When it was twelve o' clock, they wanted to have a meal. They looked at a few restaurants. In one of them there was a blackboard outside. On the blackboard was“Lunch 12: 30 to 2 : 30, $ 1.50.”
“Well, that' s good,”Mrs White said.“We eat for two hours for $ 1.5 here! This is the place for us.”
( )1. Mr White took his wife to a very ______ restaurant.
A. dear B. cheap C. new D. old
( )2. Mrs White was very happy because ______.
A. she didn' t have to cook
B. Mr. White ate too much
C. she couldn' t eat much
D. they worked hard
( )3. Mr and Mrs White wanted to see a film ______.
A. before lunch
B. in the morning
C. in the afternoon
D. in the restaurant
( )4. The words on the blackboard told people that _____.
A. they must eat a very slow lunch
B. they must eat for two hours
C. they could have lunch anytime between 12 : 30 and 2 : 30
D. they must be in the restaurant at 12 : 30 and leave at 2 : 30
( )5. Mr White wanted to go into the restaurant because
_______.
A. they could eat for a long time
B. they could eat quickly
C. she was in London
D. she was not hungry
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
期中检测试卷
一. 语音知识:
A) 把划线部分读音不同开其他三个的一个指出来: 5%
( )1. A. party B. ask C. warm D. March
( )2. A. play B. may C. says D. stay
( )3. A. matter B. happy C. candle D. plate
( )4. A. short B. worse C. form D. sport
( )5. A. street B. mean C. heavy D. reach
( )6. A. month B. mother C. weather D. with
( )7. A. bought B. born C. doctor D. quarter
( )8. A. waited B. hoped C. looked D. stopped
( )9. A. stops B. plates C. presents D. radios
( )10. A. below B. snow C. won' t D. now
B) 选择下列各组句子的正确语调: 5%
( )1. —Did you telephone Tom?
—No, I didn' t.
—Why not?
—Because I wasn' t free.
A. 升降降降 B. 升升降降 C. 降升升降 D. 降降降升
( )2. —Which do you like better, fish or meat?
—I like fish better
—But I don' t like fish.
—Really?
A. 降降降升 B. 升降升降 C. 降升升降 D. 降降升降
( )3.—I turned on the TV and we sat down and watched it.
—Did you forget Grandma' s birthday?
—What do you think she would like?
—I am not sure.
A. 降升降降 B. 升升降降 C. 降升降升 D. 降降升升
( )4. —How long have you been in China?
—I have been here for three years.
—Have you learned any Chinese?
—Yes, I have learned it for three years.
A. 降升降升 B. 降降升降 C. 升降降降 D. 降降降降
( )5. —Jim, could you help me, please?
—Certainly, Lucy. What' s wrong?
—It' s this kite. It' s broken.
—Oh, nice kite. What a pity!
A. 升降降陈 B. 升升降降 C. 升降降升 D. 降降降降
二. 词汇知识:
A) 选择正确的选项, 使单词完整、正确: 5%
( )1. north ___ st A. au B. ae C. ea D. ee
( )2. sun ___ ine A. ch B. ge C. sh D. th
( )3. sou ___ A. ch B. ge C. ng D. th
( )4. w ___ k A. ol B. oa C. ou D. al
( )5. enou ___ A. th B. gh C. ch D. sh
B) 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 5%
1. get (现在分词)__________ 2. easy (副词)__________
3. sit (现在分词)___________ 4. stop (过去式)________
5. sandwich (复数)__________ 6. long (比较级)_________
7. worry (形容词)___________ 8. play (名词)___________
9. radio (复数)_________ 10. fry (第三人称单数形式)_____
C) 从A、B、C、D中找出与句中划线部分意思相近的 选项: 5%
( )1. They liked the Chinese food.
A. were like B. enjoyed C. looked like D. looked
( )2. The fish is delicious.
A. beautiful B. take away food
C. very good to eat D. very good to look at
( )3. I have a lot of work to do.
A. many B. much C. little D. a few
( )4. It will be cloudy at times.
A. all the time B. every time C. sometimes D. time
( )5. She isn' t here now.
A. at the moment B. then C. at that time D. today
三. 选择填空: 10%
( )1. May I _____ Mr Jim?
A. say to B. tell to C. speak to D. talk
( )2. Thank you ______ me to the party.
A. for asking B. to ask C. with asking D. of asking
( )3. The radio looks ______ better now.
A. very B. qute C. much D. more
( )4. Which do you like better, fish _____ meat?
A. and B. or C. but D. than
( )5. The cats climbed the tree _______.
A. very quick B. carefully C. careful D. quick
( )6. Can you lift the _____ box?
A. heavily B. strongly C. heavy D. brightly
( )7. Could you ask him _____ me, please?
A. call B. calling C. to call D. called
( )8. Not everyone ______ sandwiches.
A. like B. likes C. liked D. liking
( )9. Which do you like _____, pork or beef?
A. most B. best C. well D. better
( )10. ________ good idea !
A. How B. How a C. What D. What
( )11. There are many apples _____ the tree.
A. on B. to C. for D. in
( )12. There are a lot of birds ______ the tree.
A. on B. to C. for D. in
( )13. _____ the weather like in the USA now?
A. What' s B. What C. How D. Which
( )14. Please ______ the TV.
A. open B. turn on C. put on D. turn down it
( )15. You come from England, ______ you?
A. isn' t B. aren' t C. don' t D. doesn' t
( )16. A friend _____ me a beautiful picture yesterday.
A. give B. gives C. giving D. gave
( )17. Jim will be back in _______ hour.
A. a B. an C. the D. /
( )18. Would you like ___ swimming with me tomorrow ?
A. go B. to go C. going D. went
( )19. When the bus stopped, the woman ____ the bus.
A. got on B. got in C. got up D. get into
( )20. Give me _____ bread, please.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
四. 用括号中词语的正确形式填空: 5%
1. The young people talked and laughed _______. They were very _______. ( happy , happily)
2. What a _________ monkey! It runs and climbs trees very __________. ( quick , quickly)
3. The work is very _______. We can do it _______. (easy, easily)
4. Look at the ________! It' s________ today. ( sun , sunny)
5. The old man is quite _________. He often crosses the road_________. (careful , carefully)
五. 按要求完成下列句子:
A)完成对话, 每空一词: 10%
Ann : Hello ! May I 1 to Jim, please?
Jim : Hello ! 2 is Jim. Is 3 Ann, please?
Ann: Yes. Hi , Jim!
Jim : Hi , Ann!
Ann : Jim, thanks a lot for 4 me to your party. I' d 5 to come.
Jim : Great!
Ann : It starts at four thirty , 6 it?
Jim : Yes, that' s 7 .
Ann : OK. But I' m 8 I may be a 9 later.
Jim : That' s OK. It 10 matter.
Ann : All right. See you.
Jim : See you. Bye!
1. ______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______
6. ______ 7. _______ 8. _______ 9. _______ 10. ______
B) 对句子划线部分进行提问: 5%
1. Ann went to see Jim because he was ill.
___________ _________ Ann go to see Jim ?
2. The TV set looks like the box .
___________ _________ the TV set look like ?
3. Everything was ready at ten.
__________ _________ was everything ready?
4. They saw Tom in the park three times last week .
______ _________ times did they see Tom in the park last week ?
5. I met her in the Zoo a moment ago .
_______ __________ you meet her a moment ago ?
C) 情景反应 ：5%
( )1. "_________?" "It's June 3."
A. What's the day today B. What's the date today C. What day is today D. What time is now
( ) 2. "______?" "It's ten yuan a kilo."
A. How much is it B. How many is it
C. What is it D. How is it
( )3. "What's the weather like today ?" "_______."
A. Very well B. Yes , it's good
C. It's well D. It's fine
( )4. "Thank you ." "_________."
A. Not thanks B. No at all
C. That's right D. I'm glad to hear it
( )5. "Is that Jim ?" "____________."
A. Yes , I am B. No , I'm not
C. Yes , it is D. Hello
六. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 6%
1. Why ______(not go ) to the park with your sister ?
2. Listen , someone ________(sing ) in the next room .
3. Where _______ they _______ (go) next Sunday ?
4. We ________(not come) to school yesterday .
5. Don't _______ (open) the window , the wind _______ (be) strong .
6. She usually ______(go) to school at seven , but this morning she ____ (go) to school at half past six
7. When the teacher came into the classroom , we all stopped __________(talk).
8. What ________she ________(do)? She's a teacher .
七. 用适当的介词填空: 4%
1. Which part of the country do you come ______?
2. You'd better not take ______your coat.
3. Tom was born _____ England _______ May 6, 1980.
4. Li Lei was never late ________school .
5. It will be cloudy ______ times .
6. Yesterday we needed to climb ___ the trees with ladders.
7. Summer lasts from May ______ July in China .
八. 完形填空: 10%
Fred liked eating fish very 1_____. He often bought some fish home . But when his wife saw the fish , she always said to 2 _____, " Good ! Now I will 3___ my friends to lunch and we will eat this fish . They like fish, too."
So when Fred came home in the 4______ , the fish was never there , and his wife always said , " Oh, your cat ate it ! She is a very 5______ animal !" And she gave Fred some bread 6________ his supper .
But one evening when this happened , Fred became very angry . He 7_____ the cat and his wife to the shop near his house and weighed(称) the cat, 8______he said to his wife, "My fish weighed three pounds(磅). This cat weights three pounds , 9____. 10 ____ this three pounds is my fish in the cat , you see , where is my cat ?"
( )1. A. well B. good C. more D. much
( )2. A. the cat B. her friends C. herself D. Fred
( )3. A. remember B.ask C. have D. meet
( )4. A. morning B.middle of the day C. night D. evening ( )5. A. bad B. good C. nice D. quick
( )6. A. on B. to C. for D. at
( )7. A. sold B. took C. asked D. told
( )8. A. when B. until C. after D. then
( )9. A. too B. two C. and D. to
( )10. A. So B.When C. If D. But
九. 看图填空: 10%
Wang Lin is one of my best friends . He likes sports very much . 1_____ is his favourite sport . He often goes to 2______ football after school.
Wang Lin often goes to school 3____ bike . After school , he often 4____his 5____. Wang Lin likes summer . He thinks summer is his 6_____season . In summer he may go 7____ .He often says swimming is good for our 8_____.
Wang Lin also likes 9_____, and he draws very well. He often draws 10______for the wall-newspaper of our class.
1.________ 2________ 3.________ 4.________ 5. ______
6.________ 7________ 8. ________ 9. _______10 ________十. 阅读理解: 10%
(A)
Black was eleven years old . The school was near his house . He usually went there and came home on time . But he came home from school late last Monday . His father asked him, "why are you late today ?"
" My teacher sent me to her office after class."
"To her office ?"his father said . " Why did she send you to her office?"
"Because she asked me a question in the class," Black said . "And none of the children gave the answer except me ."
"But why didn't your teacher send all the other children?"
"Because her question was who put glue (浆糊) on her chair." Black answered.
根据短文内容选择正误: 对的找“√”, 错的打“×”.
( )1. Black often came home on time .
( )2. Black 's teacher was a woman.
( )3. Blac didn't do wrong and the teacher didn't do right.
( )4. The teacher asked the question and was angry .
( )5. Black didn't put glue on teacher's chair.
(B) This Isn't My House
Tom bought shoes from the shoes factory and tried to sell them to people.
There were not many shops in the small village. People there didn't want to go to town to buy their shoes. So Tom sold a lot of shoes there .
One day Tom drorve along the street . He stopped in front of a house , there was a small boy beside the door. Tom opened the window of his truck and called to the boy. "Hello, is your mother at home?" The boy looked at him .Then he answered , "Yes , she is."
"That's good," Tom said. He got off his truck , took some shoes amd went to the door of a house . He knocked at(敲) the door and waited for a few minutes, but nobody came to answer the door. Tom knocked again and waited a few more minutes, but still (仍然) no one answered. Then Tom looked at the boy and said amgrily, "Your mother is NOT at home !" " She IS !" the boy said.
"Why didn't she open the door?"
"This isn't my house ." the boy shouted . (喊)
( )1. There are not many ______in the small village.
A. shops B. towns
C. stations D. buildings
( ) 2. People in the village______to go to town to buy their shoes.
A. wanted B. didn' t want
C. thought D. liked
( )3. They boy said _____ was at home.
A. his father B. his sister
C. his mother D. his brother
( )4.Tom knocked at the door and waited _____twice.(两次)
A. for an hour B. for a long time
C. for a few minutes D. for half an hour
( )5. The boy' s mother didn' t open the door , because___
A. she was not at home
B. she was at home
C. she was at work
D. that wasn' t her house
初二英语听力部分(Unit 15—Unit 16)
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. thick B. sits C. its D. six
( )2. A. street B. free C. tree D. three
( )3. A. monkeys B. Monday C. month D. mouth
( )4. A. way B. why C. write D. right
( )5. A. sing B. think C. thing D. ring
2. 听对话, 选择正确的答案回答问题: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. It' s Monday. B. It' s Sunday.
C. It' s February. D. It' s six fifteen
( )2. A. I went to have breakfast. B. I went to school.
C. I went to the park. D. I went boating.
( )3. A. Lily feels full. B. Lily feels hungry.
C. Lily feels fine. D. Lily feels well.
( )4. A.They are talking about the time.
B. They are talking about their classroom.
C. They are talking about the weather.
D. They are talking about their shoes.
( )5. A. He is picking apples. B. He is playing a game.
C. He is holding a ladder.
D. He is looking for his friend.
3. 听录音, 选择下原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. They bought many books yesterday.
B. They bought a lot of oranges yesterday.
C. Jim bought many apples yesterday.
D. Jim' s sister bought a lot of oranges yesterday.
( )2. A.We helped the farmers to pick oranges last Sunday.
B. We helped the farmers pick apples last Sunday.
C. They helped the farmers to pick oranges last Tuesday.
D. They helped the farmers pick apples last Tuesday.
( )3. A. Li Ping likes spring. B. Li Ping likes autumn.
C. Lucy likes spring. D. Lucy likes autumn.
( )4. A. It' s so warm in the room.
Why don' t you take off your coat?
B. It' s so warm in the room.
Why don' t you take off your sweater?
C. It' s so old in the room.
Why n ot put on your coat?
D. It' s so cold in the room.
Why not put on your sweater?
( )5. A. Bruce is at home. B. Bruce is away.
C. Bruce is at the shop. D. Bruce is at the cinema.
4. 听录音, 选出你所听到的电话号码: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. 322148 B. 311482 C. 311248 D. 311284
( )2. A. 996656 B. 669965 C. 696965 D. 969656
( )3. A. 886152 B. 886652 C. 881652 D. 888152
五. 听录音, 选出该词的反义词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. heavy B. early C. day D. full
( )2. A. small B. open C. long D. outside
( )3. A. young B. night C. down D. closed
六. 听对话, 填表格: (对话念两遍)
初二英语听力部分（Unit 17—Unit 18）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. sunny B. sun C. song D. Sunday
( )2. A. laugh B. love C. life(生活) D. like
( )3. A. snow B. grow C. show D. blow
( )4. A. hold B. told C. hope D. cold
( )5. A. feel B. ill C. till D. meal
2. 听问句, 选择最恰当的答案: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. Winter is the warmest season in China.
B. Summer is the warmest season in China.
C. Spring is the best season in China.
D. Artumn is the best season in China.
( )2. A. It' s winter. B. It' s summer.
C. It' s spring. D. It' s autumn.
( )3. A. Shopping. B. Swimming. C. Fishing. D. Skating.
( )4. A. The same to you. B. It doesn' t matter.
C. I am happy. D. Thanks a lot.
( )5. A. It' s cool. B. It' s Sunday.
C. It' s October lst. D. It' s my birthday.
3. 听录音, 选择与原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. What about the picture ?
B. What a nice picture it is !
C. The picture is very beautiful.
D. What does the picture look like ?
( )2. A. The rain was very heavy last night.
B. It rained heavily last week.
C. It rained all night.
D. The rain wasn' t heavy last night.
( )3. A. His birthday party is going to start at 5 : 30.
B. His birthday party is going to start at 6 : 30.
C. His birthday party is going to start at 5 : 45.
D. His birthday party is going to start at 6 : 15.
( )4. A. Give Lily the message. B. Get ready for Lucy.
C. Ring up Lucy. D. Remember to tell Lucy.
( )5. A. The days get shorter and shorter.
B. In winter, the days are shorter than the nights.
C. Winter is from December to February.
D. The weather gets warmer and warmer.
4. 看图, 听录音, 选择正确答案: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. It' s my birthday. B. It' s Jack' s birthday.
C. It' s John' s birthday. D. It' s Jim' s birthday.
( )2. A. There is a mooncake on the table.
B. There is a chicken on the plate.
C. There is some fish and meat on the plate.
D. There is a big birthday cake on the table.
( )3. A. They are going to have a class meeting.
B. They are going to have a rest.
C. They are going to have a birthday party.
D. They are going to have a talk about the class.
( )4. A. John is eleven years old.
B. Jack is seven years old.
C. John is thirteen years old.
D. Jim is six years old.
( )5. A. I think he is very happy today.
B. He isn' t happy today, I think.
C. He is busy today, I think.
D. He is strong today.
五. 听短文, 选择正确的答案: (短文念两遍)
( )1. A. Sam' s friend. B. Bill.
C. Sam' s father. D. Sam' s mother.
( )2. A. In the office. B. In the classroom.
C. At home. D. He was out.
( )3. A. Sam' s teacher. B. Bill.
C. Sam' s father. D. Sam' s friends.
( )4. A. His telephone number was 451382.
B. His telephone number was 541328.
C. His telephone number was 453218.
D. His telephone number was 543128.
( )5. A. Because Sam' s mother was at the cinema.
B. Because Sam' s mother was busy at home.
C. Because Sam' s mother was ill at home.
D. Because Sam' s mother wanted to tell him
something interesting.
初二英语听力部分（Unit 19—Unit 20）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. below B. before C. because D. brown
( )2. A. fall B. feel C. felt D. fell
( )3. A. about B. above C. along D. again
( )4. A. whole B. hold C. ago D. cold
( )5. A. boy B. easy C. enjoy D. story
2. 听录音, 判断该单词与你所听到的单词的元音音素是否 相同, 相同的写“S”, 不同的写“D”: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. friend ( )2. south ( )3. pork ( )4. beef
3. 听句子, 把所缺的部分补充完整: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. The radil ______ it will be _______ tomorrow.
( )2. The temperature will ______ ______ zero at night.
( )3. There will be a______ ______the day after tomorrow.
( )4. I shall _____ _____ you outside the school gate.
( )5. It is _______ _______ food.
4. 听录音, 选择与原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. Lucy likes eating fried eggs better than fried beef.
B. Lucy likes eating apples better than oranges.
C. Lucy doesn' t like fried eggs.
D. Lucy doesn' t like fried chicken.
( )2. A. Who is back this evening?
B. Who is ill this evening?
C. Who will come this evening?
D. Who will stay at home this evening?
( )3. A. What do you think of the potatoes?
B. How are the delicious potatoes?
C. How delicious the potatoes are !
D. What about the potatoes?
( )4. A. It' s cloudy today. B. It' s rainy today.
C. It' s sunny today. D. It' s windy today.
( )5. A. Bruce often comes at noon.
B. Bruce often comes at night.
C. Bruce often comes in the day- time.
D. Bruce often comes at that time.
5. 听短文, 选择正确答案: (短文念两遍)
( )1. A. Fish and chips. B. Chinese take-away food.
C. Oranges and apples. D. Both A and B.
( )2. A. England. B. The U.S.A. C. Australia. D. Japan.
( )3. A. Pork and beef. B. Fried chicken.
C. Fish and chips. D. Meat and fish.
( )4. A. Fried chicken. B. Fidh snf chips.
C. Hamburgers(汉堡包) D. Fried beef.
( )5. A. The USA, England and China.
B. England, China and Australia.
C. Australia, England and the USA.
D. England, Australia and France.
初二英语听力部分（Unit 15—Unit 21）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. pleasure B. present C. parents D. parent
( )2. A. late B. letter C. later D. matter
( )3. A. their B. where C. wear D. pear
( )4. A. would B. could C. cool D. food
( )5. A. warm B. form C. phone D. born
2. 听录音, 选择与原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. Could you ask him to call her name , please ?
B. Could you please answer the phone ?
C. Could you make her a telephone call, please ?
D. Could you ask him to ring me , please ?
( )2. A. I' m sorry I forget to say“Good-bye”.
B. I' m sorry I forget the room number.
C. I' m sorry I mulst go now.
D. I' m sorry I can' t remember the phone number.
( )3. A. How hot it is today! B. How cold is it today?
C. What a cold day! D. What a hot day!
( )4. A. The weather in the same country is not the same.
B. The weather in different countries are not the same.
C. Different countries don' t have different weather.
D. The weather in different countries are the same
( )5. A. Englishmen like the most popular food in Australia.
B. Englishmen like eating fish and chips very much.
C. Fish and chips are the most popular food in the USA.
D. The most popular food in England is Chinese take- away food.
3. 听对话, 选择正确答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. A. Yes. Mary will see her grandma.
B. No, Mary won' t see her grandma.
C. Yes, Mary will see her grandpa.
D. No, Mary won' t see her grandpa.
( )2. A. Tom gets up at 7 : 00 and leaves home at 8 : 00.
B. Tom gets up at 7 : 30 and leaves home at 8 : 30.
C. Tom gets up at 7 : 00 and leaves home at 7 : 30.
D. Tom gets up at 7 : 50 and leaves home at 8 : 15.
( )3. A. The book and the pen are in the black bag.
B. The book isn' t in the red bag.
C. The pen and the book are in the red bag.
D. The pen and the book are in the blue bag.
( )4. A. In 1989. B. In 1992. C. In 1990. D. In 1987.
( )5. A. They are talking about sports.
B. They are talking about shopping.
C. They are talking about the seasons.
D. They are talking about the weather.
4. 看图, 听录音, 选择正确答案: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. It' s sunny. B. It' s cloudy.
C. It' s windy. D. It' s rainy.
( )2. A. He is Bruce. B. He is Mike.
C. He is Jim. D. He is Bob.
( )3. A. They are talking.
B. They are making telephone call.
C. They are speaking English.
D. They are counting the number.
( )4. A. He is saying,“How old are you?”
B. He is asking,“What' s your house' s number?”
C. He is asking,“What' s your telephone number?”
D. He is asking,“What' s the car number?”
( )5. A. It' s 554392. B. It' s .
C. It' s . D. It' s .
5. 听短文, 选择正确答案: (短文念两遍)
( )1. A. The People' s Park. B. Beijing Zoo.
C. The Great Wall. D. The hospital.
( )2. A. His aunt. B. His friend.
C. His teacher. D. His mother.
( )3. A. They played games. B. They took some photos.
C. They drew pictures. D. They had lunch.
( )4. A. They had noodles. B. They had Beijing duck.
C. They had potatoes. D. They had chicken.
( )5. A. Yes, they did. B. No, they didn' t.
C. Yes, they are. D. No, they aren' t.
初二英语听力部分（Unit 22—Unit 23）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )2. A. why B. wife C. wait D. way
( )2. A. visit B. busy C. easy D. city
( )3. A. green B. begin C. bring D. ring
( )4. A. snow B. show C. blow D. so
( )5. A. meet B. meal C. mean D. leave
2. 听对话, 选择正确答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. A. He wants to go to a park in Beijing.
B. He wants to go to the Beijing Zoo.
C. He wants to go to the factory in Beijing.
D. He wants to go to a school in Beijing.
( )2. A. Yes, he does. B. No, he doesn' t.
C. No, he does. D. Yes, he doesn' t.
( )3. A. He asks a woman and she tells him the way.
B. He asks a man, but the man doesn' t know the way.
C. He asks a policeman and he tells him how to get there.
D. He asks a boy, but he doesn' s answer.
( )4. A. He gets there by train. B. He gets there by bus.
C. He gets there on foot. D. He gets there by car.
( )5. A. Yes, it is. B. No, it isn' t.
C. No, it' s quite near, only about two minutes' walk from here.
D. No, it' s very far from here.
3. 听问句, 选择恰当的答语: (问句念两遍)
( )1. A. It' s not very nice. B. It' s very small.
C. Walk along the street and turn right. It' s not far.
D. It' s busy street.
( )2. A. I' m sorry. B. That' s all right.
C. Thank you very much. D. Excuse me.
( )3. A. Go to school. B. Go to see a doctor.
C. Go for a walk. D. Take exercise.
( )4. A. I shall ask a teacher. B. I shall ask a cleaner.
C. I shall ask an officer. D. I shall ask a policeman.
( )5. A. I shall do my best. B. No, not at all.
C. You are right. D. Thank you.
4. 听录音, 填写所缺的词语: (短文念两遍)
It was a 1 ______ spring morning 2 ______ London. An old woman went to see the doctor. because her 3 ______ hurt. The woman 4 ______ to the hospital very early. There were many people in the 5 _______ room. Soon after, an 6 _____ came into the room. He walked quickly to the 7 ______ room. The old woman stood up and 8 ______ him. She said,“You must wait for your 9 ______.”She did not 10 ______ the Indian was the doctor.
5. 听短文, 选择正确答案: (短文念两遍)
( )1. Jim didn' t go to school this week because ______.
A. his hand was hurt B. his arm hurt
C. he didn' t do his homework D. his mother was ill
( )2. Jim fell down from the tree when he ______.
A. played with his friends
B. helped the farmers pick apples
C. helped the farmers clean the house
D. flew the kite
( )3. Jim' s ____ brought him to see the doctor.
A. father B. mother C. friends D. teacher
( )4. There were _____ children in the hospital.
A. a lot of B. some C. few D. a few
( )5. Jim waited for ____ before he saw the doctor.
A. less than two hours B. more than two hours
C. two hours D. three hours
初二英语听力部分（Unit 24—Unit 25）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. instead B. bread C. best D. rest
( )2. A. ready B. rainy C. many D. tidy
( )3. A. wrong B. long C. song D. along
( )4. A. away B. ago C. afraid D. again
( )5. A. sad B. bad C. bed D. head
2. 听单词, 选出你所听到的单词的重读音节所共有的元音 音素: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. [C:] B. [Q] C. [B:] D. [ei]
( )1. A. [U] B. [U:] C. [Q] D. [C]
( )3. A. [e] B. [A] C. [ei] D. [I:]
( )4. A. [I] B. [ai] C. ['ai[] D. [i[]
( )5. A. [[:] B. [[] C. [C] D. [au]
3. 听问句, 选出最恰当的答案: (问句念两遍)
( )1. A. I am late. B. I am ill.
C. I am busy. D. I am in hospital.
( )2. A. I have to wait outside.
B. I have to go back home.
C. I have to say, “May I come in?”
D. I have to say, “I' m sorry. I' m late.”
( )3. A. Because he is free.
B. Because the doctor asks him to help.
C. Because he is alone.
D. Because he likes watching TV.
( )4. A. No, you mustn' t. B. No, you needn' t.
C. No, you won' t. D. No, you can' t.
( )5. A. I must take exercise. B. I must get up at six.
C. I mustn' t read in bed. D. I must eat much.
4. 听录音, 把对话中所缺的部份补充完整: (对话念两遍)
T : Good morning, doctor.
D : Good morning. What' s 1 ______ , young man?
T : I don' t feel very well today. My head 2 ______.
D : Oh, let 3 ______ look over you. Mm, something 4 ______ wrong with your head.
T : What do I 5 ______ to do?
D : Have a good 6______ and drink a 7 ______ of water, you will 8 ______ all right tomorrow.
5. 听对话, 选择正确答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. A. Yes, he can. B. No, he can' t.
C. He can stay here.
D. He can play basketball with Tom.
( )2. A. Because it' s raining heavily.
B. Because he has to do his homework first.
C. Because he doesn' t like to play football with Tom.
D. Because he is going to the cinema.
( )3. A.Because he won' t finish it if he doesn' t do it first.
B. Because he has to cook meal for his parents.
C. Because he has to hand in his homework first.
D. Because his mother is ill.
( )4. A. Tom. B. Jim. C. Mike. D. John.
( )5. A. It' s cloudy today. B. It' s sunny today.
C. It' 's windy today. D. It' s rainy.
初二英语听力部分(Unit 26—Unit 27)
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. shout B. round C. about D. down
( )2. A. himself B. herself C. myself D. yourself
( )3. A. money B. monkey C. month D. mouth
( )4. A. play B. great C. grade D. bread
( )5. A. fly B. fry C. dry D. cry
2. 听录音, 选择与原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. They took care of themselves.
B. They had a good time.
C. They have a happy party.
D. They like it very much.
( )2. A. The girl stopped to cry.
B. They girl began to cry.
C. The girl stopped crying.
D. The girl didn' t like crying.
( )3. A. You must look at these babies.
B. You must liik after these babies.
C. You must look after these babies.
D. You must put on these babies.
( )4. A. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green' s doctor.
B. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green' s daughter.
C. Maybe Lucy is Mr Geen' s sister.
D. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green' s student.
( )5. A. I have to go home because mother is ill.
B. I have to go home because mother told me to come back early.
C. I have to go home because it isn' t early.
D. I have to stay here because it is late.
3. 听对话, 选择正确答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. A. Li Lei. B. Tom. C. John and Tom. D. Lucy.
( )2. A. No, he isn' t. B. Yis, he is.
C. Li Lei can' t. D. Li Lei can.
( )3. A. Because he can' t swim in the river.
B. Because he old enough to do it.
C. Because his parents are not at home these days.
D. Because his friends are going to see him.
( )4. A. John will help him with the work.
B. NoBody. He wants to do it all by himself.
C. His friends will help him.
D. His parents will do the work.
( )5. A. No, he can' t. B. Sure , he can' t.
C. He won' t do it with others.
D. He thinks he can. He wants to learn to do it by himself.
4. 听对话, 填写家谱表: (对话念两遍)
五. 听对话, 选择正确答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. A. Winter holidays. B. Summer holidays.
C. Mid-Autumn Day. D. The twins' birthday.
( )2. A. Himself. B. With his friends.
C. With his parents. D. With his teachers.
( )3. A. Xi' an. B. Wuhan. C. Tianjing. D. Beijing.
( )4. A. they will take her. B. No, they won' t.
C. Yes, they will. D. They won' t take her.
( )5. A. Playing games. B. Playing in the sun.
C. Swimming in the sea. D. Taking a walk.
初二英语听力部分(Unit 22—Unit 28)
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. sugar B. sure C. short D. shoe
( )2. A. alone B. along C. about D. above
( )3. A. brighty B. night C. right D. light
( )4. A. quick B. quickly C. quite D. queue
( )5. A. coat B. road C. boat D. cold
2. 听录音, 选择能正确回答或紧接你所听到的句子的选项: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. You' d better go to see a doctor.
B. You' d better jump the queue.
C. You must have a rest.
D. You must get up earlier tomorrow.
( )2. A. Come in , please. B. Sorry , I can' t.
C. All right. Let' s have a talkl. D. Not at all.
( )3. A. When they make some mistakes.
B. When they are ill.
C. When they do their homework.
D. When the lift goes up and down.
( )4. A. He is mending a bike. B. He is flying a kite.
C. The kite is broken. D. He hurt himself.
( )5. A. Yes, I can see five. B. I can see the tenth.
C. No, I can see only one. D. I can see five.
3. 听录音, 选择与原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. Could you borrow five books from her?
B. May I borrow five books from you?
C. Will you please borrow five books from Bill?
D. Will you please lend five books to Bill?
( )2. A. The students began to make faces when the teacher came in.
B. The students stopped making faces before the teacher came in.
C. The students didn' t make faces before the teacher came in.
D. The students didn' t make faces after the teacher came in.
( )3. A. It is difficult. B. It is a pleasure.
C. It is dangerous. D. It is safe.
( )4. A. There was nobody on the island except themselves.
B. There was no one on the island.
C. There was someone else on the island.
D. There were a few people with them.
( )5. A. Why don' t you watch TV tomorrow night?
B. Why not come and mend TV tonight?
C. Please come and watch TV tonight.
D. Don' t watch TV tonight.
4. 听问句, 找出相应答语并写上问句的序号: (每句念两遍)
( )1. It' s half past nine.
( )2. Yes, please. I want some eggs and a cup of tea.
( )3. It' s about two kilometres away.
( )4. I' m from Shanghai , too.
( )5. That' s a good idea.
( )6. Certainly, here you are.
5. 听短文, 选择正确答案: (短文念两遍)
( )1. A. Mr Turner. B. Mr Green.
C. Mrs Turner. D. Mrs Green.
( )2. A. To come and have lunch with her and her husband.
B. To come and have supper with her and her husband.
C. To come and have lunch with her friends.
D. To come and have a birthday party.
( )3. A. There was much food in the house.
B. There was a little food in the house.
C. There was a little rice and bread in the house.
D. There was little food in the house.
( )4. A. He remembered. B. Yes, he did.
C. No, he didn' t. D. He forgot.
( )5. A. Because Mr Green forgot to take the meat out of the car at first.
B. Because Mr Green ran out and drove to buy.
C. Because Mrs Green bought the meat yesterday.
D. Because a friend brought it over.
初 二 英 语 竞 赛
I . 语音和词汇: (共10小题, 计10分)
A)观察下列各组单词划线部分的读音, 交按A、B、C、 D四种情况选择答案.
A. 一种读音 B. 两种读音 C. 三种读音 D. 四种读音
1. A. pencil B. kilometre C. tiger D. policeman
2. A. full B. June C. use D. uncle
3. A. easily B. reach C. sea D. health
4. A. hungry B. England C. strong D. orange
5. A. fourth B. colour C. ours D. yours
B)下列每组单词中只有一个是拼写正确的. 请找出来.
6. A. chicken B. chickin C. checken D. chiken
7. A. Februry B. February C. Ferbruary D. Febrary
8. A. minute B. minete C. minite D. minate
9. A. different B. differant C. defferent D. different
10. A. remember B. remenber C. remember D. remmember Ⅱ. 单项选择: (共30小题, 计15分)
A)综合选择填空.
11. Where are the _______?
A. policeman B. policemans C. policemen D. police men
12. —Do you like _______? —Yes , I do.
A. the colour of these clothes B. these clothes' colour
C. these clothes colour D. the colour on these clothes
13. —What' s the time?
—It' s _______.
A. one thirty
B. one thirty-one
C. six o five
D. six five o' clock
14. These footballs are for _______and ________.
A. his, me B. you, her C. I , you D. them , we
15. —Is everyone here today?
—Yes , we ________.
A. all are here B. are here all
C. all here are D. are all here
16. Mr Black has no sons _______ daughters.
A. or B. and C. but D. too
17. There' s ______ group of ducks in front of ______ old house. ______ house is near ______ Changjiang River.
A. the ; an ; A ; (不填) B. a ; (不填) ; The ; (不填)
C. a ; the ; The ; the D. the ; (不填) ; A ; the
18. There are five flowers here. One is for my sister, ______ are for my mother.
A. the other B. other C. the others D. others
19. Who is _______. Mrs Read or Mrs King?
A. more careful B. careful more
C. carefuler D. most careful
20. ______ weekdays we often have lunch _______ the middle _______ the day.
A. In ; in ; at B. On ; in ; of C. At ; at ; of D. Of ; on ; at
21. —How much ________ the meat?
—Ten yuan a kilo.
—I want ______.
—Here you are.
A. does ; half kilo B. does ; a half kilo
C. is ; half a kilo D. is; half kilo
22. You have more apples than _______do. But _______ are better than yours.
A. us ; we B. we ; ours C. ours ; us D. ours ; ours
23. My father often gets up early. He doesn' t like _______.
A. to be late B. to late C. be late D. late
24. —_______ does Tom put the boxes?
—He ______ them there.
A. When ; puts B. Who ; is putting
C. What ; is going to put D. Where ; puts
25. Look! Sam' s uncle ____ under a big tree and ____ a book.
A. sits ; reading B. is sitting ; reads
C. is sitting ; reading D. sits ; reads
26. Please ______ this coat. It' s cold outside.
A. take off B. put on C. put away D. take away
27. —______ do you like our school?
—Oh , very much.
A. What B. How C. Why D. When
28. —Lily, please answer this question.
—Excuse me , must I speak in English?
—No, you ________.
A. won' t B. mustn' t C. needn' t D. may not
29. Today is ______, little Tom' s birthday.
A. July the twenty-first, nineteen ninety-severn
B. July the twenty-one, nineteen ninty-seven
C. nineteen ninety-seven, July twenty-first
D. the nineteen ninty-seven, July the twenty-one
30. —Would you like to go with us?
—______.
A. OK, I' d love B. I would like
C. Yes, I like D. I' d love to
B)从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出与句子划线部分意 思相同或最为接近的一项.
31. —Sorry, I don' t know a place called Red House.
—Oh, thanks any way.
A. very much B. a lot C. all the same D. all the time
32. —What are they doing now?
—I' ve no idea.
A. I don' t think so. B. I' m sorry.
C. Doing nothing. D. I don' t know.
33. There are many oranges in the basket.
A. more B. a lot of C. a little D. a lot
34. Go down this road, and then you can see the hospital.
A. up to B. with C. along with D. along
35. My father got the model ship for my brother yesterday.
A. repaired B. bought C. gave D. made
C)下列各题的划线部分均有一处错误, 请指出.
36. Please not come here! Go to the blackboard!
A B C D
37. He wants to buy some breads because he is hungry.
A B C D
38. These are English teachers. One of the teacher is American.
A B C D
39. Can you tell me the different between the twin sisters?
A B C D
40. You usually haven' t breakfast at eight , right?
A B C D
Ⅲ. 情景交际: (共15小题, 计15分)
A)根据下列对话情景, 选择最佳答案.
41.
A. I want a blue coat. B. I' d like to talk to you.
C. Thanks for your help. D. I' d like two cakes.
42. —Hi, Mary.
—Hi, Kate. Who' s that?
—________
—The one behind the door.
—Oh, it' s Jim.
A. Whose Jim. B. Where is it? C. What? D. Which one?
43. —Can you find China on this map?
—Yes. _____ It' s here.
A. China is a good country. B. Let me see.
C. It' s on the wall. D. I have a new map of China.
44.
A. Dick! Nice to meey you. B. Dick! How are you?
C. Hello! Is that Dick? D. Hi! What are you doing?
45. —Are you Mrs Green?
—No, I' m Miss Green.
—_______ I thought you were Mrs Green.
A. OK. B. Er, sorry C. Excuse me. D. Oh, yes.
46.
A. Why do you study English?
B. What' s wrong with you?
C. What did you catch? D. Where are you going?
B) 根据下列每题所设情景, 选出最佳答案.
47. 当你想问“手表”用英语怎么说时, 下面四句话中哪一 句是错的?
A. What' s“手表”for English?
B. What' s the English for“手表”?
C. What' s“手表”in English?
D. How do you say “手表”in English?
48. 初次见面, 经人介绍后, 你想问对方的名字, 该怎样问?
A. What are you? B. How are you?
C. May I know your name? D. How do you do?
49. If (如果) you want to borrow your brother' s bike , you should (应该) say:
A. Do you use your bike? B. Is this your bike?
C. May I catch your bike? D. Could I use your bike?
50. When your friend says“Your dress is very nice.”, you should say:
A. Thank you. B. Don' t say so.
C. That' s right. D. It' s not good.
C)根据对话内容, 从A、B、C、D中选择适当的句子补全 对话.
Peter : Good morning.
Mike : Good morning.
Peter : (51)_______, is this Class Two?
Mike : (52)_______, but it isn' t.
It' s (53)_______.
Kate : Class Two is over there.
Peter : Oh, (54)________. I' m new here.
Mike : (55) ________.
Kate : You' re welcome.
51. A. Sorry B. Excuse me C. Hello D. Hi
52. A. Excuse me B. I' m sorry C. Yes D. Oh
53. A. Class One B. Class Three C. Class Four D. Class Five
54. A. thanks B. no C. good D. bye
55. A. It doesn' t matter B. All right
C. That' s right D. That' s OK
Ⅳ. 10%
56. Which letter goes all around an island(鸟)?
A. B. B. C C. W D. E
57. Which letter is most useful to a deaf(聋的) woman?
A. H B. R C. A D. E
58. Which letter is the difference betueen here and there?
A. e B. r C. h D. t
59. This is the name of a day. Thereare six letters in it. The third letter is "n", but there is no "s" in it what day is it?
A. Sunday B. Friday C. Thursday D. Monday
60. What' s the best and cheapest light?
A. Moonlight B. Daylight C. lamp D. The Sun.
61. What Country is useful at mealtines?
A. China B. America C. England D. Japan
62. In which month do people speak least?
A. December B. May C. February D. January
63. There' re ______ hours in a week.
A. one hundred and sixty
B. one hundred and tighty
C. one hundred and sixty-eight
D. one hundred and eighty-six
64. Judy is 10 and her brother is 12, In how many years will their age total (总共)38?
A. 4 B. 6 C. 8 D. 10
65. It' s half past one. What time will it be twenty hours later? ________.
Ⅴ.完形填空: (共20小题, 计20分)
选择正确答案填空.
(A)
Two friends 66_____ a bear(熊) when they went through a forest (穿越森林) 67._____. One of them ran to 68.____tree. and climbed up very quickly. He forgot his friend. He thought only of 69.____ His friend 70.____ bears 71.____ dead(死的) men. 72._____ he 73._____ when the bear came to him. Then the bear went away. The man called his friend in the tree. "You can 74.______ now. " The man smiled(微笑) and asked , "What did the bear say to you?" His friend answered, "He said I needed a new 75.______."
66. A.looked for B. met C. looked at D. watched
67. A.by bus B. by bike C. on foot D. by car
68. A. the nearest B. the good C. a taller D. a biggest
69. A. himself B. his mother
C. the bear D. his girl friend
70. A. knew B. thought C. saw D. watched
71. A. wasn' t like B. needn' t find
B. didn' t eat D. couldn' t touch
72. A. And B. so C. But D.Because
73. A. moved B. ran C. opened his eyes D. didn' t move
74. A. climb up B. get up C. stay there D. come down
75. A. teacher B. dress C. house D. friend
(B)
Sam: Tomorrow is Saturday. What 76._____?
John: Let' s have a picnic(野餐)
Mike: 77._______.
Sam: 78.______ can we go ?
John: To the big park.
Mike: To the beach(海滩).
Sam: There 79._____going to be a lot of people at the beach. Le' s go to 80._______.
Mike: You always like 81.___. OK! How do we 82.___there?
Sam: By bus. 83.____ is one at nine o' clock.
John: 84._____ do we meet?
Sam: Eight thirty at the bus stop. And I want to bring some 85.______.
John:
Mike:
76. A. day is it B. do you think of it
C. are you doing D. are we going to do
77. A. Great B. Thank goodness C. Well D. Oh dear
78. A. Where B. How C. When D. Why
79. A. (不填) B. are C. was D. were
80. A. the beach B. the zoo C. the park D. the picnic
81. A. my picnie B. his ideas C. his park D. many people
82. A. reach B. walk C. come D. get
83. A. Teh bus B. He C. It D. There
84. A. How B. When C. Where D. When are where
85. A. Chicken and dumplings B. desks and chairs
C. books and pens D. water and porridge
Ⅵ.阅读理解: (共20小题, 计30分)
(A)
Mary: Mum, what' s in the box?
Mum: Two shirts.
Mary: What colour are they?
Mum: One is blue, the other is green.
Mary: Whose are they?
Mum: They're for your brothers. Today is their birthday.
Mary: oh, yes, Happy birthday to you !
Jim:
Tim:
Mary: How old are you , Jim?
Jim: I' m eight. Oh, no, I' m nime. Today is my birthday.
Tim: I' m nine, too.
Mum: Here are two shirts.
Jim: Which is mine?
Mum: The blue one.
Tim: And the green one is mine.
Jim:
Tim:
根据对话内容, 选择正确答案
86. How many people are there in the dialogue?
A. Tow B. Three C. Four D. Five
87. Jim and Tim are _____.
A. friends B. sisters C. brother and sister D. twins
88. Where are the two shirts?
A. In a box B. In a desk
C. On a table. D. On a chair.
89. Which shirt is for Tim?
A. The blue one. B. The green one
C. The red one D. The black one
90. Whose birthday is it?
A. Mum and Mary' s B. Jim' s
C. Tim' s D. jim and Tim' s
(B)
I will tell you the story of the ant and the grasshopper. It is a cold winter' s (冬天的)day and an ant is bringing out some grains of corn(谷粒). He gathered(收集)them in the summer(夏天). He wants to dry(晒干) them. The grasshopper is very hungry.He sees the ant and says, "Give me a few grains of corn; I am dying of hunger(饿死)."
"But, " says the ant, "what did you do during the summer? Didn't you store up (贮藏)some corn?"
"No," says the grasshopper, "I was too busy."
"What did you do ?" asks the ant.
" I sang all day," answers the grasshopper.
" If you sang all summer," says the ant,
"you can clance(跳舞)all winter."
根据短文内容, 选择正确答案.
91. Teh ant dries the grains of corn______.
A. in the summer B. in the winter
C. on weekdays D. when he is hungry
92. The grasshopper is very hungry because he only______ during the summer.
A. danced B. dried the grains
C. storedd up corn D. sang
93. The ant gave the grasshopper_____.
A. some grains of corn B. something to eat
C. nothing D. some rice
94. The title(题目) of the story may be_____
A. The Ant and the Grasshopper
B. The Ant Sings and Dances
C. The Busy Ant and the Happy Grasshopper
D. Store up Some Corn and You' ll Be Hungry
95. From the story we can dnow_______.
A. teh ant is our good friend
B. we must think before we do anything
C. people must help others.
D. we must work hard for a good life
(C)
It was Sunday. I never get up early on Sundays. I sometimes stay in bed till(直到) lunch time. Last Sunday I got up very late. I looked out of the window. It was dark(暗)outside. "What a day!" I thougt, " It' s raining(下雨)again." Just then (正在那时), the telephone rang (电话响了). It was my aunt Lucy. "I' m in your city now, " she said, " I'm coming to see you. "
"But I' m still(仍然) having breakfast, " I said.
"I' m having breakfast, " I repeated.
" Oh, dear, " she said. "Do you always get up so late? It's one o' clock!"
根据短文内容, 选择正确答案.
96. When Aunt Lucy telephoned, the writer_____.
A. was coming to see his aunt Lucy
B. was in bed
C. was having lunch
D. got up a short time ago
97. Aunt Lucy was surprised(惊讶) because______.
A. it was one o' clock
B. it was too late
C. the writer had his breakfast
D. the writer had breakfast so late
98. The writer______ gets up early on Saturdays.
A. never B. usually
C. often D. we don' t know.
99. "What a day!" here meas " What a ______ day!".
A. good B. bad C. fine D. hard
100. Im the eighth line of the passage, the word "repeated" means_______.
A. 不好意思地说 B. 大声说
C. 重复 D. 笑着说
(D)
Mr Green asked a lot of questions about the buses. But Sam couldn' t answer them. Here' s a timetable(时间表). Friends, after you having a look at it , can you answer Mr Green' s questions?
根据图表内容, 选择正确答案.
101. How many stops are there(在……之间) the Ferry and the Market?
A. Five. B. Six C. Seven D. Eight.
102. How often does the bus get to the Old Street?
A. Every(每) half an hour B. Every twenty minutes.
C. Evey ten minutes. D. No answer.
103. At what time does Bus Four leave the Hotel?
A. Seven fifty-five. B. Eight o' clock.
C. Five minutes past eight. D. No answer.
104. I work in the hospital. It is quite near the bus stop. Only three minutes' walk. I must reach the hospital at eight o' clock. Which bus should I take?
A. The first bus. B. The second bus
C. The third bus D. The fourth bus
105. Every Sunday I take the first bus to the Park. There I can play some there. The market opens from seven thirty to eight thirty. At the most how long can I stay in the park?
A. Half an hour . B. An hour.
C. An hour and a half D. No answer.
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第十五单元(57---60课)试卷
Ⅰ找出划线部分的读音不同于其他三个的词:8%
( ) 1.A. hour B. hat C. hand D. hair
( ) 2.A. warm B. park C.garden D. harvest
( ) 3.A. dear B. near C. wear D. here
( ) 4.A. phone B. of C. afraid D. enough
( ) 5.A. moment B. cinema C. ago D. April
( ) 6.A. above B. over C. wrote D. hope
( ) 7.A. throw B. those C. this D. that
( ) 8.A. nut B. sun C. busy D. bus
Ⅱ.按括号中的要求写出相应的形式:10%
1. bring (过去式) _______ 2. hot(最高级) ________
3. near (反义词) _______ 4. happy(副词)________
5. get (现在分词)________ 6. windy(比较级)_______
7. sun(形容词)________ 8. forget(过去式) _______
9. photo(复数)_________ 10.stop (过去式) ________
Ⅲ.选择填空:20%
( ) 1. We enjoy _______ English songs .
A. to sing B. sang C. singing D. sing
( ) 2. My pen is broken . I need to buy ______ .
A. another one B. it
C. the other one D. a new one
( ) 3. Please write ______ your name on the book .
A. out B. down C. off D. on
( ) 4. ---______ did your father watch TV last night?
--- About two hours.
A. How long B. How often
C. How much D. How many
( ) 5. The Changjiang River is ______river in China.
A. longer B. longest C. most longest D. the longest
( ) 6. I saw Lucy ______ .
A. on my way school B. on my school way
C. on my way to school D. on a school way
( ) 7. What lessons _____ yesterday?
A. did you have B. do you had
C. did you had D. do you have
( ) 8. This book is quite different _______ that one .
A. from B. with C. about D. of
( ) 9. Mary usually_____ TV on Saturday evening but she ___
the cinema last night.
A. watches , goes B. watched , went
C. watched , goes D. watches , went to
( )10. Listen! She _____ English by the lake.
A. reads B. read C. will read D. is reading
( )11. There' s a pen on the floor. Please _____ for me.
A. take it up B. put it up
C. bring it up D. pick it up
( )12. We ______ an English lesson tomorrow morning.
A. will be B. are going to be
C. are going to have D. is going to have
( ) 13. My father wanted ____ a letter to my grandpa.
A. me to write B. my writing
C. I write D. my to write
( ) 14. The farmers gave us a basket of apples _____.
A. tomorrow B. the next day
C. next week D. for two days
( ) 15. Could you give me ______ please?
A. two papers B. two piece of papers
C. two pieces of paper D. two piece of paper
( ) 16. Do you remember _______?
A. where he live B. where does he live
C. where he lives D. where lives he
( ) 17. We picked _____ apples yesterday.
A. much B. a lots of C. lots of D. a lot
( ) 18. Did you _____ a good time at the cinema?
A. had B. having C. has D. have
( ) 19. He _____ up before seven this morning.
A. got B. gets C. get D. getting
( ) 20. Yesterday his brother helped me _____ my English.
A. for B. to C. with D. at
Ⅳ.用学过的词组或短语代替划线部分, 使新句意思与原句相符:15%, 每空1分.
1. He' splaying basketball now.
He' s playing basketball ______ ______ ______
2. She is seeing a film. She is _______ _______ _______
3. Who called me a moment ago?
Who _____ me a moment ago?
4. I had a busy day yesterday. I _____ _____ yesterday.
5. I showed him the photo. I showed the ______ ______ him.
6. Peter isn' t in. Peter is ______.
7. They picked many apples.
They picked _______ _______ _______ apples.
Ⅴ.就划线部分提问: 7%
1. John carried the apples on to the trucks.
_______ carried the apples on to the trucks?
2. They worked very hard. _______ _______ they work?
3. The children wrote the answers to the questions.
_______ _______ the children do?
4. Jim needed help because he was ill.
_______ _______ Jim need help?
Ⅵ.用适当的介词填空: 10%, 每空1分.
1. The man climbed up the tall tree _______ a tall ladder.
2. Han Meimei is good ______ skating. She likes winter very much because it is good _______ skating.
3. Liu Hong , here is a letter ______ you from your brother.
4. Her mother is out. She is ______the cinema ____ the moment.
5. They went to work _______ a farm last month.
6. Tom' s mother usually gets up _____ six o' clock in the morning.
7. Her father is a doctor. He often helps her ______ her maths.
8. Look! Polly is _______ the tree.
Ⅶ.完形填空: 10%
Mr Smith is a little 1 than he wants to be. He 2 to lose some weight (减肥). So he is on diet (节食). He tries not to eat too 3 and he eats very little sugar 4 it will make him fatter. He also does exercises very 5 . He swims very often, 6 he runs about two kilometres a day. Now he is 7 than before. His wife , Jane is healthier than him. She does 8 every day , too. She doesn' t 9 much meat. But she eats a lot of fruit and vegetbles because she thinks 10are better for her health.
( )1. A. fat B. fatter C. thin D. thinner
( )2. A. wants B. thinks C. asks D. likes
( )3. A. many B. few C. little D. much
( )4. A. and then B. so C. because D. when
( )5. A. year B. week C. minute D. day
( )6. A. and B. because C. when D. bus
( )7. A. later B. shorter C. stronger D. longer
( )8. A. shopping B. exercises C. housework D. homework
( )9. A. buy B. drink C. cook D. eat
( )10. A. these B. it C. that D. what
Ⅷ.阅读理解: 20%
(A)
Most of people make their living with their hands. But Tom makes his living with his feet. A very good living it is , too.
Tom' s story began in a very small city in England. His parents were very poor (贫穷). There were seven people in their small house. Tom had no place to play but in the street.
Tom' s father often played football. Little Tom wanted to play football , too. So his father made a nice ball for him to play. The little boy played it every day.
At last Tom learned to play a real football , and after a few years he could play football very well.
Now Tom is one of the best football players.
根据文内容判断正误: 对的打"√", 错的打"×".
( )1.Tom makes his living in a different way from other people.
( )2. Only a few people make their living with their hands.
( )3. Little Tom could play only in the street.
( )4. Tom and his father enjoyed playing football very much.
( )5. Tom' s father bought him a new football to play at first.
(B) Mrs Simpson' s Soup(汤)
Mrs Simpson wanted to invite (邀请) many people to her house. She wanted to cook them a good dinner of meat and soup. She had five daughters. They were all busy. Mrs Simpson was busy , too. She forgot to put any salt (盐) into the soup. So she asked Mary, one of her daughters, to help her.“I can' t , Mum. I' m busy now.”said Mary. She asked the other girls , but got the same answer. So she did it herself.
Now , Mary thought she should help mother. She put some salt into the soup. One by one , the other girls did the same thing.
Mrs Simpson put the soup on the table. The friends took a little soup and their eyes opened wide (张大的). She took the soup, then she knew.“Which of you put salt into the soup?”she asked.“I did it , Mum.”all the other five said together.
( )1. Mrs Simpson wanted to cook _____ for her friends.
A. rice B. bread C. meat and rice D. meat and soup
( )2. Mrs simpson had ________.
A. two sons and two daughters B. five sons
C. five sons and five daughters D. five daughters
( )3. Mrs Simpson asked ________ to help her.
A. herself B. her friends
C. Mary D. Mary and her sisters
( )4. ______ put salt into the soup.
A. One of the daughters B. The five girls
C. Mrs Simpson and her five daughters
D. Only Mrs Simpson
( )5. The friends ______ the soup.
A. like B. liked C. don' t like D. didn' t like
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第十六单元（61--64课）试卷
一、找出划线部分的读音不同于其他三个的词：8%
（ ）1. A. season B. dog C. stop D. not
（ ）2. A. part B. last C. past D. animal
（ ）3. A. really B. weather C. head D. bread
（ ）4. A. enough B. less C. ill D. ticket
（ ）5. A. snow B. cold C. how D. boat
（ ）6. A. touch B. cloudy C. count D. out
（ ) 7. A. started B. looked C. cooked D. worked
（ ）8. A. more B. morning C. worker D. story
二、按括号中的要求写出相应的形式：10%
1. well (比较级) _________ 2. wear (现在分词) __________ 3. snow (过去式) ________ 4. warm (最高级) __________
5. season (复数) _________ 6. reach (第三人称单数) _____ 7. last (反义词) __________ 8. hottest (原形) __________
9. bring (过去式) _________ 10. bad(比较级) ___________
三、选择填空：20%
（ ）1. We often go ______ in summer.
A. swim B. swimming C. to swim D. swims
（ ）2. Spring is the best season ______ the year .
A. on B. of C. at D. with
（ ）3. It's very warm here, _______?
A. it is B. it isn't C. isn't it D. is it
（ ）4. Sometimes it rains _______ here.
A. heavy B. big C. heavily D. full
（ ）5. It's your turn now . Please get _____for the game.
A. popular B. nice C. ready D. well
（ ）6.Which do you like ______, oranges or pears ?
A. better B. best C. it D. well
（ ）7. "_________ is the weather like is your home town in wimter?" "It's very cold ."
A. What time B. When C. Where D. What
（ ）8. " _____ is the meeting going to last ?"
" Half an hour."
A. What B. How long C. When D. How far
（ ）9.Winter is over . It's getting ________.
A. hot B. warm C. cool D. cold
（ ）10. The farmers are busy________ the next year .
A. getting ready for B. putting on
C. getting on D. having a good time
（ ）11. The work _______the farm is very hard.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
（ ）12. There are four classes every morning, _______?
A. is there B. aren't there C. is it D. aren't they
（ ）13. Who is ______, Jim , Kate or li lei ?
A. taller B. the taller C. tallest D. the tallest
（ ）14. Could I have ______ , please ?
A. two glasses of milks B. two glass of milks
C. two glasses of milk D. two glass milk
（ ）15. Tom's bike is ______ than ______.
A. cheaper , her B. cheaper , hers
C. the cheaper , hers D. the cheapest , hers
（ ）16. _____you _____ to help the farmers to pick the apples last Sunday ?
A. Can, go B. Did , went C. Do , go D. Did , go
（ ）17. Autumn is _____ busy season .
A. an B. a C. the D./
（ ）18. We often play games ______ Friday afternoon.
A. in B. at C. on D. of
（ ）19. My father often works ______ night.
A. at B. in C. on D. for
（ ）20. Could you _______ the telephone ?
A. ask B. say C. speak D. answer
四、用适当的介词填空：12%，每空1分
1. Thank you ______ your help .
2. My home isn't far ______ our school.
3. Which part ______England do you come from?
4. She usually gets up ______ six thirty in the morning
5. What do you often do ______ Sundays?
6. Spring is the best season _______ a year .
7. Winter comes ________ autumn.
8. He asked me _______the weather here in China.
9. Can you help me _____ my English?
10. What' s the weather ______ in Beijing?
11. The weather here is very hot _______ summer.
12. He came to Nanning _______ March last year.
五、根据下列电话提供的情景, 填上适当的词：20%每空1分.
Mrs Black : Hello!
Mary : ______ I ______ to John?
Mrs Black : Sorry , John isn' t in.
Mary : Is ______ Mrs. Black _______?
Mrs Black : Yes , ______ is it?
Mary : ______ ______ Mary , Mrs Black. I _____ at four this afternoon , but nobody was in.
Mrs Black : Oh , we _____ all ______. John wasn' t back home then. Can I ______ a ______ for him?
Mary : Yes , please. I can' t help him _____ his lessons this evening. I' m afraid , Mother is ill.
Mrs Black : I' m sorry ______ ______ that. Just stay at home and look after your mother.
Mary : All right. ______ ______ _______. Bye-bye.
Mrs Black : It' s ______ ______. Good-bye.
六、用所给 单词的正确形式填空：10%，每空1分。
1. My sister sings well.
She ______ (sing) an English song now.
2. Tom is _______ (young) than Peter.
He is _______ (young) in his class.
3. July is the ______ (hot) month of the year in the South.
4. She ______ (get) up very late yesterday and she was late for school.
5. _____ he ______ (come) to visit our school next week?
6. What ______ (do) your mother do on Sundays ?
She often _______ (go) shopping.
7. Can I _______ (take) the bus to the station ?
七、阅读理解：20%
(A) A Long Word
In an English class, the students work hard at their lesson. Their teacher is very happy. She sings some nice songs with them, and she goes to the blackboard and write “S-M-I-L-E-S”on it.
“This is the longest word in English,”she said to the class.
A girl stands up and says,“It has only six letters! Why is it the longest word in English?”
The teacher smiles and says,“Because there is a mile between the first letter and the last.”
根据短文内容判断正误：对的打“√”，错的打“×”。
( )1. The students are having Chinese lessons.
( )2. The teacher writes some words on the blackboard.
( )3. The girl thinks the word is not long.
( )4. The teacher thinks“smiles”is a long word.
( )5. The students do not work hard at their lessons at all.
(B)
Mr and Mrs Jones never go out in the evening, but last Saturday Mrs Jones said to her husband,“There is a good film at the cinema tonight. Shall we go and see it?”
Mr Jones was quite happy about it. So they went, and both of them enjoyed the film very much.
When they came out of the cinema, it was already 11 o' clock. They got into their car and began driving home. It was very dark. Mrs Jones said,“Look, a woman is running along the road very fast and a man is running after her. Can you see them?”Mr Jones said.“Yes, I can.”He drove the car slowly near the woman and said to her,“Can I help you?”
“No, thanks,”said the woman, but she didn' t stop running.“My husband and I always run home after the film. Because whoever (不管是谁) gets home last will wash the dishes.”
( )1. Mr and Mrs Jones ________.
A. often stay at home in the evening.
B. often go out in the evening.
C. often go out to have supprer
D. often go to the cinema in the evening
( )2. Last Saturday, they ______.
A. went out for a walk
B. went to see a film
C. went to see a woman
D. went to buy a car
( )3. ______ enjoyed the film very much.
A. Mr Jones B. Mrs Jones
C. The woman D. Both Mr and Mrs Jones
( )4. On their way home, they saw ______.
A. a man running after a woman
B. two man running together
C. a woman running after a man
D. two women running together
( )5. Why were the man and the woman running ?
Because ________.
A. the woman' s husband was angry with her
B. they liked to run
C. they didn' t catch the bus
D. they didn' t want to do housework
初二英语Unit17—19单元测试试卷
Grade：______ Class_____ Name:_________ mark______
一. 单词辨音: 10%
( )1. A. bright B. light C. laugh D. high
( )2. A. sugar B. sure C. sunshine D. pleasure
( )3. A. tiger B. beautiful C. nice D. like
( )4. A. ready B. really C. please D. season
( )5. A. January B. February C. usually D. student
( )6. A. March B. reach C. Sandwich D. Catch
( )7. A. stopped B. walked C. washed D. worried
( )8. A. monkeys B. dumplings C. finishes D. countries
( )9. A. says B. play C. may D. weekday
( )10. A. laugh B. autumn C. taught D. caught
二. 根据所给单词适当形式填空: 5%
1. Is your father a _______ . (report)
2. Aunt Li takes exercise everyday. so she is_____. (health)
3. There are one hundred____________ (radio) in our school.
4. It' s __________ (sun) , isn' t it?
5. Her brother writes __________. ( careful )
三. 词组: 5%
1. 天气预报____________ 2. 感到高兴__________
3. 打开电灯____________ 4. 在华南________ 5.最像_______
四. 选择填空: 30%
( )1. _____ work it is !
A. what a hard B. what hard
C. How a hard D. How hard
( )2. What a _____ day. There is no____in the sky.
A. sunny. . . cloud B. sun. . . cloudy
C. sun. . . cloud D. Sunny. . . cloudy
( )3. He spends(花费)_____his time on English.
A. many of B. much of
C. much the D. many the
( )4. Don' t go outside! The wind is blowing_______.
A. hard B. hardly C. strong D. big
( )5. Sorry, I ______you about it.
A. forget to tell B. forget telling
C. forgot go tell D. forgot telling
( )6. Lucy often goes swimming in Summer, ______.
A. so does Mike B. so is Mike
C. so Mike does D. Mike does so
( )7. All of her_____friends are now outside the door.
A. others B. another C. other D. the other
( )8. The best time_____to their country is in autumn.
A. goes B. go C. going D. to go
( )9. I' ll stay at home. It' s raining _____ outside.
A. heavily B. heavy C. big D. large
( )10. Be quick, They____us outside the school gate.
A. are waiting for B. are waiting
C. waited for D. will wait
( )11. Mr John came here_____.
A. got it back B. got back it
C. to get it back D. to get back it
( )12. She never wants to get the book back, ____she?
A. isn' t B. does C. doesn' t D. won' t
( )13. I listen to the weather report _____the radio every day.
A. at B. in C. on D. by
( )14. Fuzhou is ____-the southest of China.
A. to B. on C. in D. at
( )15. _____the flowers are beautiful .
A. The most of B. Most of
C. Most a D. Of most
( )16. He looks ill. He _____and see his doctor.
A. needs go B. need to go
C. needs to go D. needs going
( )17. He has never learned Fereuch _______English.
A. or B. and C. with D. in
( )18. Do you know when the meeting is going to______.
A. have B. has C. be D. is
( )19. When I open the door, I found my mother_____.
A. in home B. in C. out home D. is in
( )20. I know______.
A. when does she leave. B. when did she leave.
C. when she left. D. when is she leaving
五.句型转换: (每格一空)10%
1. It' ll be sunny tomorrow.(划线提问)
What' s the _______ ______ tomorrow?
2. There will be a meeting this afternoon. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ there ______ a meeting this afternoon?
3. I' m afraid he knows your name.(改为否定句)
I ______ afraid he ______ know your name.
4. They went to the farm last week.(改为反意疑问句)
They went to the farm last week, _____ ______?
5. Mr Green came to China three years ago. (划线提问)
_______ _______ Mr Green come to China.
六. 根据所给动词的适当形式填空: 10%
1. Winter______(last) from Novemker to January.
2. Two hours ago, Bruce______(come) here_____(ask) you to his party. He ______(want) you ______(ring) him.
3. thanks a lot for ______ (ask) us to your birthday party.
4. It ___(be) hot today . But I think It ____(be) cool later on.
5. The little ____(run) to the door and opened it.
6. The teacher says there ______(be) a class meeting this afternoon . Please get ready.
七. 改错: 10%
1.( )_____How delicious sankwiches we had this morning!
A B C D
2. ( )_____I don't like winter because it's too much cold.
A B C D
3. ( )______I think the weather will be very better soon.
A B C D
4. ( )____ _There is nothing in the room , isn't there ?
A B C D
5. ( )______ I usually read a book for some time after
A B C
I go to bed .
D
八. 完形填空: 12%
A train stopped at a small station. A man on the train looked 1._____ the window and saw a woman. The woman was selliny cakes, and people from 2.____ train were buying them. The man 3.____ to buy a cake, but the woman was 4.____ far from him. It was raining and he didn' t want to go out 5.____ the rain.
Sudolenly(突然) he saw a boy. The boy was walking on the platform (站台) 6.____ from him. "Come here, boy! " the man said. "Do you know 7.___ each of the cakes is? " "Five Cents (美分) ", The boy 8.____. The mem gave the boy ten cents and asked him 9.____ two cakes. "One is for me , and 10_____for you, " he told the boy.
Some minutes later, the boy came back.
He was eating a cake. He 11.____ the mem five Cents and said, "There was only 12._____. "
( )1. A. at B. for C. up D. out of
( )2. A. a B. an C. the D. /
( )3. A. wanted B. asked C. thought D. like
( )4. A. stand B. standing C. stay D. stood
( )5. A. to B. on C. with D. in
( )6. A. not near B. not far C. far D. near
( )7. A. how much B. what is C. how many D. how
( )8. A. answers B. answered
C. is answering D. will answer
( )9. A. bought B. to buy
C. buying D. buy
( )10. A. other B. another C. the other D. others
( )11. A. said to B. took C. gave D. told
( )12. A. one cake B. two cakes
C. some cakes D. a lot of cakes
九. 阅读理解: 8%
Kate and Peter like sports. In summer they swim and in winter they skate. They are planning(计划) a skate trip for this weekend, but they don' t know about the waeather. It' s 7 : 30 now, and they are listering to the weather report on the radio. The weather---man is giving the weather report for the weekend.
" Friday is going to be cold and cloudy, but it' s not going to rain. The temperafure is going to be below 2ero. It' s going to snow on Friday evening. Saturday and Sunday are going to be cold and Sunny. "
Now Kate and Peter are happy. The weather is going to be very nice for a skate trip. They are going to have a good time on the hills.
( )1. Kate and Peter like_____.
A. listening to the radio B. watching TV
C. sports D. music
( )2. They are planning______for this weekend.
A. a class meeting B. a party
C. a game D. a skate trip
( )3. They wanted to know about______.
A. the rain B. the food
C. the weather D. the radio
( )4. It______on Saturday and Sunday.
A. will rain B. will be windy
C. will be cloudy D. will be cold and sun.
坝下中学初二英语选拔试卷
一. 辨音: 10%
A. 从每组单词中, 选出划线部分发音不同的一个. 5%
( )1. A. B. C. D.
( )2. A. B. C. D.
( )3. A. B. C. D.
( )4. A. B. C. D.
( )5. A. B. C. D.
B. 判断每组单词, 划线部分发音的种类. 5%
A. 一种 B. 二种 C. 三种 D. 四种
( )1. A. B. C. D.
( )2. A. B. C. D.
( )3. A. B. C. D.
( )4. A. B. C. D.
( )5. A. B. C. D.
二. 根据句意填上适当的单词10%
三. 选择题 : 20%
( )1. A. B. C. D.
( )2. A. B. C. D.
( )3. A. B. C. D.
( )4. A. B. C. D.
( )5. A. B. C. D.
( )6. A. B. C. D.
( )7. A. B. C. D.
( )8. A. B. C. D.
( )9. A. B. C. D.
( )10. A. B. C. D.
( )11. A. B. C. D.
( )12. A. B. C. D.
( )13. A. B. C. D.
( )14. A. B. C. D.
( )15. A. B. C. D.
( )16. A. B. C. D.
( )17. A. B. C. D.
( )18. A. B. C. D.
( )19. A. B. C. D.
( )20. A. B. C. D.
四. 口语运用 10%
( )1. ①②③④⑤
A. ①②③④⑤B. ④②③①⑤C. ④②⑤①③D. ③②①⑤④
( )2. ①②③④⑤
A. ②①③⑤④B. ⑤③②①④C. ①②⑤④③D. ④⑤①③②
( )3. ①②③④⑤
A. ①②③④⑤B. ③①②④⑤C. ①③②④⑤D. ⑤②③④①
( )4. ①②③④⑤
A. ②④③⑤①B. ②④③①⑤C. ②⑤③④①D. ③⑤②①④
( )5. ①②③④⑤
A. ③①④②⑤B. ③②①⑤④C. ①②③④⑤D. ⑤③④①②
五. 句型转换. 10% (每个空格只准填写一个单词)
(改为一般疑问句)(改为否定句)(改成复数)(改为比较级)(划线提问)
六. 时态填空. 10%
A. 用所给词的适当形式填空: 5%
B. 根据短文意思, 用适当的形式填空: 5%
A fox(狐狸)is_______ for food. He is very hungry. Now he is standing near a wall. the wall is very high. The fox is looking up. He_______a lot of fine grapes (葡萄)on the wall. He says, "How nice they are! I want______ them. " The fox is jumping. He jumps and jumps and jumps. But the wall is too high. He can' t___ thegrapes. The fox says, " I must go now. I______these grapes. They are green. They are not good to eat."
七. 完型填空: 选择可填入空白处的最佳答案. 10%
八. 阅读理解: 根据短文内容, 选择一个最佳答案. 10%
坝下中学初二英语选拔试卷
一、辨音10%
A. 从每组单词中, 选出划线部分发音不同的一个5%
( )1.A. China B. Lunch C. chair D. machine
( )2.A. pens B. clocks C. books D. maps
( )3.A. uncle B. supper C. study D. student
( )4.A. glasses B. houses C. buses D. classes
( )5.A. moved B. stayed C. walked D. cleaned
B.判断每组单词, 划线部分发音的种类. 5%
1. Septemter is the ______month of a year.
2. Lucy and Lily look the _______.
3. Please give me something to eat. I' m a little____.
4. How ______ is the meat? Eighteen yuan a kilo.
5. What_____ going to the Park? Good idea.
B. 根据汉语提示, 用词组适当形式填空.
A. 一种 B. 二种 C. 三种 D. 四种
( )1. too room classroom foot
( )2. sugar usually beds cakes
( )3. write give police April
( )4. enough out round touch
( )5. Sandwich machine school China
二. 根据句意填上适当的单词10%
1. The most popular food is fish and_____in England.
2. _____Chicken is the most popular food in the USA.
3. Canadians speak English and______.
4. Tom would like Chinese tea______nothing in it.
5. Which do you like______, pears or apples?
6. What is the weather like _______Beijing?
7. Lucy and Lily are in _______classes.
8. The fourth day of a week is_______.
9. There are four_______in a year.
10. Thanks for your ______me to your birthday party.
三.选择填空. (15分)
( )1. She often gets ____school____7:30,
A. at, in B. to, on C. /, at D. to, at
( )2. _____some orange in the bottle.
A. It has B. It is C. There is D. There are
( )3. There are some new shoes, please put____.
A. on them B. on it C. it on D. them on
( )4. Is there____milk in the bottle? Yes, there's_____.
A. much, a lot of B. many, a lot
C. any, much D. some, a lot of
( )5. Ann_____lunch at 11:30. She ____it at 12:00.
A. doesn' t have, has B. don' t have; has
C. isn' t have; have D. doesn' t has ; has
( )6. _____does Meimei come to school? On a bike.
A. What B. Where C. Whenn D. How
( )7. It' s time _____have supper.
A. for B. to C. of D. in
( )8. Can't you see a plane in the sky? _____.
A. Yes, I can't B. Yes, I can
C. No, I can D. Not, I can' t
( )9. This pencil-box is _____than that one.错误的种为:
A. more nicer B. much nicer
C. nicer D.a little nicer
( )10. _____apples are hard to reach. Please____careful.
A. A few ; to be B. A little ; be
C. A few; be D. A few; /
( )11. _____the teacher , then you can _____ her.
A. Listen; hear B. Listen to; hear
C. Hear; listen D. Hear; listen to
( )12. Ann' s room is small. But mine is smaller____.
A. than she B. of her C. than her D. than hers
( )13. New term begins_____September 1.
A. in B. on C. at D. with
( )14. A: What are you going to do this Sunday?
B: ______. Why?
A. Not a thing B. Nothing much
C. Much a thing D. Much nothing
( )15.There's going to___ an English lesson this afternoon. A. have B. has C. is D. be
( )16. ____is the farm ? It' s about 2 kilometres.
A. How long B. How many
C. How far D.How much
( )17. There is nobody in the room, ______?
A. isn' t there B. isn' t it C. is there D. is it
( )18. She likes singing, _______.
A. I do so B. I so do C. so I do D. so do I
( )19. China is ____the west of Japan.
A. in B. on C. at D. to
( )20. ---Jack, happy birthday to you! ______.
A. The same to you B. Not at all.
C. Thank you D. It is a pleasure
四. 口语应用10%
( )1. ①Which boy?
②Who' s that boy under the big tree?
③Excuse me. Li Hong.
④Oh, that' s Lucy' s brother. He studies well.
⑤The one in the white shirt.
A. ①②③④⑤ B. ④②③①⑤
C. ④②⑤①③ D. ③②①⑤④
( )2. ①Who has a bike?
②I have one here, Li Lei.
③Thanks a lot.
④Certainly! Here you are.
⑤May I borrow it, please?
A. ②①③⑤④ B.⑤③②①④
C. ①②⑤④③ D. ④⑤①③②
( )3.①They're round, like the moon.they're very delicious. ②Yes, a little.
③Would you like one of these mooncakes?
④I' d love to. But why do you call them mooncaks.
⑤Mary, are you hungry.
A. ①②③④⑤ B. ③①②④⑤
C.①③②④⑤ D. ⑤②③④①
( )4. ①Good idea! Let' s meet about half past two.
②Shall we go to the zoo?
③Hi, Xiao Wang. What are you going to do this Sunday?
④OK. ⑤I' ve no idea.
A. ②④③⑤① B. ②④③①⑤
C. ②⑤③④① D. ③⑤②①④
( )5. ①We' re going to pick apples on a farm. Don't you know?
②And we' re going there by bus.
③What are you going to do this Sunday?
④Sorry, I don' t know.
⑤Good idea! It' s much better than having classes. A. ③①④②⑤ B. ③②①⑤④
C. ①②③④⑤ D. ⑤③④②①
五. 句型转换.10%(每个空格只准填写一个单词)
1. Tom usually has Lunch at school.(改为一般疑问句)
______ Tom usually_______Lunch at school?
2. He read a lot of books in the library.(改为否定句)
He______ read ______ books in the library.
3. The child often goes to school by bus. (改为复数)
The______ often ______to school by bus.
4. This cake is very delicious. That one is more delicious. (改为比较级)
That cake is more delicious______ ______one.
5. They' re going to play football this afternoon.(就划线部 分提问) _____are they going to _____ this arternoon.
六. 时态填空.10%
A. 用所给词的适当形式填空: 5%
1. You' d better _________ (not talk) in class.
2. Listen! Someone ________ (sing) in the next room.
3. ________ (not be) late again.
4. The farmers need _______(help) with the picking-apples.
5.Lucy always______ (do) her homework in the evening.
B. 根据短文意思, 用适当的形式填空.5%
A fox(狐狸)is 1.____(look) for food. He is very hungry. Now he is standing near a wall. the wall is very high. The fox is looking up. He 2._____(see) a lot of fine grapes (葡萄)on the wall. He says, "How nice they are! I want 3.____ (eat) them. " The fox is jumping. He jumps and jumps and jumps. But the wall is too high. He can' t 4._____(get) the grapes. The fox says, " I must go now. I 5._________(not like)these grapes. They are green. They are not good to eat."
七.完形填空: 选择可填入空白处的最佳答案. (10分)
Class Two are not going to have 1____ lessons next week. They' re going to help the farmers 2____their work on the farm. They' re going to 3.____apples. Many students 4____ it is much better than 5____ classes. They are going to 6.____earlier next Monday morning. They' re going to 7.____ at the school gate at about 7:30. They 8.___there by bus. They are going to 9____their old clothes. They are going to 10.____ hard.
( )1. A. some B. any C. a D. a lot of
( )2. A. on B. to C. doing D.do
( )3. A. pick B. picking C. picks D. are picking ( )4. A. look B. think C. know D. want
( )5. A. have B. having C. has D.are having
( )6. A. get up B. put on C. to to bed D.have classes ( )7. A. leave B. reach C. meet D. pick
( )8. A. are going B. go C. going D. are going to ( )9. A. put on B. put C. take off D. buy
( )10. A. study B. walk C. work D. working
八.阅读理解:根据短文内容,选择一个最佳答案. (10分)
(A)
The Spring Festival(春节) is the Chinese New Year' s Day. It usually comes in February. Everyone in China likes Spring Festival very much. When Spring Festival comes, Li Lei usually helps his parents clean their house and do come shopping and other housework. On that day, everyone in China eats "jiaozi", New Year' s cakes. But Han Meimei says jiaozi is nicer than New Year' s cake. The Chinese people eat New Year' s cakes and jiaozi in their houses. How happy they are!
( )1. The Spring Festival usually comes____February.
A. on B. in C. at D. to
( )2. When Spring Festival comes, Li Lei_____.
A. does his homework and plays football with his friends
B. helps his parents with the housework
C. helps his parents do some shopping and clean the house
D. both B and C
( )3. On that day, eveyone in China often eats____.
A. jiaozi and New Year' s cakes
B. mooncakes and apples
C. jiaozi and mooncakes
D. New Year's cakes and apples
( )4. ____thinks jiaozi is nicer than New Year's cake.
A. Li Lei B. Everyone C. Han Meimei D. Li Ming ( )5. The Chinese people eat jiaozi and New Year' s cakes_____.
A. in the open air B. at home
C. outside the houses D. on their way home
(B)
Children in the USA like K Day much. K is for kites. March 7 is the day. On that day a lot of children go out in the open air. They take their kites with them. Some kites are very big. Others are small. They are different colours. Every kite has a long string(绳).
To get the kites up the children run. They let out the string from the ball in their hands. Now the kites are flying in the air. How nice they look!
Now all of the kites are high up in the air. Some are higher than others. The one like a bird is the highest. But what' s wrong ? It' s flying away! The string is broken.
Another kite gets away. And more kites fly. The children are running after them. They wat to get them back. People are watching them and laughing.
( )1. March 7 is _____in the USA.
A. Kites' s Day B. Children' s Day
C. New Year' s Day D. Running Day
( )2. Kites are in ____ colours.
A. the same B. different C. white D.black
( )3. ______ kites get away.
A. One B. Two C. Three D. Some
( )4. The one like a bird is_____.
A. the smallest of all B. the biggest of all
C. higher than others D. nicer than others
( )5. Which sentence is not right?
A. The children are having a good time on that day.
B. All the kites have long strings.
C. The children are running after the kites.
D. The children want to let the kites fly away.
九. 综合填空(根据短文意思, 用适当的词填空, 每格 只准填一个词)10%
Yesterday Tom didn' t feel 1._____. He went to 2.____the doctor. The doctor Looked over(仔细检查)Tom 3.____ a 4.____ minutes. Then the doctor said, "I am afraid you 5.____ a bad cold . 6.____ this medicine(药) and 7.____in bed for two days, and you will soon be 8._____. When Tom asked the doctor how much the medicine was, the doctor said 9.____ a smile, "Don' t you 10.____ me. I am your uncle."
坝下中学初二英语选拔试卷答案卡
成绩_______
一. 辨音10%
A. 5% 1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
B. 5% 1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
二. 填词10%1.____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
6._____ 7._____ 8. _____ 9._____ 10._____
三. 选择题21%:
1.____ 2.____ 3. ____ 4.____ 5.____
6.____ 7.____ 8. ____ 9.____ 10.____
11.____ 12.____ 13. ____ 14.____ 15.____
16.____ 17.____ 18. ____ 19.____ 20.____
四. 口语运用.10%
1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
五. 句型转换. 10%1. ____ ____ 2.____ ____
3.___ ____ 4._____ ____ 5.____ _____
六. 时态填空. 10%
A. 1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
B. 1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
七. 完形填空.10%
1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
6._____ 7. _____ 8. _____ 9._____10.______
八.阅读理解10%:
A: 1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
B: 1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
九. 综合填空: 10%
1._____ 2._____ 3. _____ 4._____ 5._____
6._____ 7._____ 8. _____ 9._____ 10._____
初二英语练习卷 （20—21）
一、语音
找出一个与所给单词划线部分读音相同的单词.10分
( )1. half A. walk B. autumn C. laugh D. matter
( )2. shine A. winter B. spring C. give D. unlike
( )3. cool A. food B. cook C. bedroom D. look
( )4. quarter A. March B. warm C. harvest D. farm
( )5. birthday A. Friday B. says C. stay D. Sunday
( )6. laugh A. of B. photo C. bright D. night
( )7. great A. vegetable B. cabbage C. English D. oranges
( )8. sure A. sugar B. supper C. usually D. school
( )9. talk A. also B. salt C. always D. walk
( )10. panda A. what B. worse C. last D. banana
二. 根据句意补全句子, 每格一词. 7分
1. Today is Monday. The day _____ _____will be Wednesday.
2. Let' s stop ______ have a rest.
3. I thank Uncle Wang ______ his help.
4. Which do you like _____, fish and chips of chicken?
5. She wanted to _____ ready for the party.
6. In _____ the most popular food is fried chicken.
三. 按要求写单词. 10分
1. cool (反义词) _______ 2. tomato (复数) _______
3. wear (过去式) _______ 4. below (反义词) ______
5. easy (副词) ________ 6. also (同义词) _______
7. radio (复数) ________ 8. worry (形容词) _______
9. beautiful (最高级) ______ 10. worse (原级) ________
四. 单项选择. 40分
( )1. I know he often _______eggs at home.
A. have B. has C. had D. having
( )2. Could you ____ me the cup, please?
A. take B. past C. carry D. pass
( )3. You work in a factory, _____ you?
A. isn' t B. aren' t C. don' t D. doesn' t
( )4. Not everyone _____ sandwiches.
A. like B. likes C. liked D. liking
( )5. Tom studies English very hard . ______.
A. So do Kate B. So does Kate
C. So Kate do D. So Kate does
( )6. It takes half an hour ___ my homework every day.
A. do B. does C. did D. to do
( )7. I' m afraid it will rain _____ the day.
A. later on B. later to C. later in D. late on
( )8. Beijing is the secand _____ city in China.
A. big B. bigger C. bigest D. biggest
( )9. There is no time ______ us _______.
A. to , think B. to , to think
C. for , think D. for , to think
( )10. You' ll near forget that day, _____?
A. shall you B. won' t you C. will you D. shan' t
( )11. Ann is very happy to wear the feather _____ his hat.
A. in B. on C. for D. with
( )12. Please _____ the TV set. It' s time for weather report.
A. open B. close C. turn on D. turn off
( )13. Would you like _____ to drink?
A. cool anything B. anything cool
C. something cool D. cool something
( )14. I had a cup of tea ____ sugar and milk.
A. to B. with C. in D. at
( )15. New York is ____ the ____ of America.
A. in , east B. to , north C. on , south D. at , west
( )16. Is that Mr Chen speaking? Yes, ______?
A. Who are you B. Who' s it
C. Who' s that D. I' m Mr Chen
( )17. My uncle lives in ______ South China.
A. / B. a C. the D. this
( )18. There are _______ chip shops in China.
A. not so many B. no so many
C. not so lot D. not so much
( )19. There ____ a meeting the day after tomorrow.
A. will have B. is going to be
C. is going to have D. was going to be
( )20. Mr Zhang is _____ us at the school gate?
A. waiting B. waited C. waiting for D. waiting to
五. 用所给词的适当形式填空. 10分
1. What a ______ (sun) day!
2. His mother is ill. He is ______(worried) about her.
3. The wind is blowing _______ (strong).
4. My parents _______(fly) to Shanghai tomorrow.
5. It' s time for class. Let' s stop _______ (play).
6. She asked me ______ (go) shopping with her.
7. He _____ any lessons on Saturday (not have)
8. This book is very _____ (big) I think it is _____ (big) one of the four.
9. Please bring me the ______ (knife). I' ll use them.
六. 完成对话. 10分
A: Hello! .
B: Oh, hello! Could I 1 to Li Ming, please?
A: Sure, One 2 , please.
C: Hello! Li Ming is here.
B: Oh, hello. Li Ming! 3 4 Tom.
C: Hi, Tom!
B: Li Ming are you 5 this affernoon?
C: Yes, I am. What are you going to do?
B: I' m going to 6 a swim. 7 you like to go with me?
C: Yes, I' d love to. What time shall we go?
B: What about half past one?
C: All right, Why 8 ask Li Lei to to with us?
B: Good 9 . I' ll 10 him up later. Goodbye!
C: Bye!
1 ______ 2 ______ 3 _______ 4 _______ 5 _______
6 ______ 7 ______ 8 _______ 9 _______ 10 ______
七. 句型转换. 5分
1. I had no time to open it.
I didn' t ______ ______ time to open it.
2. Let the twins go with him. (反意疑问句)
Let the twins go with him, ______ ______?
3. They often put the food in paper bags.
______ ______ they often put the food?
4. I' d like tea with milk in it.
_____ _____ _____ tea would you like.
5. The boy sits in Row 2. The girl sits in Row 2, too.
The boy sits in Row 2. So _______ the girl.
八. 阅读. 8分
One morning Mr Black is driving in the country (乡村) and looking for a small hote (旅馆). When he sees an old woman on the side of the road, he stops his car and says to the old woman,“I want to go to the Sun Hotel. Do you know it?”
“Yes,”the old woman says,“I will show you the way.”She gets in Mr Black' s car, and they drive about 12 miles (英里). When they come to a small house, the old woman says,“stop here.”Mr Black stops and looks at the house.“But it isn' t the hotel,”he says to the old woman.
“No,”She answers,“This is my house. And I' ll show you the way to the hotel. Turn back, And go back nine miles. Then you' ll see the hotel.”
( )1. What is Mr Black doing that morning?
A. He' s walking in the country.
B. He is working in the hotel.
C. He is looking for a hotel to live in
D. He is driving a small bus.
( )2. Mr Black asks the old woman ______.
A. to take his car.
B. the way to the hotel.
C. to help him mend his car.
D. the way back home.
( )3. After she gets in the car, they drive ____ and stop.
A. nine miles B. twenty miles
C. twelve kilometres D. twelve miles
( )4. Why does the old woman stop him in front of the house? Because ________.
A. the small house is hers.
B. She is too hungry.
C. there' s something wrong with the car.
D. they get to the hotel.
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十二单元（85—88课）试卷
Ⅰ. 找出划线部分读音不同于其他三个的词: 10%
( )1. A. lived B. laughed C. played D. answered
( )2. A. can' t B. past C. cinema D. ask
( )3. A. reach B. please C. east D. ready
( )4. A. find B. until C. right D. write
( )5. A. road B. grow C. cow D. know
( )6. A. matter B. danger C. traffic D. January
( )7. A. around B. young C. country D. enough
( )8. A. easily B. happily C. fly D. quickly
( )9. A. dear B. hear C. near D. heard
( )10. A. brother B. mother C. than D. third
Ⅱ. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 15%
1. tomato (复数) _________ 2. watch (复数) __________
3. easily (形容词) ________ 4. right (同音词) ________
5. left (反义词) __________ 6. many (比较级) ________
7. stop (过去式) __________ 8. they (反身代词) ______
9. radio (复数) ___________ 10. wife (复数) __________
11. north (形容词) ________ 12. two (序数词) _________
13. thank (过去式) ________ 14. me (复数) ___________
15. get (现在分词) ________
Ⅲ. 选择填空: 20%
( )1. The house ____ the right is a school.
A. on B. in C. with D. at
( )2. They' ll see the zoo _____ of them.
A. in the front B. in front
C. at front D. on front
( )3. The school is very far. It will __ you about 2 hours. A. bring B. take C. show D. give
( )4. _____ kind the girl is !
A. What B. What a C. How D. How a
( )5. The granny ___ the letter and showed it to Liu Mei.
A. looked for B. found C. saw D. looked
( )6. I asked the old man ______.
A. what was wrong B. how was wrong
C. what wrong was D. how wrong
( )7. Please _____ the traffic lights.
A. turn right at B. turn on right
C. turn at right D. turn off right
( )8. They went _____ walk in the park.
A. to for a B. for C. for a D. a
( )9. Go to asd him. ____ he knows the way.
A. May B. Maybe C. May be D. Must
( )10. — The pen may be in the desk.
— Ah , _____.
A. so is to B. so it does
C. so does it D. so it is
( )11. You' d better ____ again.
A. not to be late B. not be late
C. to not be late D. be not late
( )12. ____ is the way to the North Street Hospital , please ?
A. What B. Where C. How D. Which
( )13. The story happened in the city ____ shanghai.
A. in B. at C. on D. of
( )14. It will take you half an hour ___ your homework.
A. to finish B. finishing C. finish D. finished
( )15. Will this bus _____ you to the hospital?
A. go B. take C. takes D. brings
( )16. ____ , they returned to China again.
A. After three weeks B. Three weeks later
C. Three weeks after D. Later three weeks
( )17. Xiao Li is ____. We' ll go to see him tomorrow.
A. in hosptial B. in hospitals
C. in a hospital D. in the hospital
( )18. Of all the apples on the table , this one is ____.
A. very red B. much redder
C. reddest D. the reddest
( )19. Kate does ____ in English.
A. good B. nice C. well D. fine
( )20. He left for Guangzhou ___ a cold spring morning.
A. of B. in C. at D. on
Ⅳ. 按要求变换句子: 15% , 每空1分.
1. The little girl does her homework after supper every day. (否定句)
The little girl ____ ____ her homework after supper every day.
2. The new student is very tall. (感叹句)
How _____ the new student _____!
3. My sister works in Wuhan. (就划线部分提问)
______ _____ your sister ______?
4. It will take you an hour to get to the station. (就划线 部分提问)
_____ _____ will it _____ you to get to the station?
5. We' d better catch a bus. (否定句)
We _____ _____ _____ catch b bus.
6. He goes to school on foot every day. (改写为同义句)
He _____ _____ school every day.
Ⅴ. 选用所给的单词填空: 10% , 每空1分.
friend , friendly , beautiful , beautifully , strong , strongly , bright , brightly , easy , easily
1. How ______ your room is! 2. This is a ______ flower.
3. Tom is ______. 4. Basketball is ______ to play. We can play it _____. 5. The wind blows _____ by the sea.
6. Listen! How ______ Mary is singing!
7. The sun is shining ______.
8. He is my good _____. He is always _____ to all of us.
Ⅵ. 完成下列对话: 10%
Going Shopping
( Mother is going out with a basket , her daughter , Ann , sees her )
Ann : Mum , where are you going?
Mum : 1 .
Ann : OK. By the way , what are you going to buy?
Mum : 2 .
Ann : Could you buy some eggs and meat , please?
Mum : 3 . Which do you like better , beef or pork?
Ann : Pork. It' s my favourite. 4 .
Mum : OK. I think we also want to buy some marrows (葫芦).
Ann : 5 . I think the meal will be delicious.
Mum : Oh , I nearly forget. We have no much sugar , and I must buy two kilos of it.
Ann : Godbye , Mum.
Mum : Goodbye.
从下列答案中选择正确选项:
A. Good evening. B. Certainly.
C. I' m going to buy something.
D. Nice to meet you. E. Good idea.
F. I' m going to buy some vegetables —tomatoes , cabbages , cattots and some salt.
G. But please buy some beef , too.
1. _____ 2. _____ 3. _____ 4. _____ 5. _____
Ⅶ. 阅读理解: 20%
(A)
Jack worked in an office in a small town. One day his boss said to him ,“Jack , I want you to go to Manchester , to an office there to see Mr. Brown. Here' s the address (地址).”
Jack went to Manchester by train. He left the station and thought,“The office isn' t far from the station. I' ll find it easily.”
But after an hour he was still looking for it , so he stopped and asked an old lady. She said,“Go straight along this street , turn to the left at the end. And it' s the second building on the right.”Jack went and found it.
A few days later he went to the same city , but again he did not find the office , so he asked someone the way. It was the same old Lady! She was very surprised (惊奇的) and said,“Are you still looking for that place?”
根据短文内容选择正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. Jack worked in an office in a large town.
( )2. Jack' s boss wanted hom to go to Manchester.
( )3. Jack didn' t find the office easily.
( )4. Jack went to Manchester again a few months later.
( )5. He asked the same old lady the way again.
(B) A Greedy (贪婪的) Man
One of Mike' s friends love money very much , and never gave anything to anybody. Soon he was rich.
One day , he was walking near the river with his friends.Suddenly he fell into the river. His friends ran to help him. One of them held out his hand and said ,“Give me your hand , and I' ll pull you out!”The rich man went under the water and then came up again , but he didn' t give his friend his hand. Again another of his friends try to help , again the rich man did the same thing.
Then Mike said ,“Take my hand and I' ll pull you out.”The rich man took his hand and Mike pulled him out of the water.
“You don' t know our friend very well,”he said to the others.“When you say‘Give’to him , he does nothing , but when you say‘Take’, he takes. ”
( )1. One of Mike' s friends liked ____ very much.
A. his family B. money
C. to take everything D. to give anything
( )2. the rich man ____ anything to anybody.
A. never borrowed B. didn' t give
C. never took D. didn' t lend
( )3. When the rich man was walking near the river with his friends , ______.
A. he fell into it B. Mike fell into it
C. he jumped into it D. his friend jumped into it
( )4. His friend ran to _____.
A. tell his family B. see him
C. help him D. call for him
( )5. When people say“____”, the rich man does ___.
A. Money , everything B. Take , nothing
C. Give , nothing D. Take , not take
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十三单元（89—92课）试卷
Ⅰ. 找出划线部分的读音不同于其他三个的词 : 10%
( )1. A. worker B. teacher C. sister D. term
( )2. A. clean B. easy C. heavy D. meat
( )3. A. lesson B. behind C. text D. rest
( )4. A. talk B. walk C. always D. small
( )5. A. station B. page C. late D. Japanese
( )6. A. ticket B. chicken C. give D. Chinese
( )7. A. day B. play C. always D. says
( )8. A. grow B. know C. now D. yellow
( )9. A. cross B. post C. note D. photo
( )10. A. autumn B. laugh C. daughter D. August
Ⅱ. 按照括号里的要求写出相应的形式: 10%
1. country (复数) __________ 2. visit (名词) __________
3. thin (比较级) ___________ 4. please (形容词) _______
5. fat (最高级) ____________ 6. ring (过去式) ________
7. hit (现在分词) __________ 8. problem (同义词) _____
9. rest (反义词) ____________ 10. feel (过去式) ______
Ⅲ. 选择填空: 20%
( )1. I ____ breakfast this morning.
A. hadn' t B. doesn' t have
C. didn' t had D. didn' t have
( )2. She ____ the boy was a queue jumper.
A. hoped B. talked C. thought D. spoke
( )3. She is _____ to go shopping with us.
A. to busy B. so busy
C. very busy D. too busy
( )4. If he ____ get up early tomorrow , he' ll be late.
A. don' t B. won' t C. isn' t D. doesn' t
( )5. If you look ____ before you cross the road , you will be safe.
A. care B. carefully C. careful D. more careful
( )6. — What are the students doing?
— They _____ the examination.
A. got ready for B. get ready for
C. are getting ready for D. are getting ready to
( )7. It is wrong of you to laugh _____ people.
A. at other B. in other
C. at others D. in another
( )8. The students are waiting for the teacher ______.
A. comes B. came C. coming D. to come
( )9. I don' t feel very well today. My head ____ badly.
A. hurts B. is C. was D. hurt
( )10. China is one of _____ in the world.
A. the biggest country B. the biggest countries
C. bigger country D. biggest countries
( )11. He is more friendly _____ you think.
A. like B. as C. before D. than
( )12. France is quite different _____ China.
A. from B. with C. to D. as
( )13. When the lights are ____ , the traffic must stop.
A. green B. red C. yellow D. on
( )14. — ____ I come here at 5 in the afternoon?
— Certainly.
A. May B. Must C. Can D. Shall
( )15. —Must I write down the words in this lesson?
— No , you ____.
A. needn' t B. mustn' t C. won' t D. don' t
( )16. Go along the street ___ you come to a tall building.
A. until B. before C. when D. after
( )17. ____ your friend speak English , too?
A. May B. Can C. Have to D. Would
( )18. I am very _____ to see your friend.
A. happily B. please C. pleased D. be pleased
( )19. You ____ be more careful next time.
A. have to B. may C. can D. must
( )20. The old woman went to London ___ her daughter.
A. visit B. to visit C. visited D. visiting
Ⅳ. 介词填空: 10% , 每空1分.
1. This is a small room _____ a hospital.
2. It was a cold spring morning _____ the city _____ London _____ England.
3. _____ the head of the queue was an old woman.
4. She was _____ a visit _____ England.
5. A woman came _____ the waiting-room.
6. She was the first _____ the queue.
7. Everyone laughed _____ her.
Ⅴ. 句型转换: 20% , 每空1分.
A : 就句子划线部分进行提问:
1. The book on the desk is his.
_____ book is his?
2. He is from Japan.
_____ is he from?
3. Mary is riding Peter' s bike.
_____ bike is Mary riding?
4. They waited for the bus for ten minutes.
_____ _____ _____ they wait for the bus?
5. Lily and Lucy go to school at seven.
_____ _____ _____ Lily and Lucy go to school?
B : 用 if 把下列各句变成复合句:
1. It stops snowing. We go to the cinema.
____ it ____ snowing , we _____ _____ to the cinema.
2. You are ill. You don' t wear enough clothes.
____ you ____ wear enough clothes , you ____ ____ ill.
3. He comes. I tell him something about my school
___ he ___ , I ___ tell him something about my school.
Ⅵ. 完成下列对话: 10%
A : Excuse me. We are looking for the People' s Hospital. Can you tell us 1 2 , please?
B : Yes , go along 3 4 . Then take the first 5 on the left. Walk straight until you 6 the People' s Hospital.
A : 7 8 . Is it 9 away?
B : No, it' s only two kilometres. You can 10 the no. 5 bus.
1. ______ 2. ______ 3. _______ 4. ______ 5. ______
6. ______ 7. ______ 8. _______ 9. ______ 10. ______
Ⅶ. 阅读理解: 20%
(A) A Cotton Dress
One day Mrs. White shopping. When her husband came home in the evening , she began to tell him about a cotton(棉花) dress.“I saw it in a shop this morning,”She said.“And I…”“And you want to buy it,”said her husband.“How much does it cost?”“Fifteen pounds.”
“Fifteen pounds for a cotton dress? That' s too much!”
But every evening , when Mr. White came back from work , his wife continued to speak only about the dress , and at last , after a week , he said,“Oh , dear , buy the dress! Here is the money!”
She was very happy.
But the next evening , when Mr. White came home and asked,“Have you got the dress?”She said“No.”
“Why not?”he asked.“Well , it was still in the window of the shop after a week , so I thought ,‘Nobody else wants this dress , so I don' t want it either.’”
根据短文内容判断正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. Mrs. White wanted to buy a cotton dress.
( )2. Her husband came home in the morning.
( )3. Her husband didn' t give her the money at first.
( )4. The cotton dress was still in the window of the shop after a week.
( )5. At last Mrs. White got the dress.
(B) In A Restaurant (饭馆)
My mother speaks very good English , but she knows little Japanese. She went to Tokyo on November 11 for a meeting. the meeting was over on November 15.
The next morning she went to a park and then did some shopping. At noon she was hungry. She went to the nearest restaurant and sat down at a table. A man came up to her and asked what she needed. She said she wanted noodles , chicken and some vegetables. She spoke to him in English , but the man didn' t know English. My mother looked around. No one was eating noodles.
When she saw a piece of paper on her table , she had an idea. She took a pen out of her handbag and wrote the Chinese words for the food on the paper.
She showed the paper to the man. The man smiled and said ,“OK!”Very soon he brought her a bowl of noodles with chicken and some vegetables.
( )1. My mother wanted to eat ____.
A. cakes B. noodles C. apples D. mooncakes
( )2. After she went to a park , she bought _____.
A. vegetable B. chicken C. something D. nothing
( )3. The man knew ____ , but he didn' t know _____.
A. Japanese , English B. Japanese , Chinese
C. English , Japanese D. English , Chinese
( )4. My mother wrote the Chinese words for ____ on the paper.
A. chicken , noodles and eggs B. nothing
C. noodles oranges and some vegetables
D. some vegetables , noodles and chicken
( )5. The man gave my mother a bowl of ____ noodles.
A. cold B. long C. hot D. fat
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十四单元（93—96课）试卷
Ⅰ. 找出与所给单词发音相同的单词: 5%
( )1. look A. tooth B. school C. moon D. cook
( )2. tired A. turned B. stopped C. wanted D. washed
( )3. with A. think B. healthy C. their D. nothing
( )4. baby A. fat B. anything C. matter D. mistake
( )5. tiger A. afraid B. tidy C. animal D. April
Ⅱ. 选择适当的一项填空 , 使单词完整: 5%
( )1. b __ by A. a B. e C. i D. o
( )2. g __ den A. er B. ar C. ir D. ur
( )3. sho __ ing A. p B. rt C.pp D. t
( )4. h __ sework A. om B. or C. ou D. au
( )5. p __ ce A. ee B. ei C. ia D. ie
Ⅲ. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 10%
1. tidy (动词) _________ 2. dangerous (比较级) _______
3. fat (反义词) ________ 4. friend (形容词) ___________
5. healthy (最高级) ______ 6. understand (过去式) ______
7. problem (复数) _______ 8. care (形容词) __________
9. baby (复数) __________ 10. must (同义词组) ________
Ⅳ. 选择填空: 15%
( )1. Kate goes to see her grandpa ____.
A. every four days B. four every day
C. every four day D. each four day
( )2. He doesn' t feel well. He ____ go to see the doctor.
A. must B. have to C. has to D. had to
( )3. There was something _____ his bike.
A. broke about B. bad with
C. wrong with D. wrong to
( )4. Every evening she ____ to bed until she finishes her housework.
A. isn' t go B. goes
C. didn' t go D. won' t go
( )5. There are _____ days in a month than there are in a year.
A. more B. many C. fewer D. less
( )6. Thank you for helping me _____ my maths.
A. to B. with C. learn D. in
( )7. What does your mother do ____ the house when she is at home?
A. round B. in C. at D. behind
( )8. It' ll take me two hours ____ this homework.
A. finishing B. finished C. to finish D. to finishing
( )9. After I did some cooking , I felt ____.
A. tired B. tire C. be tired D. tiring
( )10. Mrs. Brown should ____ more exercise.
A. carry B. take C. get D. much
( )11. The doctor said ,“You should never eat too __ food.”
A. big B. many C. lots D. much
( )12. Read the story and _____ the answer _____ the question.
A. find out , to B. find , on
C. look for , in D. look at , about
( )13. — Can you come to play basketball?
— Sorry , I' m afraid ____.
A. no B. I can' t C. I can D. don' t
( )14. They' ll go to the park ____ the shop.
A. after B. instead C. before D. instead of
( )15. — Did you have to go now? — _____.
A. No , I hadn' t B. No , I didn' t have
C. Yes , I did D. Yes , I had
Ⅴ. 就句子划线部分进行提问: 10% , 每空1分.
1. They read English for an hour yesterday.
_____ _____ _____ they read English yesterday?
2. Mike is going to the park tomorrow.
_____ _____ Mike going to the park?
3. Peter comes from America.
_____ _____ Peter come from?
4. Tom goes to school at 7 : 30.
_____ _____ does Tom go to school?
5. The red pen is his.
_____ pen is his?
Ⅵ. 用适当的介词、副词填空: 20% , 每空1分.
1. I met our teacher _____ my way to the zoo.
2. John will go to Beijing _____ plane tomorrow.
3. Don' t be late _____ school.
4. There is a piece _____ bread _____ the table.
5. There is a school ____ the other side ____ the road.
6. I wash all the plates ____ meals and do lots ____ work _____ the garden.
7. Is Mary ill _____ bed?
8. ____ the head ____ the queue was an old worker.
9. They looked _____ but couldn' t see Lucy.
10. Walk _____ this road and turn right. Then you will find the park _____ front _____ you.
11. He asked me to help him _____ his English.
12. Thank you _____ coming _____ our party.
Ⅶ. 完形填空: 10%
John usually 1 up at six in the morning. It is Saturday today. He and his classmates have 2 on Saturdays and Sundays. So he 3 up very early this morning. After breakfast he 4 for five minutes. Then he did his homework and 5 a diary in the afternoon , he played 6 football with his classmates. They 7 very happy.
It' s eight o' clock now. There 8 a football match on TV. He is going to 9 it because he 10 football very much.
( )1. A. get B. gets C. got D. am getting
( )2. A. not class B. no class
C. not classes D. no classes
( )3. A. not getting B. didn' t get
C. don' t get D. isn' t going to get
( )4. A. is running B. runs C. is going to run D. ran
( )5. A. write B. wrote C. writes D. is writing
( )6. A. the B. a C. / D. an
( )7. A. were B. are C. is D. was
( )8. A. was B. is C. are D. is going to be
( )9. A. see B. watch C. look D. look at
( )10. A. doesn' t love B. lovees
C. loved D. is going to love
Ⅷ. 阅读理解: 25%
(A)
An old man thought his wife was a little deaf (聋), and he decided to try her out. He walked back ten metres and asked his wife from behind,“Can you hear me?”He heard no answer from his wife , so he walked forward and stood six metres away from her,“Can you hear me?”he asked again. But he still heard no answer. Then he walked up two metres and asked loudly,“Now , my dear , can you hear me?”
“Yes , of course,”she answered.“And this is the third time I have told you —YES , OF COURSE!”
根据短文内容判断正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. “Try out”in the passage means in Chinese“拿 出来”.
( )2. the man asked his wife the same question for only three times.
( )3. The wife could not answer her husband from 10 metres away.
( )4. The man was really much deafer than his wife.
( )5. From the passage we can see the man and the woman' s ages.
(B)
One morning , John went to the market (集市) with six donkeys (驴子). After walking for a while he got very tired(累了). He got on one of them. Then he counted the donkeys , and there were only five. So he got off the donkey and went to look for the sixth. He looked and looked but did not find it. He went back to the donkeys and counted them again. This time there were six , so he got on one of them again , and they all started.
After a few minutes , he counted the donkeys again , and again there were only five! When he was counting again , his friend Bill passed , and John said to him ,“I left my house with six donkeys ; then I had five ; then , I had six again ; and now I have only five! Look! One , two , three , four , five.”
“But John ,”said Bill.“You are sitting on a donkey , too! That' s the sixth. And you are the seventh!”
( )1. John went to the market with six ____.
A. monkeys B. chickens C. donkeys D. horses
( )2. He wanted to take his donkeys to the ____.
A. shop B. cinema C. market D. fields
( )3. When he was _____ he sat on one of his donkeys.
A. angry B. hungry C. happy D. tired
( )4. There were five donkeys when John counted them because ______.
A. he was on one of them B. one ran away
C. he couldn' t count D. he sold one
( )5. Did he look for the sixth donkey? ______.
A. Yes , he does B. No , he doesn' t
C. Yes , he did D. No , he didn' t
( )6. At last he found it , didn' t he? ______.
A. Yes , he did B. No , he didn' t
C. Yes , he didn' t D. No , he did
( )7. After _____, John counted the donkeys again.
A. two seconds B. a few minutes
C. an hour D. three days
( )8. When he was counting , ______ came.
A. one of his friends B. his son
C. the sixth donkey D. his wife
( )9. John asked Bill _____ him to find the donkey.
A. to help B. help C. helped D. helping
( )10. Bill said , “You are _____ a donkey. that' s the sixth.”
A. in front B. sitting on
C. standing by D. behind
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十五单元（97—100课）试卷
Ⅰ. 找出划线部分的读音不同于其他三个的词:5%
( ) 1. A. i s land B. thi s C. ye s D. bu s
( ) 2. A. ar ou nd B. c ou ld C. ab ou t D. s ou th
( ) 3. A. g ar den B. p ar k C. sug ar D. l ar ge
( ) 4. A. a lone B. l a ter C. pl a te D. r a dio
( ) 5. A. nob o dy B. h o pe C. ag o D. N o vember
Ⅱ. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式:10%
1. we(反身代词)______ 2. warm (反义词)_______ 3. smell(过去式)______ 4. cry (反义词)_______
5. farther(同音词)_______ 6. baby (复数)________
7. understood (原形)_______ 8. near (反义词)_______
9. safe (反义词)_______ 10. begin(同义词)______
Ⅲ. 选择填空:20%
( ) 1. Remember______ some meat for supper this evening , will you?
A. to buy B. buy C. bought D. buys
( ) 2. _____we go to the nearest park or the farthest one?
A. Would B. Will C. Can D. Shall
( ) 3. ---- Is ______ in the classroom?
---- No , it 's empty
A. one B. anybody C. nobody D. somebody
( ) 4. The children pulled the boat up ___ the water.
A. from B. on C. out D. off
( ) 5. I' m very hungry. ____ me some food.
A. Bring to B. Take for C. Take at D. Bring
( ) 6. The students in my class made the machine ____.
A. themselves B. by them
C. by themselves D. by himself
( ) 7. My mother wants _____ some food for supper.
A. buys B. buying C. to buy D. buy
( ) 8. There is ____ wrong with his watch.
He has to ask ____ to mend it.
A. something , somebody B. something , anybody
C. anything , somebody D. anything , anybody
( ) 9. ____ the twins feel afraid of dangerous animals? A. Did B. Was C. Were D. Does
( ) 10. We must ____ the food cool.
A. have B. work C. get D. keep
( ) 11. Do you have _____ to say?
A. something more B. anything more
C. more something D. more anything
( ) 12. It' s time _____ our English lesson.
A. in B. to C. for D. of
( ) 13. There is going to ___ English party this evening.
A. be an B. be on C. have D. have an
( ) 14. You look ____ today. What' s wrong ____ you?
A. tire , with B. tires , on
C. tired , with D. tiring , to
( ) 15. She does her homework _____ than her sister.
A. much careful B. more carefully
C. more careful D. much carefully
( ) 16. Let' s go _____ a walk.
A. from B. for C. to D. about
( ) 17. They don' t want _____ there.
A. go B. goes C. to go D. going
( ) 18. Can' t you see ____ interesting in the picture?
A. something B. anything C. any D. nothing
( ) 19. The boys and girls push the boat ___ the water.
A. of B. from C. into D. to
( ) 20. Are there any animals ____ the island?
A. at B. in C. on D. with
Ⅳ.句型转换:20%, 每空1分
1. We can hear nithing. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ you hear _____?
2. The boy is young. He can' t go to school. (用too… to改句)
The boy is _____ _____ _____ go to school.
3. There is something in the next room. (改为否定句)
There _____ _____ in the next room.
4. Show him the picture. (改为否句)
_____ _____ him the picture.
5. They will go to the nearest island tomorrow. (就划 线部分提问)
_____ _____ they _____ tomorrow?
6. There' s something wrong with your watch. (改为一 般问句)
_____ there _____ wrong with your watch?
7. Tom did his homework at home yesterday. (改为否 定句)
Tom ____ ____ his homework at home yesterday.
8. The students do eye exercises every day. (改为一般 问句)
_____ the students _____ eye exercises every day?
9. She was born in Guilin in 1986.(就划线部分提问)
_____ was she _____ in 1986?
Ⅴ. 用情态动词can , may, must和can' t , mustn' t 填空: 10% , 每空1分.
1. _____ I have a look at your photo?
2. The baby is sleeping. We _____ talk so loud.
3. You _____ study harder than before.
4. He' ll come to help you if he _____.
5. Little Tom _____ move this big box.
6. — _____ your sister play the piano(钢琴)?
— Yes , she _____. She is a good player.
7. Please write it clearly. I _____ see it.
8. My son _____ write English now. But he _____ speak a little English.
Ⅵ. 请用介词填空: 15% , 每空1分, 可以用多次.
in , of , on , before , at , after , above , for , under , with , to
1. There is a ball ______ the bed.
2. We must wait ______ a queue.
3. They are waiting ______ a bus.
4. John lives ______ the city ______ New York.
5. ____ the head _____ the queue was an old man.
6. I' ll stay here _____ my parents _____ two months
7. The English teachers are ___ the way ____ our country.
8. Please don' t look _____ him like that.
9. It' s autumn now. There are many apples ____ the trees.
10. The old woman is playing ______ her grandson.
11. He' s looking after his father ________ home.
Ⅶ. 阅读理解: 20%
(A) Going to the Farm
Today is Friday. Lin Tao and Jim are not going to have any classes on Sunday. They' re going to work on a farm. They are going to help the farmers to pick apples. Jim likes picking apples , he doesn' t like haveing any classes on sunday. They' re going to meet on the road outside the school gate at two o' clock , and they are going to put on their old clothes. They don' t like to be late for picking apples.
根据短文内容判断正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. Lin Tao and Jim are going to stay at home on Sunday.
( )2. They' re going to pick pears on the farm.
( )3. Jim thinks having some classes is much better than picking apples.
( )4. They' re going to meet outside the school gate.
( )5. They' re going to put on their new clothes.
(B)
One morning Mrs. Brown said to her husband,“Jack , there is a meeting of our women' s in Mrs. Young' s house today , and I must go to it. I' ll leave you some food for your lunch. Is that all right?”
“Oh , yes,”her husband answered.“That' s quite right. What are you going to leave for my lunch?”
“This tin (罐) of fish,”Mrs. Brown said.“And there are some cold cooked potatoes and some peas here , too.”“Good.”said Jack.
Mrs. Brown then went to her meeting. All the women had lunch there , and at three o' clock Mrs. Brown came back home.
“Was the fish nice , Jack?”Mrs. Brown asked.“Yes , but my feet hurting (疼痛).”her husband answered.“Why are they hurting?”Mrs. Brown asked.“Well , on the tin it was written —OPEN IT AND STAND IN HOT WATER FOR FIVE MINUTES.”
( )1. Mrs. Brown wanted to ______.
A. meet her husband B. buy some food
C. go to a meeting
D. cook lunch in Young' s house
( )2. Mr. Brown had to ______.
A. have lunch outside
B. have lunch by himself at home
C. cook his lunch by himself
D. have lunch with the women
( )3. Mrs. Brown asked her husband to eat _____ for his lunch.
A. fish , potatoes and peas B. fish and chips
C. fish with potatoes and peas in it
D. fried chicken
( )4. At three o' clock in the afternoon , _____.
A. Mr. Brown finished his lunch
B. Mrs. Brown went to the meeting
C. Mr. Brown began cooking supper
D. Mrs. Brown got back home
( )5. Mr. Brown' s feet were hurting because ______.
A. that tin of fish hurt his feet
B. he fell down and hurt them
C. he stood in hot water for 5 minutes
D. his wife hurt them
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十六单元（101—104课）试卷
Ⅰ.找出划线部分的读音不同于其他三个的词: 10%
( )1. A. work ed B. ask ed C. learn ed D. wash ed
( )2. A. paren ts B. studen ts C. star ts D. han ds
( )3. A. st u dy B. s u mmer C. s u n D. st u dent
( )4. A. fl y B. b y C. wh y D. cit y
( )5. A. r e st B. n e ver C. th e n D. h e
( )6. A. c o ld B. m o ve C. h o pe D. g o
( )7. A. i sland B. r i ch C. c i nema D. f i fth
( )8. A. tr u ck B. p u sh C. h u ngry D. n u t
( )9. A. h ear B. n ear C. l ear n D. d ear
( )10. A. p oo r B. st oo d C. c oo k D. t oo k
Ⅱ. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 15%
1. they (反身代词) ________ 2. rich (反义词) ________
3. sad (反义词) ___________ 4. teach (过去式) _______
5. hurt (过去式) __________ 6. her (反身代词) _______
7. clever (比较级) _________ 8. here (同音词) ________
9. late (反义词) __________ 10. hit (现在分词) ________
11. southern (名词) _______ 12. are (现在分词) ________
13. party (复数) __________ 14. push (反义词) ________
15. little (比较级) ________
Ⅲ. 选择填空: 20%
( )1. Her mother had a little rest _____ supper.
A. in B. at C. on D. after
( )2. I don' t need any help. I can do the work _____.
A. at home B. at school
C. with myself D. by myself
( )3. The Shute family ___ the southern part of America.
A. live in B. lives on
C. live on D. lives in
( )4. Who was ____ , the doctor or Mr. Shute?
A. the sadest B. sadder C. sader D. the saddest
( )5. He looked at me _____ a long time.
A. to B. for C. after D. past
( )6. ____ Shutes ____ going to London for a holiday.
A. The , is B. / , is C. The , are D. The , be
( )7. You must go to see the doctor if you _____ ill.
A. will be B. were C. may D. are
( )8. The Smiths had a second boy ______ Jack.
A. to call B. called C. calls D. calling
( )9. Please help yourself _____ anything you like.
A. to B. at C. with D. of
( )10. Get up and get ______ quickly.
A. to dress B. dressing C. dress D. dressed
( )11. Did you play _____ basketball yesterday?
A. a B. the C. an D. /
( )12 — May I speak to Jack , please?
— ______.
A. You are welcome B. Thank you
C. I am Jack D. This is Jack speaking
( )13. — Where is my book ?
— ______.
A. Yes , it' s on the desk B. You must read it
C. Here it is D. I' ll take it
( )14. After I wrote a letter to my grandpa , I __ to bed.
A. go B. went C. goes D. will og
( )15. Help _____ to the cake , please .
A. you B. your C. yourself D. youself
( )16. Must we go to the farthest island? No , you ____.
A. may not B. must not
C. can not D. needn' t
( )17. Lily fell ___ her bike , but she didn' t hurt _____.
A. into , herself B. off , herself
C. of , himself D. onto , herself
( )18. The girl is sad _____ she is poor.
A. but B. because C. so D. with
( )19. I enjoy _____ very much.
A. cook B. cooks C. to cook D. cooking
( )20. — Would you give me your pen?
— ______.
A. Here are you B. Here it is
C. Here they are D. Here are they
Ⅳ. 完成对话: 10%
A: Why not go swimming?
B : That' s 1 2 idea.
A : Are you 3 4 swimming?
B : Yes , 5 6 .
A : When and where shall we meet?
B : At two o' clock 7 the school gate , shall we?
A : That' s 8 9 . Bye.
B : 10 .
1. ______ 2. ______ 3. ______ 4. ______ 5. ______
6. ______ 7. ______ 8. ______ 9. ______ 10. ______
Ⅴ. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 20%
1. He ____(come) to see us when he has time tomorrow.
2. _______(not take) the books out of the reading-room.
3. We won' t go until we ________ (get) it back again.
4. There _______ (be) something wrong with his car.
5. I must help my mother _______ (do) the cooking this afternoon.
6. The old man _______(buy) a colour TV set yesterday.
7. If my father lets me out , I ________ (go) with you.
8. I' m glad ________ (help) you.
9. His classmates ________(work) on the farm now.
10. He ________(like) skating in winter very much.
Ⅵ. 用适当的反身代词填空: 10%
1. He needs no help because he can do it _______.
2. Look! The cat is washing _______.
3. Come into the room and find a seat for _______.
4. You teach _______ , don' t you?
5. The story ______ is good , but he didn' t tell it well.
6. On Sundays , my brother and I clean the room _____.
7. My parents clean their room _______.
8. Do you enjoy _______ at the party?
9. The girl is to young to get dressed _______.
10. Don' t tell me the answer. Let me do it by _______.
Ⅶ. 阅读理解: 15%
(A)
Today is Saturday. Peter doesn' t go to school on Saturday afternoon. He' s playing a ball near his house. His father comes to him and begins to talk about his school with him.
“Who is the best student in your class?”“I am , Dad.”answers Peter.
“Why?”“Only I can answer my teacher' s questions in class.”
“What questions?”“They often ask us‘Who don' t understand me’, and only I put up my hand.”
“And who is the worst in your class?”“Our teachers are.”
“Why?”“They can' t answer even the easiest questions,”says Peter,“They always ask us to answer.”
根据短文内容判断正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. Peter doesn' t go to school on Saturday afternoon.
( )2. Peter is the best student in his class.
( )3. Peter often doesn' t understand his teachers.
( )4. Peter thinks he is better than his teachers.
( )5. Peter' s teachers can' t answer the easiest questions.
(B) A Clever Boy
Peter was ten years old. One day his friend Paul said to him ,“I' m going to have a birthday party on Saturday. Peter, can you come?”
Peter asked his mother and she said ,“Yes , you can go.”She phoned Paul' s mother to tell her.
Before Peter went to the party , his mother said to him ,“Now , Peter , don' t forget to be polite. Don' t ask for food. Wait until someone gives it to you.”
“All right , Mum.”Peter answered. And he went to Palu' s house on his bicycle.
There were a lot of chidren at the party. They played together for an hour , and then Paul' s mother gave them some food , but she forgot to give Peter any. He waited politely for a few minutes and then he held his plate up in the air and said loudly ,“Does anyone want a nice clean plate?”
( )1. Who was going to have a birthday party?
A. Peter. B. Paul. C. Their friends.
( )2. What did Paul invite Peter to?
A. He asked Peter to have a dinner.
B. He asked Peter to see a film.
C. He asked Peter to come to his birthday party.
( )3. What did Peter' s mother say to him before he went?
A. She told him to eat nothing at the party.
B. She told him not to be polite and ask for food. C. She told him to to be polite and not to ask for food.
( )4. Why did Peter hold his plate in the air and say “Does anyone want a nice clean plate?”
A. Because he wanted the others to see that there was nothing to eat in his plate.
B. Because he wanted the others to know that he had already eaten up all the food.
C. Because he wanted the others to see that his plate was nice and clean.
( )5. Who gave them some food?
A. Paul. B. Paul' s mother. C. Paul' s friends.
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
第二十七单元（105—108课）试卷
Ⅰ. 找出与所给单词发音相同的单词: 20%
( )1. m i nute A. t i dy B. i sland C. m i stake D. sh i ne
( )2. wh ole A. wh o B. wh y C. wh at D. wh ich
( )3. s ay s A. pl ay B. p ay s C. b e d D. w ai t
( )4. th en A. bo th B. th in C. ei th er D. th ird
( )5. a sleep A. pl a te B. A pril C. a nimal D. a ddress
( )6. gr ea t A. r ea l B. m ea n C. h ea lth D. ag ai n
( )7. ex a mple A. a nswer B. f a mily C. n a me D. w a nt
( )8. inter e st A. gu e ss B. e leven C. w e nt D. sh e
( )9. p u t A. m u m B. b u t C. p u ll D. st u dy
( )10. cr y A. diar y B. bab y C. cit y D. sk y
Ⅱ. 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 15% , 每空1.5分.
1. interest (形容词) _________ 2. left (反义词) ________
3. bring (过去式) __________ 4. healthy (名词) _______
5. stop (现在分词) _________ 6. class (复数) ________
7. taught (原形) ____________ 8. sing (过去式) _______
9. hit (过去式) _____________ 10. diary (复数) ________
Ⅲ. 选择填空: 20%
( )1. Don' t worry about your child. I' ll _____ him while you are away.
A. take care of B. take a look
C. take after D. take good care
( )2. _____ she woke up and began to cry.
A. Half an hour after B. Half an hour later
C. Later half an hour D. After an hour
( )3. He made faces to make the baby _____.
A. to laugh B. laughed C. laughing D. laugh
( )4. The teacher asked the girl to show him ____ book.
A. other one B. another
C. one another D. other
( )5. My father will take ____ to the zoo this Sunday.
A. I and my brother B. my brother and me
C. me and my brother D. my brother and I
( )6. We can find many places of _____ in FuZhou.
A. interesting B. interested
C. interest D. interests
( )7. _____ time they had in the park yesterday!
A. What good B. What a good
C. How good D. How a good
( )8. There is _____ car on the road.
A. no B. some C. not D. any
( )9. We don' t like him ______.
A. no more B. some more
C. any more D. the more
( )10. I left my girl ______.
A. by myself B. in myself
C. by herself D. by her
( )11. You could buy her a bike, ___ it may be too dear.
A. and B. but C. if D. when
( )12. We can see ____ in his garden.
A. all kind of flower B. all kinds of flower
C. all kind of flowers D. all kinds of flowers
( )13. He is the tallest ______ the brothers.
A. of B. in C. at D. for
( )14. Would you please _____ me an interesting story?
A. speak B. tell C. talk D. say
( )15. He won' t come back ____ the end of the month.
A. by B. but C. until D. on
( )16.“Happy birthday to you!”“______.”
A. Happy birthday to you , too
B. The same to you
C. Thank you D. You' re all right
( )17. He bought a new bike ___ he liked it very much.
A. and B. but C. or D. when
( )18. Tom is very poor ____ he always enjoys himself.
A. of B. and C. or D. but
( )19. ____ the radio , I want to ____ to it.
A. Open , hear B. Turn on , listen
C. Opened , listened D. Turned on , listened
( )20. You' d better _____ this bag of oranges to your parents.
A. take B. to take C. bring D. to bring
Ⅳ. 对句子划部分进行提问: 15% , 每空1.5分.
1. I often skate in the park .
_____ do you often skate?
2. You must take a coat with you tomorrow.
_____ must we take with us tomorrow?
3. It' s Jim' s pen.
_____ pen is it?
4. The book on the desk is his.
_____ book is his?
5. Tom had to stay at home today because he was ill.
_____ _____ Tom have to stay at home?
6. The farm is 50 kilometres from the city.
_____ _____ away is the farm from the city?
7. The tall building has twenty floors.
_____ _____ floors does the building have?
Ⅴ. 根据短文意思 , 每空填入一个适当的词 , 使意思 完整: 15% , 每空1.5分.
Li Ping' s classmates went 1 the Summer Palace last Saturday afternoon. li Ping didn' t go. He looked 2 Aunt Huang' s baby. The child was 3 ten months old. 4 first the baby was asleep. Later she woke 5 and began 6 cry. Li Ping talked to her and let her listen to the music. But the baby still cried. then Li Ping started to sing , and the baby stopped 7 . She listened 8 watched. Li Ping danced , 9 faces and did kinds 10 things all that afternoon. The baby laughed and laughed.
1. ______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. ______ 5. _______
6. ______ 7. _______ 8. _______ 9. ______ 10. _______
Ⅵ. 阅读理解: 15%
(A)
Tom lived in a big city with his wife and his two children. One Saturday afternoon Tom took his blue car out of the room and washed it. Just then one of his friends came to visit him. The friend looked at the car for a minute. Then he said to Tom,“That' s a nice car. Is it yours?”
“Sometimes,”Tom answered.
The friend was surprised (惊奇的).“Sometimes?”he said.“What do you mean?”Tom told the friend slowly.“When there' s a party in the city , my daughter , Rose , uses it. When there was a basketball game , it is my son , Jim' s. After I wash it , and it looks very nice and clean, my wife drives it to go shopping. When it needs washing, it is mine. ”
根据短文内容判断正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. Tom' s car was black. 5%
( )2.Tom himself washed the car one Saturday afternoon.
( )3. When there was a basketball game , Rose used the car.
( )4. There were four people in Tom' s family.
( )5. Tom' s friend often helps him wash his car.
(B) A. Beautiful Hat
Mr. Jones had a few days' holiday. So he said ,“I' m going to the zoo by train.”He put on his best clothes , took a small bag , went to the station and got into the train. He had a beautiful hat and he often put his head out of the window on the way and looked at the green trees. But the wind pulled off his hat.
Mr. Jones quickly took his old bag and threw it out of the window , too.
The other people in the carriage (车厢) laughed.“Is your bag going to bring your beautiful hat back?”they asked.
“No,”Mr. Jones answered.“But there is no name and no address in my hat and there is a name and address on the bag. Someone is going to find them near each other , and he' s going to send me the bag and the hat.”
( )1. Mr. Jones lived _____.
A. near the zoo B. far from the zoo
C. in a very big city D. far from the station
( )2. We may think every time Mr. jones went out ____.
A. he bought a beautiful hat
B. he wrote down his name and address on his hat
C. he put on his best clothes
D. other people laughed at him
( )3. Mr. Jones threw hih bag out of the window because ______.
A. his bag was too old
B. he only wanted to get back his hat
C. he was too sad to think out a better idea
D. he hoped someone could send him the hat and the bag
( )4. He didn' t take off his hat on the train because __.
A. it was cold on the train
B. he wanted more people to see his beautiful hat
C. he wanted to look nicer
D. other people wanted to look at his hat
( )5. Which is right?
A. Mr. Johns found his hat and when he got to the zoo.
B. There was much money in Mr. Jones' bag.
C. Mr. Jones made a silly (可笑的) mistake.
D. The other people on the train helped him to get back his hat.
初中英语素质检测试卷集第二册
期末检测试卷
Ⅰ. 语音知识:
A) 找出划线部分读音不同于其他三个的词: 5%
( )1. A. l a st B. b a sket C. a nswer D. a lone
( )2. A. addre ss B. under s tand C. hu s band D. re s t
( )3. A. sh ou t B. cl ou dy C. s ou th D. s ou thern
( )4. A. ca n dle B. gra n dson C. u n cle D. garde n
( )5. A. id ea B. s ea son C. t ea ch D. r ea ch
( )6. A. cr y B. b y C. read y D. fr y
( )7. A. thr ow B. sl ow C. gr ow D. t ow n
( )8. A. c oo k B. s oo n C. t oo th D. n oo dle
( )9. A. mach i ne B. sh i ne C. i sland D. t i ger
( )10. A. turn ed B. look ed C. jump ed D. watch ed
B) 选择下列各组句子的正确语调: 2%
1. — Who' s that?
— This is Han Meimei.
— Can you take a message for Lucy , Meimei?
— Certainly.
A. 升升降降 B. 升降降降
C. 降降升降 D. 降升升降
2. — Where are you from?
— Can you guess?
— You' re from Australia , aren' t you?
— Yes , I am.
A. 降升降降 B. 升升降降
C. 升降升降 D. 降降降降
Ⅱ. 词汇知识:
A) 选择正确的选项, 使单词完整、正确: 5%
( )1. r __ lly A. ea B. ear C. ae D. eer
( )2. en __ gh A. o B. ou C. au D. on
( )3. ag __ n A. ei B. ai C. ea D. e
( )4. t __ night A. a B. er C. o D. or
( )5. rad __ A. iou B. eo C. io D. oi
B) 按括号中的要求写出相应的形式: 10%
1. fat (比较级) ___________ 2. himself (复数) ________
3. clever (同义词) _________ 4. can' t (过去式) ________
5. I (反身代词) ___________ 6. smelt (原形) __________
7. farther (同音词) _________ 8. large (反义词) ________
9. heavy (副词) __________ 10. friend (形容词) ______
11. problem (同义词) _______ 12. will not (缩写) _______
13. bolw (过去式) _________ 14. interesting (名词) _____
15. photo (复数) _________ 16. poor (反义词) _______
17. south (形容词) ________ 18. wait (现在分词) _____
19. tooth (复数) ________ 20. popular (最高级) _____
C) 词语释义: 选择意思与句中划线部分最接近的 答案: 5%
( )1. He could not wash himself or get dressed .
A. 脱衣服 B. 穿衣服 C. 得到衣服
( )2. They enjoyed themselves very much in the park.
A. 炫耀自己 B. 自我欣赏 C. 玩得痛快
( )3. There are over fifty students in our class.
A. only B. less than C. more than
( )4. English names are not the same as Chinese names.
A. not the same to B. different from
C. different to
( )5. Don' t worry. We have lots of friends here.
A. a lot B. many C. much
Ⅲ. 选择填空: 10%
( )1. ____ the tiger jumped into the river.
A. With the word B. With these words
C. For the words D. In the words
( )2. My grandpa often tells me _____ in the street.
A. play B. don' t play
C. to not play D. not to play
( )3. Jim ____ the light before he left the room.
A. turned off B. opened C. turned on D. closed
( )4. Mr and Mrs. Shute had a son _____ James.
A. called B. call C. to call D. calling
( )5. He is a ____ man. He always drives the car ____.
A. care , carefully B. careful , carefully
C. carefully , careful D. careful , care
( )6. I need the English book. ____ me the book when you come to schol tomorrow.
A. To bring B. Bring C. To take D. Take
( )7. You must keep the meeting-roon _____.
A. clean B. to clean C. cleaning D. cleaned
( )8. — Where' s Mary?
— I' m not sure. I think she ____ help her mother at hme.
A. have to B. maybe has to
C. had to D. may have to
( )9. He met an old man _____ his way _____ the cinema yesterday morning.
A. in , to B. on , to C. to , in D. on , in
( )10. Do you know ______?
A. where does he live B. where he live
C. where he does live D. where he lives
( )11. — Help _____ to some chicken , Li Lei.
— Thank you , Mr. Brown.
A. yourselves B. himself C. yourself D. you
( )12. Be careful! There ____ a lot of ____ on the road.
A. is , traffics B. is , traffic
C. are , traffics D. are , traffic
( )13. He didn' t go to bed _____ he finished his homework last night.
A. until B. when C. if D. because
( )14. We came to Australia _____ a bad time of year.
A. from B. at C. in D. for
( )15. They often go swimming in summer holidays. __.
A. So we do B. So we
C. So do we D. We do
( )16. The ___ lesson is the most difficult in Book Two.
A. five B. fifty C. fifteen D. fifth
( )17. Excuse me , can you ____ me the way to the nearest shop?
A. talk B. say C. tell D. speak
( )18. What _____ bad weather!
A. a B. an C. / D. the
( )19. Let' s give her _____ to eat.
A. something different B. different something
C. anything different D. different anything
( )20. If it ____ tomorrow , we won' t go to the park.
A. will rain B. rain C. rained D. rains
Ⅳ. 根据要求完成句子.
A) 完成对话 , 每空一词: 10%
A : Summer holidays will 1 . What are you going to do?
B : Dad will 2 me to our home town in Guangdong. We' ll 3 our grandparents there.
A : Oh , they' ll 4 happy to see you again.
B : Sure. What are you going to do then?
A : I' m going to visit some cities.
B : What 5 are you going to visit?
A : Beijing , Shanghai and Hangzhou.
B : Oh , they are all places of 6 interest in China. Are you going to Guilin , 7 ?
A : I' d like to , 8 I don' t have 9 time this summer holidays.
B : I think you' ll 10 yourself.
A : I' m sure I will.
1. ______ 2. ______ 3. ______ 4. ______ 5. ______
6. ______ 7. ______ 8. ______ 9. ______ 10. ______
B) 句型转换: 10% , 每空1分:
1. What' s wrong with you? (改为同义)
What' s _____ _____ with you?
2. It will be fine. They' ll go to the zoo. (用 if 来合并句 子)
_____ it _____ fine , they will go to the zoo.
3. The box is very heavy. He can' t carry it. (用 too…to 合并句子)
The box is _____ heavy for him _____ carry.
4. He didn' t go to school yesterday because he was ill . (就划线部分提问)
_____ didn' t he come to school yesterday?
5. Don' t forget to come early tomorrow. (改为同义)
_____ to come early tomorrow.
6. There is something wrong the bike. (改为一般问句)
_____ there _____ wrong with the bike?
C) 交际英语: 5%
( )1. — My brother fell off his bike and hurt himself.
— _____.
A. It doesn' t matter
B. He should be more careful
C. Don' t worry
D. I am sorry to hear that
( )2. — Could you go out and play football with us?
— _____. I have a lot of work to do.
A. I' m afraid B. Of course
C. Certainly D. I' m afraid not
( )3. — Is this your pen?
—Yes , it is.
— _____.
A. What' s wrong B. Here you are
C. Here are you D. Here is it
( )4. — Shall we go out for a walk?
— ______.
A. Are you going out with me?
B. That' s a good idea
C. It' s very kind of you
D. Thank you for asking me
( )5. — May I come in?
— _____.
A. Who are you B. What are you doing
C. Come in , please D. Don' t do it
( )6. — Where does your mother work?
— She works in a middle school.
— _____.
— She teaches English.
A. What does she teach
B. Does she teach Enlglish
C. Who does she teach D. What is she doing
( )7. — Help yourself to some fish.
— _____.
A. Help yourself , too B. Thank you
C. I' ll do it D. You are so kind
( )8. — Would you like to go to a football match this evening?
— _____.
A. No , not at all B. Thanks. I' d love to
C. I will D. I have no time
( )9. — _____ it is today!
— Yes , Let' s go to the park.
A. What a fine date B. How fine
C. What fine day D. How cold
( )10. — Happy birthday!
— _____.
A. You are welcome B. You are so kind
C. I am very glad D. Thank you , Lucy
Ⅴ. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 8% , 每空1分.
1. It often rains in summer here but it ________ (rain) hard last night.
2. It' s time for supper. Let' s stop _________ (read).
3. Every day the old tiger made one of the smaller animals __________ (bring) him something to eat.
4. Where' s Bob? I want _________ (ask) him a question.
5. Her leg _________ (hurt) yesterday , so she went to see the doctor yesterday.
6. What are you doing now? I ________ (listen) to the music.
7. Thanks for ________ (give) me the beautiful skirt. I' d love to wear it.
8. The party will start at eight tomorrow evening. Don' t forget _________ (come) before eight.
Ⅵ. 完形填空: 10%
Tom was twelve years 1 . He was not a very good pupil. Often he didn' t do his 2 by himself.
One day his maths (数学) teacher 3 at Tom' s homework and saw that he got all his answers 4 . He was very pleased and quite surprised (惊奇). He called Tom to his desk and said to him,“You got all your homework right 5 time , Tom. What happened (发生)? Did your father 6 , too?”
Tom' s father helped him 7 his homework , but not 8 . yesterday evening his father was busy and not at home. so Tom answered ,“No , sir. He was busy last 9 , so I 10 do it with the help of my mother.”
( )1. A. young B. ago C. age D. old
( )2. A. work B. things C. housework D. homework
( )3. A. saw B. looked C. felt D. read
( )4. A. good B. mistaken C. wrong D. right
( )5. A. this B. that C. one D. more
( )6. A. do B. say C. write D. help
( )7. A. with B. in C. for D. at
( )8. A. many B. few C. often D. quite
( )9. A. evening B. late C. morning D. time
( )10. A. must B. had to C. may D. can
Ⅶ. 看图填空: 10%
One day a 1 takes a piece of meat 2 a shop. He comes to a 3 . There 4 a wooden bridge over it. When he is running over the bridge , he looks into the 5 . He 6 another dog with a piece of meat in his 7 . He wants to 8 it. So he 9 his mouth. Just then his piece of meat falls 10 the river.
1. ______ 2. ______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______
6. ______ 7. ______ 8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______
Ⅷ. 阅读理解: 10%
(A)
Mr. Green was a teacher in a big city in the north of England. He usually went to France or Germany (德国) for a few weeks in his summer holidays , and he spoke French and German (德语) quite well.
But one year Mr. Green said to one of his friends ,“I' m going to have a holiday in Japan. But I don' t speak Japanese , so I' ll go to evening class and have Japanese lessons for a month before I go.”
He studied very hard for a month , and then his holidays began and he went to Japan.
When he came back a few weeks later , his friend said to him ,“Did you have any trouble with your Japanese when you were in Japan?”
“No , I didn' t have any trouble with it ,”answered Mr Green.“But the Japanese did!”
根据短文内容判断正误:对的打“√”,错的打“×”.
( )1. Mr. Green was a Frenchman and he spoke French very well.
( )2. Mr. Green had Japanese lessons because he wanted to visit Japan.
( )3. Mr. Green stayed in Japan for a few weeks.
( )4. The Japanese understood Mr Green very well in Japan.
( )5. Mr. Green spoke Japanese very well.
(B)
In the past people sent all their letters by train or ship. Now most letters still go by ship or by train , but some people send them by plane. You send a letter by plane so that your friend may get it quickly. A letter takes about twelve days to go five days now , but soon the time may be made shorter.
At first people were afraid to send letters by plane. They thought that the plane may fall and their friends may not get the letters. So they sent two letters —one letter by plane and the other by train or ship. They wanted to make sure that their friends would get the letters. Planes are now almost as safe and sure as trains or ships. Now more and more people send their letters by plane.
( )1. Many years ago , people sent all letters _____.
A. by train B. by train or ship
C. by ship D. by plane and by ship
( )2. A letter by plane is _____ a letter by ship.
A. as fast as B. not as fast as
C. safer than D. faster than
( )3. If you send a letter from England by train , it can get to India in _____ days.
A. twelve B. five C. seventeen D. twenty
( )4. A long time ago people sometimes sent _____ by plane and by trains or by ships to be safe.
A. two same letters B. one letter
C. many letters D. two different letters
( )5. Which is right?
A. People are still afraid to send letters by plane.
B. Planes are faster than ships but are not as safe as ships now.
C. Planes are faster than trains and are also as safe as trains.
D. People send all their letters by plane now.
初二英语第二十四单元练习卷
一、指出下列每组单词划线部分的发音与所给单词 划线部分读音相同的一个单词：
( )1. t i dy A. t i ger B. afr ai d C. an i mal D. Apr i l
( )2. pr o blemA. radi o B. ar ou nd C. cr o ss D. seas o n
( )3. inst ea d A. gr ea t B. sp ea k C. t ea ch D. h ea lthy
( )4. r ou nd A. w ou ld B. b ou ght C. c ou nt D. c ou ntry
( )5. visit ed A. tir ed B. land ed C. play ed D. laugh ed
( )6. b a by A. f a t B. a nything C. m a tter D. mist a ke
( )7. w a shing A. w a ter B. husb a nd C. underst a nd D. w a nt
( )8. tid y A. sk y B. y es C. bus y D. cr y
( )9. gard e n A. larg e B. probl e m C. r e st D. pock e t
( )10. u s ually A. mi s take B. hu s band C. plea s ure D. me ss age
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. tidy (比较级) ___________ 2. baby (复数) __________
3. fat (反义词) ________ 4. wash (第三人称单数) ______
5. cry (现在分词) __________ 6. tidy (过去式) _________
7. little (最高级) ___________ 8. thin (最高级) ________
9. round (同义词) _________ 10. tired (比较级) ________
三、汉译英：
1. 整理房间: ___________________
2. 帮助某人做某事: _____________________
3. 呆在家里: ____________________
4. 每五分钟: ____________________
5. 保持房间的整洁: ______________________
6. 没问题: ____________________
7. 帮忙洗衣服: __________________
8. 仔细检查某人: _________________________
9. 感到疲劳: ___________________
10. 多参加运动: __________________
四、选择填空：
( )1. I sometimes play _____ football after school.
A. / B. a C. an D. the
( )2. It took him more than a year _____ to draw a beautiful horse in five minutes.
A. learning B. learned
C. to learn D. to learning
( )3. After carrying water I felt ______.
A. tried B. tired C. good D. tiring
( )4. I have to wash ______ clothes after school.
A. every B. each C. all the D. the all
( )5. The doctor looked ______my mother very carefully.
A. to B. of C. at D. over
( )6. We must keep our classroom ______.
A. dirty B. clean and tidy
C. cleanly D. easily
( )7. What do you do _____the house when you are at home?
A. round B. at C. over D. on
( )8. It' s very kind of you to help me ____ my English.
A. learning B. with C. to D. on
( )9. _____ to catch the early bus?
A. Have you B. Do you have
C. Does he has D. Did you had
( )10. Can you give me the answer ____ this question?
A. of B. on C. at D. to
( )11. I ____ my pen everywhere but I didn' t ____ it.
A. looked after , find B. looked for , find
C. foundl , look after D. foun , look for
( )12. ____ you tell me where our teacher is?
A. Can B. May C. Must D. Have to
( )13. At last the doctor said,“There' s nothing __ you.”
A. ill about B. bad with
C. wrong to D. wrong with
( )14. Do you know how much meat ____ in the fridge?
A. are there B. there are
C. is there D. there is
( )15. He ____ to bed until he finis hes his homework.
A. goes B. won' t go C. didn' t go D. isn' t go
( )16. If you do that , you' ll soon feel _____.
A. much healthier B. much healthy
C. enough healthy D. more healthier
( )17. You had better _____ the food _____.
A. work , good B. made , hot
C. to get , cold D. keep , hot
( )18. There are ____ days in a month than there are in a year .
A. many B. more C. fewer D. less
( )19. You may _____ go to see the doctor.
A. must B. had to C. has to D. have to
( )20. She goes to see her aunt _______.
A. every three day B. each three day
C. every three days D. three every days
五、句型变换：
1. I have to sit down and rest every five minutes .
___________________________________________
2. He had to find out the answer .
___________________________________________
3. I mean you eat too much food .
____________________________________________
4. They talked and laughed happily .
_____________________________________________
5. The students are all working very hard. (改为感叹句)
_____________________________________________
6. Don' t answer the question. You think it over. (用 before 联成一句)
_____________________________________________
7. You are free. You had better go with us. (用 if 联成 一句)
_____________________________________________
8. She had to stay at home. She was ill. (用because 联成 一句)
_____________________________________________
9. The baby went to sleep. His mother came back. (用 aftrer 联成一句)
____________________________________________
10. I come to school early. He comes to school very early. (用比较级联成一句)
____________________________________________
六、用情态动词can , may , must和can' t , mustn' t 填空：
1. _____ I have a look at your photo?
2. _____ your sister play the piano?
Yes , she ______. She is a good player.
3. The baby is sleeping. We ______ talk so loud.
4. Please write it clearly , I ______ see it.
5. My son ______ write English now. But he _____ speak a little Enlgish.
6. You ______ study harder than before.
7. Where is Tom going next week? He ___ go to London.
8. When the lights are red , the traffic _______ stop.
9. He' ll come to help you if he ______.
10. Little Tom ______ move this big box.
七、用所给动词的正确形式填空：
1. I finished ________(read) the book. You may _______ (take) it away.
2. We must ________ (listen) to the teacher in class.
3. Look! The bus _______(come). Let' s _______(hurry).
4. I' m glad _______(hear) the good news.
5. I had better _______(go) home now.
6. the temperature _______(stay) above zero in the day time tomorrow.
7. Do you enjoy ________(water) the trees in the garden?
8. When _____(be) you born? I _____(be) born in 1983.
9. _____ you _____(have) lunch at school or at home last term?
10. My father usually __________ (watch) TV in the evening. But he __________ (not watch) TV last night.
八、用所给词的正确形式填空：
1. I _______ get up at six in the morning. (usual)
2. Don' t climb up the tall tree. It' s _______. (danger)
3. He writes ________ in his class. (care)
4. He can do the work very _______. (good)
5. Kate is over there. These flowers are _______. (she)
6. Many _______ come to our country every year. (visit)
7. He runs _______ than I. (show)
九、阅读理解：
It was evening. Mike had done his homework , but mary was still sitting at the table.
“What are you doing?”asked Mike.
“Algebra (代数). The answer won' t come out.”said Mary.
“Let me show you.”
“No , I' ll work it out myself.”
Half an hour passed. And an hour.
“I' m going to bed ,”said Mike angrily.“Here is the answer. Look , I' ve put it on the table.”Mary didn' t even turn her head. Mike got into the bed and fell asleep. Mary worked for a long time. She washed her face in the cold water and again sat down at the table. The answer to the problem lay beside her. But Mary didn' t want to look at it.
The next day she got an excellent mark (优秀分数) for algebra , and this didn' t surprise anyone in her class. But Mike knew very well what ‘excellent’had cost her.
( )1. Mike had done his lessons in the evening , but Mary _______.
A. did B. isn' t C. hadn' t D. has , too
( )2. Algebra was _____ for Mary.
A. easy B. difficult C. easily D. difficultly
( )3. Mike ______ and went to bed.
A. put the algebra book on the table .
B. finished watching TV
C. put the answer on the table
D. washed his face in the cold water
( )4. At last Mary ______.
A. finished her homework all by herself
B. looked at the answer
C. was tired and went to bed
D. was sitting at the table all the night
初二英语第二十五单元练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分的发音与所给单词 划线部分读音相同的一个单词：
( )1. i sland A. p i cnic B. t i dy C. th i ck D. Apr i l
( )2. al o ne A. n o body B. pr o blem C. t o night D. c o me
( )3. p u sh A. u ntil B. Aug u st C. en ou gh D. c ou ld
( )4. sug a r A. nob o dy B. p ar ty C. l ar ge D. c ar rot
( )5. sm e ll A. gr ea t B. a nybody C. veg e table D. b e
( )6. underst a nd A. isl a nd B. d a nger C. mist a ke D. f a t
( )7. pi c nic A. on c e B. c ry C. rea ch D. pla c e
( )8. far th er A. th in B. bir th day C. fea th er D. sou th
( )9.sandwich es A. classmat es B. wiv es C. holiday s D. pag es
( )10. ice A. hu s band B. sh ine C. unu s ually D. s unny
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. cry (反义词) _________ 2. hit (现在分词) _________
3. we (反身代词) _______ 4. healthy (比较级) ________
5. usual (反义词) ________ 6. push (第三人称单数) ___
7. smell (过去式) ________ 8. can (过去式) __________
9. farther (同音词) _______ 10. tidy (副词) __________
三、汉译英：
1. 多好的主意啊! : ___________________
2. 把船拉出水面: ___________________
3. 独自地: __________________
4. 在岛上登陆: ___________________
5. 环顾四周: _____________________
6. 感觉有点怕: _____________________
7. 不再: _______________ 8. 立刻: _________________
9. 保持凉快: ___________ 10. 去野餐: ______________
四、选择填空：
( )1. There is going to ____ English film this evening.
A. have an B. be an
C. have a D. be a
( )2. You look ____ today. What' s wrong ____ you?
A. tired , with B. tiring , to
C. tire , with D. tires , on
( )3. Li Ming does his homework ______ than I.
A. more careful B. much carefully
C. more carefully D. much careful
( )4. Did they spend _____money on their trip to New Youk?
A. few B. many C. lots D. much
( )5. Do you have _____ to tell me?
A. interesting anything B. anything interesting
C. interesting something D. something interesting
( )6. _____ your sister.
A. Not worry for B. Not to worry about
C. Don' t worry about D. Don' t worry with
( )7. Is it time ______ our supper?
A. to B. in C. for D. on
( )8. Xiao Li is _____ in the reading-room now.
A. not longer C. not any long
C. no longer D. no long
( )9. ____ the picnic basket up here to my place.
A. Take B. Bring C. Make D. Have
( )10. We must _____ the food hot.
A. work B. get C. have D. keep
( )11. Shall we go to ____ island for fishing?
A. near B. nearer C. the nearest D. nearly
( )12. Does ____ live on the island?
A. someone B. anybody
C. many people D. some ones
( )13. The twins did it all _____.
A. by themselves B. by himself
C. by them D. themselves
( )14. The child could pull the boat ____ the riverside by himself.
A. to up B. on C. up D. up to
( )15. He wanted ____ some bananas in the fruit shop.
A. buys B. buying C. to buy D. buy
( )16. There is ____ srong with my bike. I must ask ___ to mend it for me.
A. something , anybody B. anything , somebody
C. something , somebody D. anything , anybody
( )17. A monkey is looking for something __ in the trees.
A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. eats
( )18. — Have you _____ Australia?
— Yes , I have.
A. been to B. gone to
C. be to D. go to
( )19. There ____some dangerous animals ___ this island.
A. may are , in B. may be , on
C. may have , on D. may has , in
( )20. ____ Kate feel afraid of dangerous animals?
A. Was B. Were C. Did D. Do
五、介词填空：
1. They will pick some bananas _____ their picnic lunch.
2. The children started to walk _____ the island.
3. Where are the workers? They are _____ work.
4. Tohe children pulled the boat up _____ the water.
5. The picnic basket was no longer _____ the tree.
6. There is something wrong _____ my bike. Can you help me?
7. Her uncle' s house is far _____ here.
8. They went there on foot _____ by bus.
9. She has to help _____ the cooking.
10. Can you come out ____ a walk ____ the park?
六、句型变换：
1. The students went to that island for a picnic . (划线提 问)
_____________________________________________
2. The children could pull the boat up from the water . (同上)
_____________________________________________
3. He wants to go to the nearest island tomorrow. (同上)
_____________________________________________
4. Mr Li began to learn English the year before last .(同上)
______________________________________________
5. You can see something unusual in the picture. (改为 疑问句)
______________________________________________
6. There is something in the next classroom. (改为否定 句)
_____________________________________________
7. His aunt has to go to see a doctor this morning.(同 上)
_____________________________________________
8. Show them your photo. (同上)
_____________________________________________
初二英语第二十六单元练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一个单词:
( )1. s ou thern A. s ou th B. l au gh C. y ou ng D. r ou nd
( )2. oper a tion A. c a ndle B. vill a ge C. d a nger D. a nything
( )3. f al l A. h al f B. l o ng C. au tumn D. sh al l
( )4. w or se A. w or d B. sh or t C. p or ridge D. st or y
( )5. cl e ver A. sh e B. h ear C. h e lp D. b e gin
( )6. t au ght A. d o ctor B. n o t C. l o t D. br ou ght
( )7. th e mselves A. dr e ss B. e njoy C. probl e m D. mys e lf
( )8. inst ea d A. cl ea n B. m ea t C. h ea d D. s ea
( )9. p oor A. d oor B. s ure C. d oor bell D. Ind ia n
( )10. mon ey A. monk ey B. k ey C. th ey D. s ay
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:
1. teach (过去式) _________ 2. poor (反义词) ________
3. fall (过去式) ___________ 4. feel (过去式) _________
5. sad (反义词) _________ 6. they (反身代词) _________
7. hit (过去式) __________ 8. hurt (现在分词) ________
9. month (复数) _________ 10. he (反身代词) _________
三、汉译英:
1. 从自行车上摔下: ______________________
2. 自学英语: ________________
3. 动手术: __________________
4. 随便吃蛋糕: ______________________
5. 过得快乐: _______________
6. 第一次骑自行车: _________________________
7. 一节游泳课: ____________________
8. 又一张莉莉的照片: ___________________________
9. 穿衣服: ___________________
10. 并非每个人: _____________________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Yesterday he fell _____ his bike and hurt himself.
A. of B. out C. off D. over
( )2. He is rich and can buy _____a lot of good things.
A. myself B. himself C. him D. son
( )3. He will leave for America ______.
A. the next month B. last week
C. next day D. next month
( )4. They have a daughter ______ Jane.
A. called B. calls C. calling D. to call
( )5. So the next day they _____ her to a doctor.
A. take B. takes C. taking D. took
( )6. _____ time we had last night!
A. What good B. What a good
C. How good D. How a good
( )7. Not everybody in our class ____ good at English.
A. is B. are C. isn' t D. aren' t
( )8. Please help yourself _____ anything you like.
A. at B. with C. to D. of
( )9. _____ you sure she' ll like it?
A. Do B. Will C. Are D. Were
( )10. People enjoy _____ during the holidays.
A. yourselves B. themselves
C. themself D. them
( )11. This is _____ interesting film. We all like it.
A. / B. the C. a D. an
( )12. You must go to see the doctor if you ____ ill.
A. will be B. were C. may D. are
( )13. They were quite ____ to hear the news.
A. please B. pleasure C. pleased D. to please
( )14. Get up and get _____ quickly.
A. dressed B. dress C. dressing D. to dress
( )15. It was to dark. I ____ see nothing.
A. can B. could C. must D. have to
( )16. I' d like to have _____ try.
A. the second B. second
C. a second D. the other
( )17. They found there ___ something wrong with their car.
A. was B. is C. are D. were
( )18. — ______? — I' d like to borrow some books.
A. Who are you B. What do you want
C. Can I help you D. How are you
( )19. — What' s the date today? — ______.
A. Today is Wednesday
B. It' s a sunny day today
C. It' s cloudy D. It' s January 3rd
( )20. ___ Smiths ___ going to move into a new house.
A. The , is B. The , are C. / , is D. A , are
五、填上适当的反身代词:
1. The little boy can look after ________ now.
2. The children wash ________ before breakfast.
3.“Lily and Lucy! Help ________ to some cakes.”said Mrs Shute.
4. I' m going to mend my bike ________ this afternoon.
5. We don' t need their help. We can finish the work all by ________.
6. The girl often looks at _________ in the mirror.
7.“Wang Fei! This maths problem is not easy. You must ask our teacher _________.”said Li Ming.
8. The school _________ is very large , but there are not many teachers and students in it.
六、句型变换:
1. My father goes to work by bus . (划线提问)
______________________________________________
2. The Shute family lived in the southern part of the USA. (同上)
_____________________________________________
3. They called him James . (同上)
_____________________________________________
4. His sister and his parents had to help him. (同上)
_____________________________________________
5. There was a good doctor in a town not far away .( 同上 )
_____________________________________________
6. He could not wash himself or get clressed. (改为反意问句)
______________________________________________
7. There was something wrong with the child. (改为疑问句)
____________________________________________
8. Jim is fat. (改为感叹句) ________________________
9. You' d better stay here. (改为否定句)
_____________________________________________
10. He bought himself a lot of presents. (改为疑问句)
______________________________________________
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:
1. Look ! A lot of students _______ (dance) near the river.
2. Zhang Li ________ (like) to play basketball. Look , she ________ (play) with her classmates over there.
3. He ______ (study) much harder this term than he did last term.
4. _____ (be) there any apple trees here a few years ago?
5. my brother usually ____ (do) his lessons in the evening.
6. What ______ you ______ (do) the day before yesterday? I ______ (do) some reading.
7. The teacher had to let the boy _______ ( go) home.
8. I hope it ______ (be) fine tomorrow.
9. He wanted _____ (find) out the answer to the question.
10. _____ (be) Tom' s shoes old or new?
八、改病句:
( )1. When spring comes , it is getting warm and warm .
A B C D
( )2. No , I couldn' t listen anything at all .
A B C D
( )3. Do you like rice for supper today?
A B C D
( )4. Are there any people on that inland?
A B C D
( )5. The doctor said he can do nothing to help him.
A B C D
( )6. I am sure there may be some danger animals on that island.
( )7. He is looking out the window .
A B C D
( )8. Here are a story about poor people in the USA.
A B C D
( )9. Would you please to tell me an interesting story ?
A B C D
( )10. He will take his mother to hospital the next day .
A B C D
初中英语第二十七单元练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划 线部分读音相同的一个单词:
( )1. hol i day A. t i dy B. i sland C. m i stake D. sh i ne
( )2. wh ole A. wh o B. wh y C. wh at D. wh ich
( )3. m u sic A. p u ll B. h u sband C. un u sual D. b u sy
( )4. d ia ry A. p ai r B. air C. d ia gram D. c are ful
( )5. a sleep A. pl a te B. A pril C. a nimal D. a ddress
( )6. gr ea t A. r ea l B. m ea n C. h ea lth D. ag ai n
( )7. ex a mple A. a nswer B. f a mily C. n a me D. w a nt
( )8. inter e st A. gu e ss B. e leven C. w e nt D. Sh e
( )9. p u t A. m u m B. b u t C. p u ll D. st u dy
( )10. cr y A. diar y B. bab y C. cit y D. sk y
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:
1. interest (形容词) ________ 2. left (反义词) _________
3. bring (过去式) __________ 4. healthy (名词) ________
5. stop (现在分词) _________ 6. class (复数) __________
7. taught (原形) ____________ 8. sing (过去式) ________
9. hit (过去式) _____________ 10. diary (复数) ________
三、汉译英:
1. 停止做某事: _____________ 2. 扮鬼脸: __________
3. 把某人单独留下: ________________
4. 名胜: _____________ 5. 照顾: ________________
6. 醒来: ______________ 7. 各种各样: __________ ____
8. 越哭越厉害: ___________________________
9. 把整个情况告诉某人: ___________________
10. 睡着了: _____________________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Don' t worry about your child. I' ll _____ him while you are away.
A. take care of B. take a look
C. take after D. take good care
( )2. _____ she woke up and began to cry.
A. Half an hour after B. Half an hour later
C. Later half an hour D. After half hour
( )3. He made faces to make the baby ______.
A. to laugh B. laughed C. laughing D. laugh
( )4. The teacher asked the girl to show him ____ book.
A. other one B. another C. one another D. other
( )5. My father will take _____ to the zoo this Sunday.
A. I and my brother B. my brother and me
C. me and my brother D. my brother and I
( )6. We can find many places of _____ in Fuzhou.
A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interests
( )7. _____ time they had in the park yesterday !
A. What good B. What a good
C. How good D. How a good
( )8. There is _____ car on the road.
A. no B. some C. not D. any
( )9. We don' t like him _____.
A. no more B. some more
C. any more D. the more
( )10. I left my girl ______.
A. by myself B. in myself
C. by herself D. by her
( )11. You could buy her a bike, __ it may be too dear.
A. and B. but C. if D. when
( )12. We can see _____ in his garden.
A. all kind of flower B. all kinds of flower
C. all kind of flowers D. all kinds of flowers
( )13. A foreign friend visited our village and _____.
A. we B. ours C. us D. our
( )14. He is the tallest _____ the brothers.
A. of B. in C. at D. for
( )15. Would you please ____ me an interesting story?
A. speak B. tell C. talk D. say
( )16. He won' t come back ____ the end of the month.
A. by B. but C. until D. on
( )17. He was tired , so he stopped _____.
A. to have a rest B. had rest
C. having a rest D. have a rest
( )18. We may have a meeting tomorrow, but we ____.
A. have B. don' t have
C. don' t have to D. may not have
( )19. Who has the fewest apples, Tom, Li Lei ___ Kate?
A. and B. or C. but D. with
( )20. Why does she look so _____.
A. worry B. worrying C. worried D. worries
五、在必要的地方填上适当的冠词:
1. Tom and Mike talked for _____ hour and ____ half this afternoon.
2. You may tell Dick _____ whole story.
3. Walk along _____ road , and take _____ first turning on _____ left.
4. There is _____ American boy in our class. His name is _____ Tom.
5. Grandma is ill. I must take her to ______ hospital.
6. Summer holidays will begin _____ next month.
7. ____ old woman has two children , ____ son and ____daughter. ____ son is _____ doctor and ____ daughter is ____ teacher.
8. I think you' ll have ______ good time.
9. Mr and Mrs Shute had _____ daughter called Jane. Then they had _____ second child … ____ son.
10. One day , ____ Shutes heard that thers was ____ good doctor in _____ town not far away.
六、句型变换:
1. He has to wash all the plates and things after meals . (划线提问)
_____________________________________________
2. You need to wear lots of warm clothes . (同上)
_____________________________________________
3. I' d like to take the one on the right . (同上)
______________________________________________
4. He comes to see us once a year . (同上)
______________________________________________
5. We really enjoyed working on the farm . (同上)
_____________________________________________
6. Jim and his friends went to help the farmers . (同上)
______________________________________________
7. Peter has to stay at home. (改为疑问句)
______________________________________________
8. My mother does morning exercises every day. (同上)
_____________________________________________
9. They are going to have a football match next Sunday.(同上)
_____________________________________________
10. They have been there before. (同上)
____________________________________________
11. I caught a cold yesterday. (同上)
_____________________________________________
12. I shall go to the zoo by bike tomorrow. (同上)
_____________________________________________
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:
1. I _____(tell) him the news as soon as I _____(see) him.
2. The workers _______ (not go) home until they _______ (finish) the work last night.
3. It often ______ (rain) in summer. It ______ (rain) hard last night. It _______ (not rain) now.
4. Tom and Mike _____ (be) much taller this year than they ______ (be) last year.
5. It' s time for breakfast. Let' s stop _______ (read).
6. When my children _____ (be)young , I _____ (be) busy all day long. I often ______ (clean) the house after the children ______ (go) to bed.
7. When I ______ (show) him the book , he ______ (say) it ______ (be) a good book.
8. I _____ (see) him six months ago when he ______ (be) in hospital.
9. Please ______ (be) there at 2 : 00 . Don' t let us ______ (wait).
10. His mother ______(make) him ______(do) the washing himself.
八、改错句:
( )1. There is going to have a sports meet in our
A B C
school next month .
D
( )2. Our English teacher is nearly forty , but she looks A B C
more younger than she is.
D
( )3. It is time for go to school .
A B C D
( )4. When he reached home he turned on the radio
A B
and listen to the weather report .
C D
( )5. She usually washes her clothes , cleans the floor , A B
and keeps everything to clean and tidy on Sunday morning . C D
( )6. Must I clean the room now ? No , you mustn' t .
A B C D
( )7. Everything are much lighter on the moon than on A B C
the earth .
D
( )8. In winter it is much colder in Beijing than Fuzhou . A B C D
( )9. She had a swim this morning , hadn' t she ?
A B C D
( )10. I' ll go to play with you if I am going to be
A B C
free tomorrow .
D
英语语音训练
选出发音不同的一个:
1. A. m a p B. l a nd C. h a ppen D. a ny
2. A. w a nt B. w a s C. wh a t D. w a ter
3. A. r e lay B. E nglish C. E ngland D. wom e n
4. A. mach i ne B. pol i ce C. pol i ceman D. i t
5. A. c o me B. s o n C. l o ve D. b o x
6. A. d o B. wh o C. wh o se D. w o man
7. A. b u s B. tr u ck C. res u lt D. b u sy
8. A. r u ler B. p u t C. f u ll D. s u gar
9. A. ni c e B. c ity C. bi c ycle D. deli c ious
10. A. g ane B. a g e C. g o D. ba g
11. A. h e B. h and C. h our D. h urry
12. A. s it B. work s C. boy s D. glas s
13. A. s ure B. Rus s ian C. s ugar D. ea s y
14. A. s port B. s leep C. s chool D. plea s ure
15. A. si x B. ne x t C. e x pensive D. e x ample
16. A. r ai n B. s ay C. m ay be D. s ai d
17. A. al l B. c al l C. ch al k D. al so
18. A. h al f B. al veady C. s al t D. al most
19. A. c ar B. p ar ty C. h ar dly D. w ar m
20. A. sug ar B. w ar m C. qu ar ter D. tow ar ds 21. A. d au ghten B. au tumn C. Au gust D. bec au se
22. A. au nt B. bec au se C. Au stralia D. Au stralian
23. A. pl ea se B. ea st C. t ea pot D. br ea d
24. A. gr ea t B. br ea d C. w ea ther D. alr ea dy
25. A. id ea B. r ea l C. br ea k D. r ea lly
26. A. rec ei ve B. k ey C. th ey D. h e
27. A. ei ther B. ei ght C. n ei ther D. h i de
28. A. for ei gn B. monk ey C. k ey D. bas ke t
29. A. h er B. t er m C. p er son D. player
30. A. f ew B. bl ew C. dr ew D. gr ew
31. A. d ear B. h ear C. cl ear D. p ear
32. A. ear ly B. l ear n C. ear th D. h ear t
33. A. h ere B. wh ere C. th ere D. h air
34. A. w ere B. h ere C. h ear D. pion eer
35. A. l ie B. d ie C. t ie D. p ie ce
36. A. p ie ce B. f ie ld C. fr ie nd D. fr ee
37. A. f ir e B. b ir d C. f ir st D. d ir ty
38. A. classr oo m B. r oo m C. t oo D. ch oo se
39. A. f or B. sh or t C. c or ner D. w or k
40. A. w or k B. w or se C. w or ld D. tract or
41. A. y ou ng B. en ou gh C. tr ou ble D. gr ou nd
42. A. c ou gh B. br ou ght C. th ou ght D. f ou ght
43. A. th ou gh B. y ou C. thr ou gh D. gr ou p
44. A. c ou ld B. w ou ld C. sh ou ld D. thr ou gh
45. A. seri ou s B. fam ou s C. darger ou s D. bl ou se
46. A. h ow B. kn ow C. t ow n D. cr ow d
47. A. d oo r B. p oo r C. fl oo r D. d oo rbell
48. A. f our B. y our C. c our se D. h our
49. A. j our ney B. col our C. neighb our D. small er
50. A. Tuesd ay B. tod ay C. yesterd ay D. sund ay
51. A. bl ue B. tr ue C. q ue ue D. fr ui t
52. A. b ui ld B. b ui lding C. s ui t D. h i t
53. A. d ur ing B. Th ur sday C. t ur n D. n ur se
54. A. Sat ur day B. t ur n C. n ur se D. h er
55. A. tea ch er B. ch icken C. su ch D. ma ch ine
56. A. su ch B. s ch ool C. ch ristmas D. heada ch e
57. A. cou gh B. hi gh C. bou gh t D. strai gh t
58. A. E ng lish B. lo ng er C. a ng ry D. si ng er
59. A. n o B. ha ng C. tha n k D. u n cle
60. A. th ink B. ear th C. th ird D. th is
61. A. sta tion B. opera tion C. ques tion D. inren tion
62. A. wh at B. wh en C. wh ose D. wh ile
初中英语总复习系列
选择所给动词的适当形式填空：
A
speak , say , stay , live , give , get , be
I heard from my brother last week. He lives is the USA. He _______ in his letter that he would come back next month. If he comes back , he _______ a suprise. Now we _______ in a tall new building. We _______ here fer only three months. The key to my new house _______ to us four months ago. I think he must be quite happy when he hears the news.
B
stop , take , eat , like , want , begin , cry
A busy mother asked her young son to take his baby sister out into the garden and look after her for an hour while she was doing some work in the house. Suddenly the baby _______ to cry.“Billy , what' s the matter with Sunsan? Why _______ she _______?”shouted the mother to her son.
“Because she _______ my coins(硬币),”answered Billy.
“Well , let her play with a few of them if it _______ her crying,”said the mother.
“But I know that , she wants to keep them,”answered Billy.“She _______ two of them already!”
C
be , go , take , visit , work , stay , meet
Jim _______ Kate in the street a few days ago. The following is their dialogue.
J : Hello, Kate. Glad to meet you here. Where _______ you _______ since last week?
K : Xiamen. It' s a very beautiful place. ______ you ______ it?
J : Yes , I' m. I think I' d better _______ with Chen Hao , because his father ________ there .
K : Yes , You' re right.
D
study , learn , come , have , begin , go , teach
My English teacher is Miss Gao. She is only thirty. Though she is young. She _________ English very well. We _______ a lot from her since she ________ to teach us. All of us enjoy ________ English classes. I hear Miss Gao will go to study in America soon. I hope she ________ back as soon as possible and will teach us again.
E
live , stay , rain , send , go , come , be
Dear Hong Ying,
I' ve just heard from Li Mei that you' re been back in Fuzhou for holidays. While you _______ with your family , why don' t you ________ down and see us for a few days? It has not begun to ________ yet , so with luck , we _______ able to see some places of in terest when you come.
Did you receive my last letter? It _______ to you at your school address in Beijing last month.
Well , think of coming to see us , and we hope you can come soon.
Best wishes to you!
Yours,
Li Dang (and Lin Hua)
F
look , visit , come , begin , take , do , go
A : Summer holidays _________ soon. What' re you going to ________?
B : My parents __________ me to our home town. We' ll __________ our grandparents there.
A : They' ll be very happy to see you again.
B : Sure . We may ________ by air.
A : I hope you' ll have a good time there.
B : Thank you.
G
may , love , do , work , be , can , visit
Everyone ________ his hometown. So ________ I . My hometown isn' t very large , but she' s beautiful. Ther _______ a lot of changes since 1980. Ten years ago you ________ see few TV sets here , but there are many now. People are busy _________. I hope my hometown will be more beautiful soon.
H
say , buy , be , go , sell , come , speak
Look! Alice ________ to the assistant in the book shop. She _________ a book on art.
“Where are Jack and Joan?”
“Sorry , I don' t know. They ________ here just now. Perhaps they ________ to the Children' s Palace. I think they ________ back in an hour.”
I
worry , change , turn , kill , get , remember , keep
Many years ago , farmers _________ very angry with hawks because they were eating lots of thair chickens. The farmers thought hawks must ________. So many hawks were killed. After that , the farmers didn' t have to ________ about their chickens. But field mice came out and ate up a lot of crops.
Hawks ate both chickens and field mice. They ate more field mice than chickens. When the farmers killed a lot of hawks the balance of nature ________. It' s important for us _________ the balance of nature.
J
skate , swim , make , do , cover , throw , turn
I like winter best. Though it' s very cold , It' s good for_________. I often go skating on Sundays with my father. When it snows everything ________ white. Trees and houses ________ with thick snow. How beautiful the world looks! My friend and I like to ________ snowmen. Sometimes we make snow balls and ________ them at each other. That' s a very interesting game. Do you like winter?
初二英语第一单元练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分的发音与所给的单词相同的一个单词：
( )1. p a per A. st a nd B. S a turday C. s a me D. m a ny
( )2. p ai r A. d ear B. w ear C. h ear D. ear ly
( )3. four th A. th en B. Th ursday C. fa th er D. bro th er
( )4. m ay A. tod ay B. Sund ay C. Frid ay D. Mond ay
( )5. sh or t A. b or row B. f or get C. or ange D. f or ty
( )6. s e cond A. w e lcome B. e raser
C. e vening D. e leven
( )7. t i me A. wr i te B. h i ll C. w i th D. f i sh
( )8. th ir d A. driv er B. t ur n C. ov er D. farm er
( )9. sh op A. tea ch er B. s ch ool C. lun ch D. ma ch ine
( )10. less o n A. c o lour B. w ho C. b o x D. br o ther
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. short (反义词)_________ 2. four (序数词) ________
3. shop (现在分词) _______ 4. one (序数词) _________
5. pair (同音词) __________ 6. lesson (同义词) _______
7. by (同音词) ___________ 8. his (主格) ___________
9. foot (复数) ____________ 10. same (反义词) ______
三、将下列汉语译成英语：
1. 下次______________________
2. 这学期____________________
3. 一小张纸__________________
4. 步行上学__________________
5. 听我说____________________
6. 看上去一样________________
7. 第一课____________________
8. 点名______________________
9. 到达学校__________________
10. 买东西___________________
四、选择填空：
( )1. The two pencil-boxes _____.
A. look the same B. looks the same
C. look same D. looks same
( )2. There are _____ on the table.
A. a piece of paper B. a piece of papers
C. two pieces of paper D. two pieces of papers
( )3. Does Han Meimei _____ a nice schoolbag ?
A. has B. have C. haveing D. is
( )4. How does Jim go to school every day? ___ foot.
A. On B. on C. By D. by
( )5. I have your names _____ this piece of paper.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
( )6. Look! Who _____ basketball over there ?
A. are playing B. is playing C. playing D. paly
( )7. Welcome back _____ school , boys and girls !
A. at B. in C. to D. on
( )8. _____ him come in.
A. Doesn' t let B. Don' t lets
C. Don' t let D. don' t letting
( )9. A : Thank you very much. B : _____.
A. You are welcome B. It doesn' t matter
C. You are right D. No , don' t thank me
( )10. What time _____ your father_____ to work very morning.
A. does , goes B. is , going
C. does , go D. is , goes
( )11. Would you like to have _____?
A. a bread B. some breads
C. a piece bread D. some bread
( )12. Now let me _____ your names.
A. to call B. call C. called D. calling
( )13. I' m sorry _____.
A. to late B. of late C. I late D. I' m late
( )14. This is Lesson One , _____.
A. First lesson B. the first lesson
C. first lesson D. lesson first
( )15. It _____ matter this time.
A. isn' t B. doesn' t C. don' t D. aren' t
( )16. Please don' t be late _____.
A. the next time B. the next times
C. next time D. next times
( )17. _____ he _____ English now ?
A. Is , readding B. Is , reading
C. Does , read D. Does , reading
( )18. Wei Hua _____ have lunch in the school.
A. doesn' t often B. don' t often
C. often don' t D. often doesn' t
( )19. There _____ twenty-five boys and twenty-six girls in our class.
A. has B. have C. is D. are
( )20. Where' s Tom? He _____ his homework in the classroom.
A. does B. do C. is doing D. are doing
五、介词填空：
1. Please write _____ the piece _____ paper.
2. Welcome _____ our factory , Mr Green.
3. How many students are there _____ Class One?
4. He often plays football _____ the afternoon.
5. We don' t go to school _____ Sunday.
6. Who is the English teacher _____ Class Two ?
7. Don' t forget your things early _____ the morning.
8. He gets up _____ six _____ the morning.
六、句型变化：
1. Tom reads English. (用现在进行时改写)
_____________________________________________
2. Jim' s mother does some shopping every Sunday. (改成一般疑问句)
____________________________________________
3. Han Meimei is making a kite now . (划线提问)
____________________________________________
4. There' s a woman in the room. (改成复数形式)
____________________________________________
5. Please call me Lily. (改成否定句)
_____________________________________________
6. There are a lot of apples in the basket.(改成否定句)
_____________________________________________
7. Kate usually has lunch at school. (用 now 改写)
_____________________________________________
8. The girl in red is Tom' s sister. (划线提问)
_____________________________________________
9. Is she having supper now?(用usually … at home改写)
______________________________________________
10. She does housework every day.(改写成一般疑问句)
____________________________________________
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. I like ________ (swim) in the river. Now I would like ________ (play) football.
2. Look! The twins ________ (put) on their sweaters.
3. There _____ (be) a pen and some pencils on the desk.
4. Kate _________ (not read) English now. She ________ (read) Chinese.
5. ________ (not be) late next time.
6. It' s ten thirty now. It' s time ________ (go) to bed.
7. Lily _________ (not have) any erasers.
8. Can he ________ (wirte) in English ?
9. _____ you ______ (want) _____ (go) with me to the shop ?
10. ______ (look) at the blackboard. ______ (not look) at your books.
11. May I __________ (borrow) your bike ?
12. Would you please _________ (help) me with my English?
八、改病句(每句只有一处错 , 指出并订正在横线上)
( )1. _____ Please let me calling your names .
A B C D
( )2. _____ Look ! Mike is runing with the nice kite.
A B C D
( )3. _____ I have your names in this piece of paper.
A B C D
( )4. _____ Lucy and Lily look like the same .
A B C D
( )5. _____ What' s he doing ? He is writes on the
A B C D
blackboard.
( )6. _____The two men are playing the basketball over A B C D
there.
( )7. _____ Does Wei Fang have a long ruler? Yes , she A B C
has .
D
( )8. _____ This is our the first lesson , so I don' t
A B C D
know all your names.
( )9. _____ Mrs. Green is doing housework. Mr. Green
A
is reading and writes .
B C D
( )10. _____ He doesn' t has his lunch at school.
A B C D
九、汉译英(每空只填一个词)
1. 这次没关系。
It ______ ______ ______ time.
2. 这是第三个男孩。他在吃东西吗?
This is _____ _____ boy. _____ he _____ something?
3. 这是红色的铅笔。你有黑色的吗?
This is a red pencil. _____ you _____ a black _____?
4. 这些妇女正在商店买东西。
The _____ are doing some _____ in the shop.
5. 别叫我李雷。我是李明。
______ ______ me Li Lei. I am Li Ming.
6. 他们正在一大张纸上写名字。
They are writing their names ______ a ______ _____ of paper.
7. 下次请早点到这儿来。
Please come here ______ ______ time.
8. 我可以用你的自行车吗? 当然可以! 给你。
______ I ______ your bike? ______! Here you are.
初二英语第二单元练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分共有几种发音：
A: 一种读音 B: 两种读音 C: 三种读音 D. 四种读音
( )1. A. s oo n B. m oo n C. bedr oo m D. f oo d
( )2. A. p ar ent B. h ar d C. p air D. c ar
( )3. A. s ea B. br ea d C. m ea n D. gr ea t
( )4. A. an o ther B. fr o m C. s o D. d o
( )5. A. u s ually B. s ister C. swim s D. s chool
( )6. A. tr ai n B. pl a ne C. aw ay D. w ay
( )7. A. pol i ceman B. sh i p C. r i de D. ch i ldren
( )8. A. m y B. Lil y C. y ellow D. y our
( )9. A. T u esday B. u sually C. u ncle D. r u ler
( )10. A. w al k B. h al f C. t al k D. al l
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. eight (序数词) ________ 2. sun (同音词) _________
3. see (同音词) _________ 4. five (序数词) _________
5. foot (名词复数) _______ 6. Canada (形容词) _______
7. right (反义词) _________ 8. many (同义词) ________
9. have (第三人称单数)_____10. leave(现在分词)_____
三、将下列汉语译成英语：
1. 乘火车______________________
2. 每年____________________
3. 步行回家__________________
4. 我们学校的学生__________________
5. 散步的好天气____________________
6. 骑自行车________________
7. 离开家____________________
8. 我们中多少人______________________
9. 乘公共汽车__________________
10. 来自加拿大___________________
11. 喜爱走路_____________________
12. 去上班_______________________
四、选择填空：
( )1. How many boys ____ in the class ?
A. have B. is there C. are there D. has
( )2. Would you like _____ with me this afternoon ?
A. going shopping B. to go shopping
C. going to shop D. to go shoping
( )3. His father _____ at half past ten every evening.
A. goes B. go C. going D. is going
( )4. What time _____ every day ?
A. do you go to work B. do you go to the work
C. do you go working D. you go to work
( )5. It' s a fine day ____ a walk.
A. for B. at C. in D. on
( )6. Does she often have bread for breakfast every day? Yes , she _____.
A. has B. have C. does D. do
( )7. How ___ your father ___ to work every day ?
A. is , going B. is , goes
C. does , go D. does , goes
( )8. How many birds _____ in the picture ?
A. are there can you see B. can you see
C. is there can you see D. have
( )9. Where is Li Lei? He ____ in the classroom.
A. does his homework B. is doing his homeworks
C. does his homeworks D. is doing his homework
( )10. He _____ his lunch at school.
A. doesn' t have B. don' t have
C. hasn' t D. haven' t
( )11. How many of _____ come to school by bike ?
A. they B. them C. students D. their
( )12. Our teacher usually _____ home.
A. walk B. walks C. walks to D. walk to
( )13. Can we see _____ moon in the daytime ?
A. a B. an C. the D. /
( )14. I don' t like this dress. Do you have _____ one ?
A. an another B. another C. others D. other
( )15. Would you please _____ here ?
A. to sit B. sitting C. sit D. is sitting
( )16. He often comes to Beijing _____ train.
A. on B. in C. by D. at
( )17. What time _____ she _____ home every day?
A. is , leaving B. does , leave
C. is , leaves D. do , leave
( )18. My friend comes from England. Every year he __ home ___ his parents.
A. goes , with B. goes to , with
C. goes , and D. goes to , and
( )19. It' s seven thirty in the evening. The students ___ their homework.
A. are doing B. is doing C. do D. does
( )20. Sometimes he goes to school _____ foot.
A. by B. on C. in D. at
五、介词填空：
1. It' s a fine day ______ a swim.
2. She goes home every year ______ his parents.
3. I like to be ____ foot. But today I go to school ____ bus.
4. How many _____ you come from Canada ?
5. She often helps her mother _____ housework.
6. He usually gets up _____ five _____ the morning.
7. Wher' s your father? He' s _____ work.
8. My father usually buys food _____ supper _____ his way home.
六、句型变化：
1. I can see two ships in the picture. (划线提问)
_____________________________________________
2. Uncle Wang is driving a car . (同上)
_____________________________________________
3. His mother usually goes to work on foot . (同上)
_____________________________________________
4. He is doing his homework at home. (用usually 改写)
_____________________________________________
5. There' s some tea in this glass. (改成一般疑问句)
_____________________________________________
6. Look at the blackboard. (改成否定句)
___________________________________________
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. He _________ (not have) his lunch at school. He ____ (have) it at home.
2. Tom ________ (like) swimming very much. Look , he _________ (swim) in the river now.
3. Let' s ________ (go) to the shop now.
4. I' m sorry I _____ (be) late. It __________ (not matter).
5. Sometimes my father _______ (go) to work by car.
6. ______ he ______ (do) his homework? Yes , he is.
7. Would you please ____________(come) with us to the room?
8. Listen , one of the students ____________ (sing) under the tree.
9. How many students in your class ____________ (ride) their bikes to school ?
10. What ______ you ________ (can see) in the picture?
八、改病句(每句只有一处错 , 指出并订正在横线上)
1. ____ Do you often read books? No, I usually see TV.
A B C D
2. ____ I want go shopping . Would you like to go with A B C D
me?
3. ____ He often helps Uncle Wang does housework on A B C D
Sundays.
4. ____ Look , there are many woman over ther under A B C D
the tree.
5. ____ It' s a fine day for a walking . That' s right.
A B C D
6. ____ It' s time for go to school. Let' s go.
A B C D
7. ____ Everyday he leaves home at about seven thirty.
A B C D
8. ____ Mr Green doesn' t reading . He is writing .
A B C D
九、汉译英(每空只填一个词)
1. 你通常坐小车上班吗?
_____ you usually _______ to work _______ car?
2. Lucy 是美国人, 每年和父母一起回家。
Lucy _____ _____ the USA. Every year she goes home _____ her parents.
3. 他每天七点半吃早饭。
He _____ _____ at half past seven _____ morning.
4. 你是步行还是骑车上学?
Do you go to school _____ _____ or _____ _____?
5. 你母亲是怎么去购物的?
_____ _____ your mother go to the shop? On foot.
6. 现在十点。该睡觉了。
It' s ten now. It' s time _____ _____ to bed.
十、从A栏中选出B栏的答句 , 填入括号内。
A
( )1. May I borrow your bike?
( )2. It' s a fine day for a walk.
( )3. How does he come here?
( )4. I' m sorry I' m late.
( )5. How many girls can you see in the picture?
( )6. Thank you very much.
( )7. What' s he doing?
( )8. What time does he come here every day?
( )9. Are you on foot or by bike?
( )10. Don' t you have lunch at school?
B
A. That' s all right.
B. By bike.
C. It doesn' t matter.
D. He' s watching TV.
E. At six thirty.
F. Yes , I do.
G. Eight.
H. Certainly! Here you are.
I. That' s right.
J. By car.
初二英语单元试卷
Ⅰ. 找出一个划线部分的读音不同于其它三个的词.
( )1. A. paper B. away C. page D. eraser
( )2. A. broken B. evening C. these D. Chinese
( )3. A. ship B. fifth C. machine D. fridge
( )4. A. morning B. forget C. forty D. short
( )5. A. sea B. leave C. speak D. sweater
Ⅱ. 词汇:
A) 根据句子的意思 , 用适当的词填空.
1. Sunday is the first day of the week. So Thursday is the _________ day of the week.
2. — ________ do you usually go to work ?
— I usually walk.
3. There is a lot of bikes over there. _________ second one is Jim' s.
4. Please _________ your answer on the blackboard.
5. I don' t like this book. Please give me ________.
B) 根据括号内汉语意思, 完成下列句子.
1. Morning , Mr Wu! I see you' re ______ ______(步行) today ?
2. Don' t you usually come to school ______ ______(骑 自行车) ?
3. Does she _______ _______ (离开家) at six ?
4. She goes home ______ ______(每年)with his parents.
5. I usually come to school by bus. ______ ______ (怎 么样) you ?
Ⅲ. 选择填空.
( )1.There is __“I”and __“u”in the word“ruler”.
A. a , an B. a , a C. an , a D. an , an
( )2. Look at _____ sun. How fine it is !
A. the B. a C. an D. /
( )3. Could you help _____ put the bags in the car?
A. our B. us C. ours D. we
( )4. _____ I walk to school.
A. Some time B. Sometimes
C. Some times D. Sometime
( )5. They come to China _____ ship.
A. on B. in C. over D. by
( )6. What time do you usually _____ home?
A. get B. get to C. get up D. get down
( )7. Do you often _____ a book? No , I often ____ TV.
A. see , look B. read , look
C. read , see D. read , watch
( )8. How much meat _____ in the shopping basket ?
A. is it B. there is C. is there D. are there
( )9. Does she have a bike? Yes , she _____.
A. have B. has C. do D. does
( )10. He goes to the factory _____ his bike.
A. on B. by C. ride D. over
( )11. It' s eight. We _____ an English lesson.
A. have B. having C. has D. are having
( )12. Can' t you see a panda ? _____.
A. Yes , I can' t B. Yes , I can
C. No , I can D. Not , I can' t
( )13. My brother isn' t short. He is _____.
A. long B. tall C. big D. young
( )14. _____, I don' t have a pen.
A. Excuse me B. I' m glad
C. I' m sorry D. Thanks
( )15. It' s _____ have supper.
A. time for B. time to C. time D. the time to
Ⅳ. 按要求改写下列句子.
1. Mrs King likes milk. (改为一般疑问句)
_____ Mrs King _____ milk ?
2. Throw the frisby like this. (改为否定句)
_____ _____ the frisby like this.
3. I can see two maps on the wall. (划线提问)
_____ _____ maps can you see on the wall ?
4. She gets up at 6 : 30 in the morning. (同上)
_____ _____ does she get up in the morning ?
5. They study in a middle school. (用Jim 作主语改写)
Jim ______ ______ a middle school.
Ⅴ. 用括号内动词的适当形式填空.
1. Now let us __________ (go) by train.
2. Look , the cat __________ (run) up he tree.
3. Listen , who __________ (sing) in the next room ?
4. He usually __________ (call) me in the evening.
5. My mother sometimes __________ (come) to work in the afternoon.
Ⅵ. 看图写话 , 每空一词.
Look at the ______. The sun is in the sky (天空). The ______ is in the sky , too. We can see two ______ on the sea. Two young ______ and their son are going to the ________. They like swimming ______ the sea. There ______ a house over there. There are two ______ behind the house. Look! Eight ______ are ______ in the sky.
Ⅶ. 完形填空.
Mr Wu is 1___ teacher of English. He is 2___ young, but he is not 3___. He is tall. 4___ fifty students in his class. They all like 5___.
Now it' s four 6___ the afternoon. Look , the students 7__in the classroom. Mr Wu is there, too. He 8___ them to study English. He is a good teacher, 9___ he is a good friend 10__them all.
( )1. A. the B. a C. an D. /
( )2. A. no B. not a C. not any D. not
( )3. A. old B. short C. tall D. strong
( )4. A. There are B. There is C. Has D. Have
( )5. A. they B. them C. him D. he
( )6. A. of B. at C. on D. in
( )7. A. are working B. is working
C. work D. working
( )8. A. help B. helping
C. is helping D. are helping
( )9. A. but B. and C. so D. or
( )10. A. in B. on C. of D. at
Ⅷ. 阅读理解.
It is a fine Saturday morning. My parents and I are on a bus. There are a lot of people on it. Some of them come from America and England. Some are Canadians and Australians. They are all our friends. All of us are going to the Great Wall (长城).
There are another two Chinese on the bus. One is a young man. He is driving the bus. The other is a nice girl. She is a guide (导游) of our friends and she speaks English very well. She is talking about the Great Wall with them. I'm listening to them. I know they all like the Great Wall and want to go there very much. So we take the same bus.
( )1. — How is the air on Saturday morning?
— It' s ____.
A. blue B. dry (干的) C. very clean D. nice
( )2. How many countries (国家) do the people on the bus come from ?
A. Five. B. Four. C. Three. D. Six.
( )3. — What are our friends going to do ?
— They are going to _____.
A. talk with the girl B. see the Great Wall
C. take the same bus D. Beijing
( )4. There is a _____ guide on the bus.
A. boy B. man C. American D. girl
( )5. The guide can speak good _____.
A. English B. Chinese and English
C. Chinese D. Chinese or English
初二英语 Unit 3 练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分共有几种发音：
a. 一种读音 b. 两种读音 c. 三种读音 d. 四种读音
( )1. A. twelfth B. second C. very D. delicious
( )2. A. any B. many C. mooncake D. than
( )3. A. heavy B. breakfast C. please D. great
( )4. A. usually B. put C. sun D. hungry
( )5. A. young B. trousers C. delicious D. house
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. hungry (反义词) ________ 2. family (复数) ________
3. day (反义词) ___________ 4. ninth (基数词) ______
5. big (比较级) ___________ 6. heavy (最高级) ______
7. nice (比较级) __________ 8. old (最高级) ________
三、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. She ______(read) a picture-book in the classroom now.
2. My mother ______ (do) some cooking every day.
3. There _____ (be) many students in the park.
4. My eraser is ______ (new) than his.
5. This dog is _______ (hungry) of all. It eats _______ (much) food.
6. Tom is one of ______ (tall) boys in his class.
四、选择填空：
( )1. Mid-Autumn Day usually comes ___ September ___ October.
A. on , and B. in , or
C. after , and D. before , after
( )2. My teacher is standing ___ the open air ___ our classroom.
A. in , near B. near , near C. by , by D. on , in
( )3. Look! He has a nice picture. ___ is nicer than ___.
A. My , him B. Mine , him
C. Mine , his D. He , I
( )4. In our class everyone _____ English very much.
A. like B. likes C. is like D. is liking
( )5. Would you like _____ apples ?
A. to have any B. have some
C. having some D. to have some
( )6. He would like me ____ him an English book next time.
A. to buy B. buy C. buys D. buying
( )7. This apple is _____ of all.
A. redder B. the redest
C. the reddest D. reddest
( )8. My mother gets up _____ than my father every morning.
五、看图填空：
1. Tom' s box is ______ than Jim' s. Jack box is ______than Jim' s. ______ box is the heaviest.
2. The first ruler is ______ than the second one.
The third ruler is ______ than the second one.
The first ruler is ______ ______ of all.
3. The maths (数学) book is ______ than the En-
glish book. The Chinese book is _____than the
maths book. The Chinese book is _____ _____
______ all.
4. The apple is ______ than the egg. The banana
is _______ than the egg. The apple is _______
_____ of all.
初二英语Unit 4 练习卷
一、指出划线部分的发音与所给单词相同的一个：
( )1. full A. blue B. ruler C. put D. but
( )2. food A. foot B. moon C. goodbye D. book
( )3. month A. nothing B. second C. shop D. long
( )4. bell A. these B. when C. delicious D. machine
二、选择填空:
( )1. The boys are going to play ___basketball tomorrow afternoon.
A. the B. a C. / D. an
( )2. Wei Hua is going to get some banana ____ Lucy.
A. to B. for C. in D. on
( )3. It' s time ____ go to school.
A. for B. to C. for us D. to me
( )4. It' s too cold (冷的). Put ____, please!
A. your coat in B. your coat odd
C. on your coat D. off your coat
( )5. Li Tao' s English is ____ than Li Ping' s.
A. much better B. a little good
C. very better D. a little best
( )6. There is only _____ water in the glass.
A. a few B. few C. little D. a little
( )7. What are you going to do ____ next week ?
A. in B. on C. / D. of
( )8. — Why don' t you come with me? — ____.
A. Sure B. Certainly
C. That' s a good idea D. Oh , hi
三、句子转换：
1. Why don' t you come with us?
______ ______ ______ with us ?
2. This ruler is long. That ruler is quite long.
That ruler is ______ ______ this one.
3. Jim is seven. Tom is ten. Peter is twelve.
Jim is ______ than Tom. Peter is ______ than Tom. Jim is _____ _____ of the three. Peter is _____ _____ of the three.
四、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. Jim often _________ (have) a swim in the morning.
2. She ________ (not like) English.
3. I _________ (make) a paper plane next week.
4. It _____ (be) seven now. Mike and Joan __________ (have) breakfast.
初二英语单元测试卷（Unit 1 ~ 3）
一、语音
指出划线部分的读音与所给单词相同的一个: 10%
( )1. usually A. television B. those C. yours D. skirt
( )2. walk A. wash B. water C. what D. watch
( )3. moon A. book B. look C. floor D. do
( )4. long A. night B. hungry C. autumn D. kind
( )5. parent A. hair B. farm C. carry D. car
( )6. glass A. sure B. English C. excuse D. bus
( )7. autumn A. Australia B. daughter
C. blouse D. about
( )8. than A. eighth B. twelfth
C. another D. thank
( )9. delicious A. policeman B. fine C. driver D. frisby
( )10. sun A. student B. full C. must D. put二、词汇
A) 找出适当的字母或字母组合, 使单词完整、正确:
( )1. Th __ sday A. or B. er C. ur D. ea 8%
( )2. ei __ h A. gh B. ght C. pht D. ph
( )3. blackb __ d A. or B. ur C. ar D. oar
( )4. O __ ber A. to B. toc C. cto D. tou
( )5. f __ th A. or B. our C. ou D. ur
( )6. pion __ A. ier B. eir C. eer D. ior
( )7. r __ d A. ou B. oun C. own D. aun
( )8. __ dle A. med B. mi C. mid D. me
B) 按要求写出下列单词的相应形式: 10%
1. tall (反义词) _________ 2. three (序数词) _________
3. foot (复数) ___________ 4. shop (现在分词) _______
5. hungry (比较级) _______ 6. nine (序数词) _________
7. good (比较级) _________ 8. big (最高级) __________
9. sun (同音词) __________ 10. lesson (同义词) _______
C) 将下列汉语译成英语: 5%
1. 下次_________________ 2. 这学期_______________
3. 看上去一样___________ 4. 点名_________________
5. 呆在户外_____________
三、选择填空：25%
( )1. There are ____ on the table.
A. a piece of paper B. a piece of papers
C. two pieces of paper D. two pieces of papers
( )2. How does Jim go to school every day ? ____ foot.
A. On B. on C. By D. by
( )3. I have your names ____ this piece of paper.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
( )4. Look! Who ____ basketball over there?
A. are playing B. is playing C. playing D. play
( )5. Welcome back ____ school , boys and girls.
A. at B. in C. to D. on
( )6. I' m sorry ____.
A. to late B. of late C. I late D. I' m late
( )7. This is Lesson One , ____.
A. First lesson B. the first lesson
B. first lesson D. lesson first
( )8. “____ do you call these cakes ?”
“We call them mooncakes.”
A. Why B. How C. What D. When
( )9. The classroom ___ three doors and many windows.
A. there is B. there are C. have D. has
( )10. He is going to help me ____ my English.
A. to B. with C. at D. on
( )11. He is ____ in the class.
A. young B. younger C. the youngest D. older
( )12. His English is the best ____ the three.
A. of B. in C. than D. all
( )13. This ruler is ____ than that one.
A. short B. much shorter
C. much short D. more shorter
( )14. I' d like you ____ an English song.
A. singing us B. to sing us
C. singing our D. to sing our
( )15. My pencil is longer than ____.
A. him B. Lily C. Lily' s D. our
( )16. He will be back ___ school ___ tomorrow morning.
A. to , on B. at , in C. to , in D. at , /
( )17. It' s a fine day ____ a walk.
A. for B. at C. in D. on
( )18. How ____ your father ____ to work every day.
A. is , going B. is , goes
C. does , go D. does , goes
( )19. Can we see ____ moon in the daytime ?
A. a B. an C. the D. /
( )20. Our teacher usually ____ home.
A. walk B. walks C. walks to D. walk to
( )21. People eat mooncakes ____ Mid-Autumn Day.
A. on B. in C. at D. /
( )22. I like the mooncakes ____ eggs ____ them.
A. has , in B. with , in C. have , with
( )23. We don' t like to go out ____.
A. at the night B. at night
C. in the night D. in night
( )24. Everyone in Chine ____ eating mooncakes.
A. like B. likes C. is liking D. is likes
( )25. What' s the English ____ Zhong Qiu Jie?
A. ou B. in C. for D. with
四、句型转换：16%
1. Marry wants to go shopping. (划线提问)
_______________________________________________
2. I usually go to school by bus. (同上)
_______________________________________________
3. Peter listens to the radio. (改为现在进行时)
_______________________________________________
4. He is answering the teacher' s questions. (划线提问)
_______________________________________________
5. Please call me Lily. (改成否定句)
_______________________________________________
6. Kate usually has lunch at school. (划线提问)
_______________________________________________
7. The girl in red is Tom' s sister. (同上)
_______________________________________________
8. She does housework every day. (改成一般疑问句)
_______________________________________________
五、根据下列句子的内容，按顺序整理成对话：8%
A. May I have a look at it ?
B. Ah , you' re reading the newspapers.
C. Thank you.
D. Yes , there' s a funny (有趣的) story.
E. Oh , I' m not doing anything. Is there something interesting in the newspaper ?
F. You' re welcome.
G. Yes , I am. What are you doing ?
H. Certainly. Here you are.
1. ( )2. ( )3. ( )4. ( )5. ( )6. ( )7. ( )8. ( )
六、完形填空：15%
It is 1___ o' clock. The children 2___ to school by car every day , 3___ today they are going to school on 4___.
It is ten o' clock. Mrs Sawyer usually 5___ at home in the morning , but today she is going to 6___.
It is four o' clock. In the afternoon Mr Sawyer 7___ tea 8___ the living room. but this afternoon she is drinking 9___in the garden.
It is six o' clock , In the evening , the children usually do their 10___ , but 11___ they 12 ___ in the garden.
It is nine o' clock Mr Sawyer usually 13__ his newspaper at night. But he 14___ his newspaper tonight. At the moment , he is reading 15___ interesting book.
( )1. A. at eight B. in eight C. eight D. the eight
( )2. A. go B. goes C. si going D. are going
( )3. A. and B. but C. or D. so
( )4. A. feet B. their foot C. foot D. the foot
( )5. A. lives B. live C. stays D. stay
( )6. A. the shops B. shop C. shopping D. shops
( )7. A. drink usually B. usually drink
C. drinks usually D. usually drinks
( )8. A. at B. on C. in D. of
( )9. A. a tea B. tea C. teas D. the tea
( )10. A. homework B. homeworks
C. the homework D. the homeworks
( )11. A. in this evening B. at this evening
C. this evening D. on the evening
( )12. A. play B. are playing C. are play D. plays
( )13. A. sees B. reads C. looks D. watch
( )14. A. doesn' t read B. doesn' t look
C. isn' t reading D. isn' t looking
( )15. A. an B. a C. the D. /
七、用动词的适当形式填空：3%
1. Li Lei usually ___________ (watch) TV on Saturday evening.
2. My father ___________ (work) at 6 : 30 every day.
3. Listen , one of the students ___________ (sing) under the tree.
初二英语期中练习卷（Unit1--7）
一. 找出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词:5%
( )1. A. pion eer B. h ear C. h air D. y ear
( )2. A. ch icken B. ma ch ine C. ch eap D. rea ch
( )3. A. th ird B. th row C. wi th D. mon th
( )4. A. w al l B. sm al l C. t al l D. al so
( )5. A. min u t B. b u s C. c u p D. h u ngry
二.词汇:10%
A. 根据句子的意思, 用适当的词填空:5%
1. We hare three m______ in a day .
2. It can be d_______ to climb trees.
3. There are many a_____ in the Zoo.
4. The apples are too high and they are hard to r_____.
5. W______ is the third day of a week.
B. 根据汉语意思 , 有词组的适当形式填空 (每空一 词)5%
1. Look! The children are ____ _____ _____ _____ (玩 得很高兴) in the park.
2. Jim ____ _____ _____ (善于) English.
3. Monkeys are jumping and running _____ _____ ____ (一直)
三. 选择题:20%
( )1._____ first girl is ____ shortest of all.
A. A, the B. The, the C. the , a D. A ,×
( )2. It's time _____ supper now.
A. for B. to have C. with D. to
( )3.Would you like to come? ______
A. I like B. Yes , I'd love to
C. No , I don't D. Yes, thanks
( )4. There are ______ people in the USA than in China.
A. many B. much C. few D. fewer
( )5. Let's go and ______ the pandas .
A. look B. lood at C. see D. have a look ( )6. Linda is better _____ English than Jim.
A. at B. on C. in D. with
( )7. I'm going to help you ____ your homework___ ___ evening.
A. in at B. with on C. with this D. with in
( )8._______ troursers are longer than ______
A. My your B. Mine yours
C. Mine your D. My yours
( )9. Let's ______ half past six.
A. make it B. make at
C. make it at D. make
( )10. Please give me ______ paper.
A. A piece big of B. a piece of big
C. a big piece D. a big piece of
( )11.They have ______ homework to do.
A. many quite B. a lot quite
C. quite many D. quite a lot of
( )12. --_____ is the farm form our school?
--- About three kilometres.
A. How long B. How far
C. How much D. How many
( )13. They are going to play ___ football tomorrow.
A. a B. an C. the D. /
( )14. Give me ______, please.
A. a few paper B. a little tea
C. a few bread D. a little apples
( )15. The Greens _______ having lunch.
A. is B. do C./ D. are
( )16. I hear one of the students ____ from England
A. come B. comes C. is coming D.are coming
( )17. Please come to school _____ earlier.
A. a little B. a few C. some D. little
( )18. I _______ a basketball tomorrow.
A. go to watch B. am going to see
C. go to see D. am going to watch
( )19. It's cold (冷) outside. ______more clothes
A. Wear B. Put on C. take off D. Have
( )20. ______ delicious the apples are !
A. How B. What C. How a D. What a
四. 改写句子:9%
1. Why don't you go with your mothte. (改为同义句)
Why _____ _____ with your mother?
2. Ann is younger than Bill. (改为同义句)
Bill is _____ _____ Ann.
3. It's eight kilometres from here to my school. ( 划线提问)
_______ ______ is it from here to your school.
4. There is a knife on the table .(改为复数)
There _____ _____ _____ on the table.
5. We are going to meet outside the school gate . (同3 )
______ ______ you going to meet?
6. We are going to come back at eleven . (同3)
______ _______ are you going to come back?
7. They have no classes on Saturday. (同义替换)
They ______ have _____ classes on saturday.
8. Put on your shoes, Please. (否定祈使句)
______ put on your shoes , please.
9. This lesson is very easy. (改为感叹句)
______ ______ the lesson is !
五. 口语应用. (10%)
1. -- You speak English very well.
--- _____________________________
A. No, I don't think B. No, my English isn't good
C. Thank you D. You speak better than I.
2. --- Shall we go and see the elephant?
--- _________________________________
A. let's go to see the panda.
B. no , let's go and see the panda.
C. No, I can't go D. Yes , I can go
3. --- Give me some paper , please.
---- _________________________
A. Give you B. No, I can't
C. Here you are D. Yes , please
4. — May I borrow your pen ?
---- _______________________
A. sorry, it's brken B. You can't
C. No, you mustn't D. You are welcome.
5.--- We're going to watch a football game (比赛).
Why not go with us?
--- ___________________
A. that's a good idea B. Good ideas
C. I can go D. thank you
六. 用所给动词的正确形式填空: (10%)
1. I want ______ ______ (go) to the shop with you.
2. Sometimes my partents ________ (watch) TV on Saturday evening.
3. There _____ (be) a football match (比赛) this evening.
4. They ______ ______ (work) hard on the farm.
5. The twins _____ _____ _____ _____ (play) basketball next Sunday.
6. We' d like you _____ _____ (pick) the apples with us.
7. Let Mary _______ (have) a good time.
8. He likes _______(swim) best in Summer (夏天) .
9. Why not _______ (ask) that policeman.
10. The boy _____ _____ (not watch) TV every evening.
七. 看图填词: 11%
1. 2.
_____ _____ _____ _____ three _____ of _____
3.
The ______ looks ______ ______ duck
4.
Li Ming is good at _______
5.
LiLy is good at _______
八. 完型填空: (10%)
1___ Sunday today. There are a lot of people 2___ the park. 3___! Some students are boating on the lake (湖). Six boys 4___ a game. 5___ old man is walking 6___ the garden(花园) . There are some 7___ over there. They are 8___ kites. Some young people are reading 9___ the tree. All of 10___ are having a good time.
( )1. A. This' s B. That' s C. It D. It' s
( )2. A. in B. on C. to D. with
( )3. A. See B. Watch C. Look D. Look at
( )4. A. are play B. are playing C. to play D. are to play ( )5. A. a B. the C. An D. /
( )6. A. around B. of C. for D. with
( )7. A. child B. children C. student D. boy
( )8. A. fly B. flies C. flying D. to fly
( )9. A. under B. on C. of D. for
( )10. A. they B. them C. theirr D. theirs
九. 阅读理解(10%)
(A)
Dear Lucy ,
I' m in Beijing now. I will spend (度过) the next years here. I' m in No. 6 Middle School. It' s a good school. The people thered are very friendly. My best friend is Wei Hua and my favourite (爱好) is roast Beijing duck (北京烤鸭).
Now I' m writing to you in my bed room. We have a new home here in China. It' s different from our old home in New York. Our new house is white , and the old one is red. The walls of my bedroom are blue. My mother is watering some flowers. My father is mending a car. I' m going to do my homework. Please write back soon.
Love from
Sam
( )1. What school is Sam in ? _____.
A. No. 5 Middle School B. No. 6 Middle School
C. No. 7 Middle School D. No. 1 Middle School ( )2. Who' s Sam' s best friend in China ? _____.
A. Li Lei B. Lucy C. Jim D. Wei Hua
( )3. What colour are the walls of Sam' s bedroom? ___. A. Red B. White C. Blue D. Green
( )4. What' s Sam' s father doing ? _____.
A. Mending a plane B. Watering some flowers
C. Mending a car D. Teaching English
( )5. Where' s Sam from ? _____.
A. England B. Australia C. America D. Japan
(B)
Mary has four cousins (堂、表兄弟/姐妹). They are Betty , Peter , Bill and Ann. Mary is the oldest of the five. Betty is thirteen years old. She' s two years younger than Mary and one year oler than Peter. Bill is nine and Ann , the youngest , is seven years old.
Both Betty and Peter like running. They can run very fast. Peter is one of the fastest boys in his class. Mary and Betty like swimming. Mary swims much faster that Betty.
Mary and Betty study in a middle school. Peter , Bill and Ann are in Primary school. They don' t often work hard , but Betty does. She works the hardeest.
( )1. How mary people are there in this passage (短文)?
A. Five B. Four C. three D. six
( )2. How old is Mary ? She is _____ old.
A. thirteen years B. two years
C. eleven years D. fifteen years
( )3. Bill is _____ younger than Peter.
A. two years B. three years
C. one years D. we don' t know
( )4. _____ like running.
A. Betty B. Mary and Peter
C. Betty and Peter D. Peter
( )5. “A primary school”means (意思是) _____.
A. 中学 B. 初中 C. 幼儿园 D. 小学
十. 改病句. 5%
( )1. We are going to the park with Kate on next Friday.
A B C D
( )2. Would you like to have any bananas ?
A B C D
( )3. There are many bikes over there . One of them are broken.
A B C D
( )4. He usually walks to home on foot .
A B C D
( )5. Can you come back a little earliest this evening ?
A B C D
初二英语听力训练与测试 Unit 1 ~ 2
一、 听句子, 选择你所听到的正确的单词 (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. red B. twelve C. dress D. read
( )2. A. say B. stay C. may D. way
( )3. A. wall B. small C. talk D. call
( )4. A. bag B. bed C. black D. back
( )5. A. first B. third C. shirt D. skirt
二、听句子, 选择正确的答案: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. I think the shop is _____.
A. open B. clean C. closed D. big
( )2. We don' t have _____ lessons on Saturday morning.
A. two B. six C. three D. four
( )3. Li Lin is helping Lucy with her _____.
A. Chinese B. English C. French D. German
( )4. Look at _____. How nice it is !
A. the blue sea B. the blackboard
C. the red house D. the white flower
( )5. May I ahve _____, please ? Certainly.
A. a bottle of orange B. a cup of tea
C. a piece of paper D. two pieces of bread
三、听对话, 选择正确的答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. A. It' s the last day of this term today.
B. It' s the first day of this term today.
C. It' s the first Sunday of this term today.
D. It' s the third Monday of this term today.
( )2. A. Yes , he is. B. No , they aren' t.
C. No , not everyone. D. Yes , they are.
( )3. A. Mr Gao. B. Mr Wu.
C. Miss Chen. D. Mrs Wu.
( )4. A. English. B. French. C. Chinese. D. Russian.
( )5. A. She likes it a little.
B. She likes it very much.
C. She doesn' t like it at all.
D. Sorry , I don' t know.
四、听录音, 选择意思相似的句子: (每句念两遍)
( )1. A. There is little food on the table.
B. There is not much food on the table.
C. There is too much food on the table.
D. There is much food on the table.
( )2. A. Do you go to work by bus every day ?
B. Do you go to work by car every day ?
C. Do you walk to work every day ?
D. Do you go to work by bike every day ?
( )3. A. My father is at home at six every morning.
B. My father is at work at six every morning.
C. My father goes home at six every morning.
D. My father comes back home at six every morning.
( )4. A. Lucy is helping them with their French.
B. Lucy is helping them to study English.
C. Lucy is helping him to study English.
D. Lucy is helping them with their Chinese.
( )5. A. All right. B. No.
C. Not at all. D. It doesn' t matter.
( )6. A. Lily is from France.
B. Lily comes from England.
C. Lily comes from Japan.
D. Lily is from Australia.
初二英语听力训练与测试 Unit 1~7
一、 听句子, 选择你所听到的正确的单词 (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. walk B. talk C. wall D. small
( )2. A. hers B. work C. shirt D. girl
( )3. A. watch B. water C. walk D. also
( )4. A. blue B. broom C. soon D. food
( )5. A. bus B. nut C. but D. last
二、听录音, 选择意思相似的句子: (每组念两遍)
( )1. A. This pen is longer than that one.
B. This pen is heavier than that one.
C. This pen is cheaper than that one.
D. This pen is newer than that one.
( )2. A. Jim goes to work at a quarter past eight.
B. Jim goes to work at a quarter to eight.
C. Jim goes to school at a quarter past eight.
D. Jim goes to school at a quarter to eight.
( )3. A. Li Ping is doing his homework.
B. Li Ping is doing some reading.
C. Li Ping is doing some cleaning.
D. Li Ping is doing some washing.
( )4. A. My brother usually takes a bus to work , but sometimes he walks.
B. My sister usually walks to work.
C. My brother usually rides a bike to work.
D. My sister usually takes a bus to school.
( )5. A. They are going to Shanghai at seven thirty.
B. They are going to meet at seven thirteen.
C. They are going to meet at the school gate.
D. They are going to stay there.
三、听对话, 选择正确的答案: (对话念两遍)
( )1. Jim is going to bed ___ because he is going to ___ tomorrow.
A. early / play basketball B. early / work on a farm
C. late / have a rest D. late / stop the work
( )2. Jim and his friends are going to _____.
A. help some farmers clean the houses
B. help some farmers learn English
C. help some farmers pick oranges
D. help some farmers pick apples
( )3. _____ asks Jim to let her go with him.
A. Jim' s friend , Kate B. Jim' s younger brother
B. Jim' s younger sister D. Jim' s mother
( )4. Jim' s younger sister ___ help him with the apple pick.
A. can B. can' t C. does D. doesn' t
( )5. At last Jim is going to _____.
A. let her go with him B. let him stay at home
C. tell Mother about it D. play a game with her
四、听短文, 选择正确的答案: (短文念两遍)
( )1. A. England. B. America. C. Australia. D. Canada.
( )2. A. Ten. B. Eleven. C. Twelve. D. Twenty.
( )3. A. Blue. B. Red. C. Green. D. Black.
( )4. A. His father. B. His mother.
C. His teacher. D. Polly.
( )5. A. A lot. B. A lot of.
B. Few. D. A little.
初二英语第十二单元练习
一、指出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词：
( )1. f or get A. w or se B. sp or t C. doct or D. p or ridge
( )2. f oo d A. n oo dle B. b oo kshop C. c oo k D. f u ll
( )3. J a nuary A. d a te B. a nimal C. veget a ble D. t a ble
( )4. u ncle A. u sually B. J u ne C. p u zzle D. J u ly
( )5. t i ger A. n i nth B. g i ve C. l i ve D. l i ft
( )6. st ay A. m ay B. weekd ay
C. Saturd ay D. yesterd ay
( )7. M ar ch A. qu ar ter B. st ar t C. dr aw D. au tumn
( )8. c o ld A. ag o B. p or ridge C. O ctober D. sec o nd
( )9. F e bruary A. n e ver B. veg e table
C. chick e n D. r e member
( )10. r ea d A. id ea B. s ea C. gr ea t D. h ea d
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. stop (过去式)_________ 2. dumping (名词复数)_____
3. cold (比较级)_________ 4. has (现在分词)__________
5. forget (反义词)________ 6. half (复数形式)_________
7. after (反义词)_________ 8. thirty (序数词)__________
9. before (同义词)________ 10. carry (过去式)_________
三、将下列汉语译成英语：
1. 开家长会______________________
2. 早餐吃稀饭____________________
3. 几天前_________________________
4. 下课后_________________________
5. 最喜欢的食物___________________
6. 放学后踢足球___________________
7. 有点冷__________________________
8. 三点钟之前______________________
9. 在十二月三日____________________
10. 练习本_________________________
四、选择填空：
( )1. —What' s the date today? —_____.
A. It' s Monday B. It' s Wednesday
C. It' s on September 2 D. It' s October 1
( )2. What _____ you _____ for lunch yesterday?
A. do , have B. did , having
C. did , have D. did , to have
( )3. We started this lesson _____.
A. three days before B. three days after
C. before three days D. three days ago
( )4. There are sixty minutes in _____ hour.
A. a B. an C. the D. this
( )5. —Did you have your lunch at twelve? —_____.
A. Yes , I had B. I had my lunch at eleven
C. No , I didn' t D. No , I hadn' t
( )6. Would you like _____?
A. some noodles B. any noodles
C. some noodle D. any noodle
( )7. Sunday is _____ day in a week.
A. the first B. the last
C. the second D. best
( )8. They _____ a meeting this evening.
A. have not B. don' t have
C. have no D. not have
( )9. When _____ you _____ home yesterday?
A. did , get to B. do , get
C. were , get D. did , get
( )10. —Did you have lunch at school or at home today?
—_____.
A. I have it at home B. Yes , I had it at home C. No , I didn' t D. I had it at school
( )11. My father __ here yesterday , but he __ back today.
A. isn' t , is B. didn' t , is
C. wasn' t , is D. weren' t , was
( )12. _____ out of the window in class.
A. Don' t to look B. Do not look
C. Please not look D. Don' t look
( )13. What _____ you _____ after breakfast every day?
A. do , do B. did , do
C. were , do D. are , doing
( )14. Which is your _____?
A. favourite month B. favourite months
C. best favourite month D. favourite monthes
( )15. _____ you _____ to see him last Monday?
A. Did , went B. Did , go
C. Were , go D. Do , go
( )16. —_____ did you see him? —About a week ago.
A. How long B. How often
C. When D. How
( )17. We are going ___ two Chinese lessons next week.
A. to have B. to be C. have D. having
( )18. I' m hungry. Please _____ me something to eat.
A. to bring B. to take C. bring D. take
( )19. There aren' t many apples on the tree, but you can pick _____.
A. a few B. a little C. much D. many
( )20. There are _____ days in a year.
A. three hundreds and sixty-five
B. three hundreds sixty-five
C. three hundred and sixty-five
D. three hundred sixty-five
五、根据句意，填入适当的词：
1. There are twenty-four ________ in a day.
2. November comes before ______ and after ______.
3. June 1st is _______ Day.
4. I was in England three years _______.
5. _______ is the last day of a week.
6. What was the date the day _______ yesterday?
7. It' s much colder today _______ yesterday?
8. I met my friend on my _______ to school.
六、按要求变换下列句型：
1. I like May the best. (同义替换)
May is my ______ ______.
2. Taking a short rest after lunch is good for our health. (同上)
It' s good for our health _____ _____ a short rest after lunch.
3. August comes after July. (同上)
July comes _______ _______.
4. They had a class meeting after class . (划线提问)
______________________________________________
5. He bought some fruit this morning. (改一般疑问句)
______________________________________________
6. Sam had bread and rice for breakfast this morning.(同4)
_____________________________________________
7. It' s June 2nd today. (用yesterday 改写)
______________________________________________
8. They are having a good time now. (用last week 改写)
______________________________________________
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. When ____ you usually ______ (start) your meeting in the morning?
2. How many classes _____ you _____ (have) last week?
3. —____ you ____ (do) eye exercises yesterday?
—Yes. I ____.
4. There _____ (be) a football game last Friday.
There __________ (be) another football game next week.
5. I ________ (not do) my homework yesterday because I _____ (be) ill bed.
6. —____ he ____ (do) his homework at home yesterday evening?
—Yes. He always _____ his homework at home.
7. Mr Green ______ (come) to China two weeks ago. And he ______________ (stay) here for two years.
8. Bill _______ (go) to school on foot yesterday. His bike ____ (be) broken.
八、阅读理解：
One day a monkey looked through the window of our classroom. It was very hungry and wanted to find something to eat. First it looked in the cupboard (碗橱) but there was nothing there. Then Miss Tan , out teacher came in. She didn' t see the monkey and she began to write on the blackboard. The monkey opened Miss Tan' s desk and found an apple. And it began to eat it. After it finish the apple , he jumped on to John' s knee (膝盖) and looked at John' s book , When Miss Tan asked a question , the monkey put its hand up! Miss Tan was very surprise (惊讶) and the children laughed (笑). The monkey jumped out of the window.
( )1. The Monkey jumped into the classroom because _____.
A. it wanted to answer Miss Tan' s questions.
B. it wanted to look for an apple.
C. it wanted to play with John.
D. it wanted to look for something to eat.
( )2. The Monkey found an apple _____.
A. in John' s desk B. on John' s knee
C. in Miss Tan' s desk D. on Miss' s desk
( )3. There was _____ in John' s desk.
A. not anything B. a lot of books
C. many apples d. Jon' s school bag
( )4. _____ answered Miss Tan' s question.
A. John B. the monkey C. Nobody D. all the students
( )5. Which of the following is true?
A. The monkey jumped away at last (最后) .
B. The monkey didn' t leave the classroom at last.
C. The monkey passed the apples from one student to another.
D. All the students listened to Miss Tan very carefully (认真地).
初二英语第十三单元练习卷
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分共有几种发音：
A：一种 B：两种 C：三种 D：四种
A B C D
( )1. because aunt score before
( )2. bought touch found delicious
( )3. France ago date January
( )4. quick quarter question quite
( )5. enjoy went often when
( )6. move second November popular
( )7. mean meant cleaner idea
( )8. always usually yesterday wasn' t
( )9. finished watched wanted stayed
( )10. write wrong rest when
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式
1. get (过去式)_____________ 2. stay (过去式)_____________
3. France (形容词)__________ 4. quick (副词)_____________
5. reach (现在分词)__________ 6. will (过去式)____________
7. did (原形动词)____________ 8. English (国家名称)_______
9. less (反义词)_____________ 10. need (过去式)___________
三、将下列汉语译成英语：
1. 保持忙碌________________________
2. 在上学的路上_____________________
3. 搬到北京_________________________
4. 住在法国_________________________
5. 在十点半之前_____________________
6. 这个问题的答案___________________
7. 休息一会儿_______________________
8. 两玻璃杯水_______________________
9. 煮晚饭___________________________
10. 一整天__________________________
四、选择填空：
( )1. —What' s the date today? —_____.
A. April the twenty-third B. April the twenty-three
C. April the twenty third D. April the twenty three
( )2. The boy stayed here _____ yesterday.
A. all day B. all the days C. all days D. a day
( )3. —_____ do you come to China?
—Because the people here are very friendly.
A. Why B. How C. What time D. When
( )4. —How long did you play football yesterday? —_____.
A. Never B. Always
C. More than two hours D. Sometimes
( )5. My mother usually has _____ rest after lunch.
A. a few B. a little C. little D. few6.
( )6. The little girl ran to me _____.
A. quickly B. quick C. quite D. quitely
( )7. Does your grandpa _____ with you?
A. enjoy to live B. enjoyed living
C. enjoy living D. enjoying living
( )8. Please give me _____.
A. two glass of teas B. two glasses of teas
C. two glasses tea D. two glasses of tea
( )9. She often helps her mother _____.
A. do housework B. do houseworks
C. does housework D. does houseworks
( )10. They stayed in the room for _____.
A. half an hour B. half hour
C. half of an hour D. half hours
( )11. —Who taught you English last term? —_____.
A. Mr Wu is B. Mr Wu was
C. Mr Wu does D. Mr Wu did
( )12. There is _____“m”in the word“number”.
A. a B. an C. the D. /
( )13. We are going to _____ a busy day tomorrow.
A. have B. take C. be D. having
( )14. He often buys food for supper _____.
A. on one' s way home B. on him way home
C. on his way to home D. on his way home
( )15. —Shall we have a short rest? —_____.
A. Yes , you shall B. Yes , we do
C. That' s right D. That' s a good idea
( )16. _____ me an English book , please.
A. Bring B. Take C. Carry D. Borrow
( )17. _____ you _____ to work by bus last week?
A. Do , go B. Did , went C. Did , goes D. Did , go
( )18. —What day is today? —_____.
A. It' s July 1 , 1995 B. It' s a fine day today
C. It' s a fine day for a walk D. It' s Wednesday
( )19. Who is going to _____ at the meeting?
A. speak B. say C. talk D. tell
( )20. —Is Peter better than yesterday?
—No , he is a little _____.
A. bad B. best C. worst D. worse
五、介词填空:
1. Every day she gets up _____ 7 o' clock _____ the morning.
2. Please answer the questions _____ page 50.
3. He was born _____ the morning _____ Jan. 13 , 1991.
4. He had porridge and fruit _____ lunch every day.
5. How many days are there _____ a year?
6. The students are going to the zoo _____ class.
六、按要求变换下列句型：
1. I was born in Paris on January 15 , 1982. (划线提问)
_________________________________________________
2. The Green family moved to the town a month ago. (同上)
__________________________________________________
3. Mike didn' t come to school because he was ill. (同上)
__________________________________________________
4. We didn' t do eye exercises this morning. (改为肯定句)
__________________________________________________
5. The children had a good time in the park. (同义替换)
The children _______ _______ in the park.
6. They usually have a rest for thirty minutes after lunch. (同上)
They usually have a rest for _____ _____ _____ after lunch.
7. Mr Wang never goes to work late. He always gets to his office the earliest of all. (同上)
Mr Wang _____ never _____ _____ work. He always ______ his office the earliest of all.
8. My brother had nothing for breakfast. (同上)
My brother _____ have __________ for breakfast.
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:
1. _____ they _____ (leave) China last month?
2. Kate ______ (stay) at home and did her homework.
3. Do they enjoy ______ (live) in China?
4. There _____ (be) a meeting yesterday evening.
5. —Where _____ (be ) Jack , Do you know?
—Sorry , I don' t know. He _____ (be) here a moment ago.
6. My mother _____ (keep)me busy yesterday.
7. Who ________ (clean) the classroom? Bill did.
8. They ________ (not have) any meetings yesterday. They _________ (have) it next Juesday.
9. She _______ (not be) in the office ten minutes ago.
10. He _______ (study)in the No. 1 Middle School. He ______(start) in this school fifteen months ago.
八、改病句: (每句只有一处错, 指出并订正在横线上)
( )1. He got a new work here , so his family moved here. __
A B C D
( )2. Uncle Wang enjoys to making kites for the students. __
A B C D
( )3. He bought much meat and vegetables on his way home.__
A B C D
( )4. How far it is from the town to the city? _____
A B C D
( )5. Because I have a lot of homework to do , I didn' t go
A B C
to see him yesterday. _____
D
( )6. My teacher gave me two pieces of paper with answers
A B
on it. _____
C D
( )7. Did you get home half past ten ago yesterday? _____
A B C D
( )8. Yesterday I went to Jim' s home and find he was ill in
A B C D
bed. _____
九、完形填空:
A few years 1___ there was a man 2___ Johnbson is England. One day he said 3___ one of his friends ,“ I am going 4___ China for my holidays (假期) this year. But I 5___ know Chinese. So I am going to study it 6___ I go.”He studied very hard 7___ a month , then he 8___ to China for his holidays. He came back 9___ a few days. He told his friend that he didn' t enjoy himself in China 10___ he couldn' t understand amybody and no one understood him.
A B C D
( )1. before after ago them
( )2. called calling call name
( )3. to for at in
( )4. for to with from
( )5. don' t really do doesn' t
( )6. after before from when
( )7. for in with on
( )8. goes went going is going
( )9. after before later for
( )10. because so why but
初二英语期末试卷练习
一、指出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个词：
( )1. opposite A. total B. conductor
C. porridge D. hope
( )2. diagram A. will B. April C. ticket D. dialogue
( )3. said A. train B. again C. say D. says
( )4. town A. out B. grow C. autumn D. know
( )5. health A. clothes B. than C. with D. thirtieth
( )6. fruit A. building B. build
C. popular D. June
( )7. listenen A. carried B. needed
C. helped D. wanted
( )8. beeter A. conductor B. worse
C. more D. born
( )9. sure A. sir B. soccer C. machine D. touch
( )10. example A. last B. wash C. animal D. diagram 二、找出适当的字母或字母组合，使单词完整：
( )1. re __ ber A. mem B. men C. mon D. min
( )2. condu __ A. tor B. ter C. tur D. tir
( )3. vill __ e A. ag B. eg C. ig D. agg
( )4. hospit __ A. al B. er C. el D. ul
( )5. be __ se A. cor B. kau C. cau D. kou
( )6. e __ cise A. xor B. ker C. xer D. ker
( )7. s __ eet A. tr B. dr C. st D. ds
( )8. t __ n A. er B. ur C. ir D. or
( )9. Fran __ A. ch B. sh C. ce D. se
( )10. __ our A. wh B. w C. h D. ph
三、用所给词的正确形式填空：
1. Can you tell me the way to the _______ hospital? (near)
2. Don' t run so _______ in the street. (quick)
3. He _______ his car to work every day. (driver)
4. December is the _______ month of the year. (twelve)
5. I have _______ books than you. (few)
6. Please put these _______ on the table. (vegetable)
7. How many _______ can the students have ? (guess)
8. _______ very much. (thank)
9. You must do the work _______. (you)
10. He lived in China for _______ than one year. (little)
四、选择填空：
( )1. ____ in my class are very good at running.
A. Some of girls B. Some of the girl
C. Some of the girls D. Some girl
( )2. What is she ____?
A. finding B. looking
C. looking for D. look for
( )3. There are some new words on the blackboard.
Please ____.
A. write it down B. write down it
C. write them down D. write down them
( )4. You had better ____ late for the meeting.
A. not be B. not to be
C. be not D. don' t be
( )5. —How is your brother? —____.
A. He' s very good B. He' s very old
C. He' s very well D. He' s very strong
( )6. I' m hungry. Please ____ me something to eat.
A. bring B. take C. to bring D. to take
( )7. I ____ him , but I ____ nothing.
A. heard , listened B. listened to , heard
C. listen , hear D. hear to , listen
( )8. —How ____ you ____ there? —I walked there.
A. do , go to B. did , go
C. were , go D. did , go to
( )9. —Please pass me a pen , please. —____.
A. Give you B. All right
C. That' s all right D. That' s right
( )10. __ and __ the first turning , you' ll find the post office.
A. Take right , take B. Turn the right , take
C. Take right , turn D. Turn right , take
( )11. My mother ____ a rest after work.
A. have not B. has not
C. doesn' t have D. doesn' t has
( )12. September comes ____ August.
A. about B. behind C. after D. befrore
( )13. We must read and write ____.
A. careful B. carefully C. carefuly D. care
( )14. Mike has ____ a lot of good friends at school.
A. quite B. many C. very D. some
( )15. There are ____ students in our grade.
A. three hundreds of B. three hundred of
C. three hundreds D. three hundred
( )16. His father went to London ____ 1991.
A. in B. on C. at D. from
( )17. ____ I open the window?
A. Shall B. Do C. Am D. Would
( )18. —May I borrow your pen ? —____.
A. No , you can' t B. Yes , thank you
C. Sorry , I' m using it now D. Excuse me , I can' t
( )19. —____ is she ? —She is a teacher.
A. Who B. What C. Whose D. Which
( )20. It' s ____ walk from our school to the station.
A. half an hour' s B. half a hour' s
C. half an hour D. half a hour
( )21. —Happy new year! —____.
A. Thank you B. That' s all right
C. Good-bye D. The same to you
( )22. Which floor do you ____?
A. live on B. live C. live in D. live at
( )23. Li Lei likes the mooncake ____ nuts ____ it.
A. with , on B. with , in
C. not , in D. has , in
( )24. Sometimes the students eat the food ____ the road.
A. on B. in C. under D. at
( )25. Many young people like to work in ____.
A. the America B. the USA
C. an USA D. an America
( )26. I like May ____ January.
A. best of B. best than
C. better than D. better of
( )27. The chicken is ten yuan a kilo. That' s ____ dear.
A. too many B. too much
C. many too D. much too
( )28. —Where did you buy the trousers?
— I ____ in the shop near here.
A. bought it B. buy them
C. bought them D. buy it
( )29. Can you find the anwser ____ this question?
A. of B. to C. with D. in
( )30. Did you do ____ homework?
A. your all B. all your C. you all D. all you
五、连词成句：
1. ill , because , didn' t he , come , was , here.
__________________________________________________
2. on , please , along , and , the , first , right , walk , road , take , turning.
__________________________________________________
3. than , yesterday , it , much , is today , colder.
___________________________________________________
4. put , he , the , fridge , yesterday , meat , in.
___________________________________________________
5. last , floors , he , use , doesn' t , life , the , why , the for , three.
__________________________________________________
6. closed , eyes , the keep , their , students , other.
__________________________________________________
六、按要求变换下列句型：
1. He lived in Japan for about three years. (划线提问)
__________________________________________________
2. It' s October 30 , 1995. (同上)
__________________________________________________
3. He found a pen on the road. (同上)
__________________________________________________
4. He went to school on foot. (用 by bike 改为选择问句)
__________________________________________________
5. He was late for class yesterday. (用 early 改为选择问句)
__________________________________________________
6. My mother has her lunch at the factory. (改一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________
7. He was born in a small village not far from Beijing. (同义替换)
He was born in a small village ________ Beijing.
8. She had a short rest. After that she helped he mother. (同上)
She helped her mother _________ she had a short rest.
9. I like football best. (同上)
Football is my ________ sport.
10. He didn' t like living in the city , so he moved to the village. (同上)
He moved to the village ________ he didn' t like living in the city.
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:
1. What _____ you _____ (do) the day before yesterday?
2. Listen! Who ________ (sing) an English song over there?
3. There _____ (be) a football game tomorrow afternoon. But they ________ (not watch) it. They ______ (have) three classes then.
4. Who _______ (speak) at the meeting now? Mr Wu _____, I think.
5.—What _____ you _____ (do) here?
—I _______ (read) a book. I ________ (borrow) it form our teacher this morning.
6. Thursday _______ (come) after Wednesday.
7. Class Three _______ (help) the farmers _______ (pick) apples next week.
8. Lily likes _____ (be) busy all the time. She _______ (clean) the house and _______ (wash) all the clothes yesterday.
9. It' s six o' clock now. Iyt' s time _______ (get) up.
10. It ____ (be) too late. You' d better ______ (not walk) home. You need _______ (catch) a bus.
八、改病句：(每句只有一处错, 指出并订正在横线上)
( )1. The students go to work on the farm the day after
A B C D
tomorrow. _______
( )2. Please be carefully to climb the ladder. _______
A B C D
( )3. You must finish your homework today and take it here A B C D
tomorrow. _______
( )4. You' d better look after you and keep healthy. _______
A B C D
( )5. —When do you start this lesson?
A B
—About ten minutes ago. _______
C D
( )6. Do you enjoy living in the Paris? _______
A B C D
( )7. I am sorry coming late to school. _______
A B C D
( )8. I go to the People' s Park with my father two days ago.
A B C D
( )9. There are many apples in the box. Some of them is bad.
A B C D
( )10. You had better don' t let him go. _______
A B C D
九、汉译英：(每空只填一个词)
1. 这些农民和警察 , 因为他们不知道去车站的路。
The farmers _______ _______ the policeman because the didn' t know _______ _______ _______ the station.
2. 我找不到钢笔了。我还以为在抽屉里。
I can' t find my pen. _____ _____ _____ _____ in the desk.
3. 看, 这女孩在为老人捡起车票。
Look , the girl _____ _____ _____ the ticket for the old man.
4. 我下次要更加小心。
I' ll ______ ______ ______ next time.
5. 学生喜欢下课后打篮球。
The students ______ ______ basketball ______ ______.
6. 我一九八三年三月十三日出生。
I ______ ______ ______ March 13 , 1983.
7. 这个瓶子里的牛奶比那个瓶里的少。
There is ______ ______ in this bottle ______ in that one.
8. 在阳光下看书对我们的眼睛有害吗?
______ ______ in the sun bad ______ our eyes?
十、选择正确的译文：
( )1. 当她到家时, 喝了一杯水然后开始做家务。
A. When she got home , she has a glass of water and then began to do housework.
B. When she got home , she had a glass of water and then begin to do housework.
C. When she gets home , she had a glass of water and then begin to do housework.
D. When she got home , she had a glass of water and then began to do housework.
( )2. 孩子们非常喜欢划船。
A. The children like to boating very much.
B. The children very much like boating.
C. The children very like boating.
D. The children like boating very much.
( )3. 在离他家五公里的一间办公室上班。
A. John works in an office is five kilometres from his home.
B. John works in a office is five kilometres from his home.
C. John works in a office five kilometres from his home.
D. John works from his home five kilometres an office.
( )4. 他父母亲星期天经常带他上公园。
A. His parents often take him go to the park on Sunday.
B. His parents often take him to the park on Sunday.
C. His parents often take him going to the park on Sunday.
D. His parents often take him to go to the park on Sunday.
( )5. 她比我更擅长于爬山。
A. She is better than I at climbing the hill.
B. She is best than I to climbing the hill.
C. She is the best than I in climbing the hill.
D. She is better than I to climb the hill.
十一、完形填空：
It 1___ August. A lot 2___ people went to the seaside for their holidays (假期). This time the town near the seaside invited (邀请) some good singers to sing in the park , so that (为了) people could 3___ a good time druing (在…期间)their holidays. They sang every evening for a week.
But on the first evening it rained (下雨). The singers were under cover (遮盖), but the people had to sit 4___ the open air. The singers sang very 5___ , but there 6___ only one man listening. The man was sitting in a chair , under an umbrella (雨伞).
After some time , one of 7___ came over to the man and 8__ ,“I am sure you like music (音乐). It' s so good of you to sit here and 9___ to us.”
“No ,”said the man ,“I 10___ like music at all. Please finish 11___ and then I am going 12___ the door and go home.”
( )1. A. be B. is C. was D. were
( )2. A. of B. the C. / D. many
( )3. A. has B. have C. having D. had
( )4. A. in B. at C. on D. hwith
( )5. A. better B. best C. good D. well
( )6. A. is B. was C. were D. are
( )7. A. the singers B. the singer
C. a singer D. singers
( )8. A. said B. say C. says D. saying
( )9. A. listen B. hear C. hearing D. listening
( )10. A. am not B. not C. don' t D. no
( )11. A. be quick B. quick C. quickly D. to be quick
( )12. A. to open B. to close C. opening D. closing
十二、阅读理解：
Tom was worried. He got a letter from the policeman a week ago. They told him to go to the police station when he got the letter. Tom didn' t know why the policeman wanted him. He went to the police station yesterday and now he is not worried. At the station a policeman told him that they found his lost (丢失的) bike. The policeman said that five days ago they found his bike in a small village four hundred miles (英里) away. They said they were going to give it back to Tom soon. Wkhen Tom heard the news , he was very surprised (惊讶). He never thought he should (竟然) find the bike. He lost it twenty years ago when he was a boy of fifteen.
( )1. The letter is from _____.
A. one of Tom' s friend in the police station
B. one of the policemen in the police station
C. Tom' s friend in the town
D. the policeman in a small village
( )2. Tom was worried because _____.
A. he could not find his bike
B. the police station was very far away
C. he didn' t know the policeman
D. he didn' t know why the policeman wanted hime
( )3. When did Tom buy the bike?
A. fifteen years ago B. five days ago
C. yesterday D. We don' t know
( )4. Which of the following is true?
A. The policeman didn' t want to give the bike back to Tom.
B. Tom found the bike in the police station.
C. Tom found the bike in a small village.
D. Tom could get back his bike soon.
初二英语听力 Unit 8 ~14 练习
一、听句子，选择所听到的单词：每题念一遍
( )1. A. be B. ill C. before D. busy
( )2. A. all B. draw C. wall D. small
( )3. A. blue B. broom C. school D. soon
( )4. A. less B. left C. let D. best
( )5. A. dear B. here C. near D. hear
二、听录音，选择与原句意思相似的句子：每题念两遍
( )1. A. The students give the ball to everyone.
B. The students pass the ball from the first one to the second one.
C. The students pass the ball one by one.
D. The students get the ball from the teacher.
( )2. A. We need a car to go to the farm.
B. We had better go to the farm by bike.
C. We had better go to the farm by train.
D. We had better go to the farm by bus.
( )3. A. The shop is near the factory.
B. The shop is in the factory.
C. The shop is far from the factory.
D. The shop is nine kilometres away from the factory.
( )4. A. My father goes to work early every day.
B. My father never goes to work lae every day.
C. My father never goes to work early every day.
D. My father always goes to work late every day.
( )5. A. Mr Wu lives in a big house in a small village inside the city.
B. Mr Wu lives in a small house in a big village outside the city.
C. Mr Wu lives in a big house in a small village not far from the city.
D. Mr Wu lives in a small house in a small village far from the city.
三、听录音，回答问题：短文念两遍
( )1. A. To their friend' s. B. To their mother' s.
C. To their daughter' s. D. To the doctor' s.
( )2. A. On foot. B. By bus. C. By train. D. By air.
( )3. A. To get off the bus. B. To buy tickets.
C. To get their tickets ready.
D. To show their tickets.
( )4. A. Mr and Mrs Cooper' s. B. Some boys' .
C. The conductor' s. D. A group of girls' .
( )5. A. It doesn' t matter. B. Not at all.
C. You don' t need any tickets.
D. Better late than never.
四、听问句，选出最恰当的答案：每句念两遍
( )1. A. Go swimming. B. Play basketball.
C. Go to bed. D. Take a walk.
( )2. A. On foot. B. At eight.
C. For an hour. D. Have a talk.
( )3. A. More than two year. B. Less than five yuan.
C. One kilometre. D. Three cups.
( )4. A. Before class. B. Five minutes.
C. Every day. D. Two days.
( )5. A. Two eggs and a cup of tea.
B. Have a drink.
C. Nothing much.
D. Have breakfast with my parents.
初二英语第十五单元练习卷
一、指出与所给的单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词：
( )1. message A. always B. ladder C. village D. cinema
( )2. moment A. hope B. porridge C. worry D. another
( )3. cinema A. letter B. ticket C. question D. never
( )4. pleasure A. healthy B. speak C. idea D. reach
( )5. enough A. out B. about C. could D. young
( )6. wear A. near B. hair C. dear D. early
( )7. zoo A. book B. foot C. moon D. good
( )8. afraid A. tiger B. again C. fruit D. dialogue
( )9. ring A. ticket B. April C. inside D. police
( )10. cinema A. second B. come C. place D. care
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. story (复数)__________ 2. ring (过去式)_________
3. begin (现在分词)_________ 4. next (反义词)_________
5. hot (最高级)_________ 6. remember (反义词)__________
7. way (复数)_________ 8. photo (复数)__________
9. free (反义词)_________ 10. meet (过去式)_________
三、将下列汉语译成英语：
1. 接电话 _________________ 2. 现在、此刻 _____________
3. 把…记下来 _______________ 4. 摘苹果 ________________
5. 在一张纸上 ________________ 6. 在电影院 ______________
7. 过得很愉快 ______________________
8. 用梯子爬上树 ____________________
9. 去年十月份________________
10. 帮忙摘收苹果 ___________________
四、选择填空：
( )1. This is his telephone number. Please write ____.
A. them down B. down it
C. down them D. it down
( )2. ____ the way , do you know where he lives?
A. By B. On C. In D. At
( )3. Last week Wang Wei ____ a lot of apples.
A. buy B. buys C. bought D. buying
( )4. I' m sorry , I ____ out when you ____ me.
A. am , called B. was , call
C. was , called D. am , call
( )5. Look! There are many oranges ____.
A. in the tree B. on the tree
C. with the tree D. under tree
( )6. Picking apples was ____, buy they really ____.
A. hard work , enjoyed it B. a hard work , enjoyed it
C. hard works , enjoyed them D. hard work , enjoyed them
( )7. I ____ I can' t help you with your maths.
A. afraid B. afraided C. am afraid D. was afraid
( )8. Does your teacher often ____ you some stories?
A. say B. talk C. speak D. tell
( )9. Is he ____ to reach the apple?
A. enough tall B. tall enough
C. much tall D. tall much
( )10. He always ____ a notebook with him.
A. brings B. takes C. carries D. get
( )11. Most of them went to the farm ____ Sunday.
A. in B. at C. on D. from
( )12. The Turners ____ a good time in the park last Sunday.
A. have B. had C. has D. were
( )13. We must get ready ____ the meeting now.
A. for B. of C. at D. in
( )14. — Did the farmers have a good harvest last year ? —____.
A. Yes , they had B. No , they hadn' t
C. Yes , they did D. No , they did
( )15. He is in the office ___ the moment.
A. at B. on C. in D. of
( )16. —Who ____ those boxes to the classroom ? — Mike did.
A. is going to carry B. carried
C. carries D. is carrying
( )17. Last year there ____ only a few machines in that factory.
A. is B. was C. are D. were
( )18. My coat is quite big. What about ____?
A. yours B. you C. your D. yourself
( )19. He often helps me ____ my lessons.
A. to B. in C. with D. at
( )20. He is going to Australia ____.
A. the next day B. next week
C. the next week D. on tomorrow
五、将下列句子改成否定句、疑问句，并作肯否定回答：
1. She did the work yesterday afternoon.
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
2. They had a good time in the park last Sunday.
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
3. They wrote down the sentence on the paper.
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
4. There were many flowers at the shop.
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
5. There was a message.
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
6. They needed help with the apple harvest last October.
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
六、将下列句子划线提问：
1. Jim and his friends went to help the farmers.
_____________________________________________________
2. The children carried the apples to the trucks.
_____________________________________________________
3. I picked the most apples.
_____________________________________________________
4. We picked six boxes of apples on the farm.
_____________________________________________________
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. Mike and Bill _______ (go) to the bookshop _______ (buy) some books.
2. It' s quite cold today. ________ (put) on your coat , please.
3. Five days ago , Mike ______ (buy) a new pen. The next day he ______ (bring) it to the classroom and _______ (show) it to me.
4. Look! Tom and Mary ________ (fly) kites over there.
5. Did they enjoy ________ (read) the picture-book?
6. It' s six o' clock now. It' s time ________ (get) up.
7. I ______ (be) busy _______ (clean) the windows. Could you ____(get) some water for me ?
8. It was very warm in the room. When Lily _______ (come) in , she ________ (take) off her coat at once.
9. I' m sorry I _____ (be) out when you rang.
10. Last Sunday most of us _______ (go) to the farm and _______ (help) the ffarmers _______ (pick) apples. We all _______ (enjoy) _______ (work) there.
八、完成下列对话：
Tom: Hello !
Mary: Hello ! May I 1______ to John?
Tom: Sorry , John 2______ in.
Mary: Is 3______ Tom speaking?
Tom: Yes. Who' s 4______?
Mary: 5______ 6______ Mary.
Tom: Mary , John is 7______ the cinema at the 8_______. Can I 9 _______ a 10 ______ for him.
Mary: Yes. Could you 11_______ him to 12_______ me , please ?
Tom: OK!
九、改病句：(每句只有一处错, 指出并订正在横线内)
( )1. We all go to work in the factory last week. ______
A B C D
( )2. Lucy and Lily helped the farmers with the rice harvest in
A B C
Saturday afternoon. _______
D
( )3. When did you gave him the beautiful photo ? _______
A B C D
( )4. She rang up him and told him the news. _______
A B C D
( )5. I wrote it down in a piece of paper. _______
A B C D
( )6. We are going to play the football this afternoon. _______
A B C D
( )7. There are two big photoes on the wall. _______
A B C D
( )8. They need hand in their homework on time. _______
A B C D
( )9. Did you have good time on the farm last week ? _______
A B C D
十、汉译英: (每空只填一个词)
1. 他们在看电影。
They ______ ______ ______ cinema.
2. 我知道谁摘的苹果最少。
I know ______ ______ the ______ apples.
3. 昨天是谁接的电话?
Who _______ the _______ yesterday?
4. 恐怕我记不住。
I' m afraid _______ _______ _______.
5. 你的名字怎么拼写?
_______ do you _______ your _______?
6. 恐怕没有足够的人手来摘苹果。
I' m afraid there ______ not _____ _____ to _____ the apples.
初二英语第十六单元练习卷
一、指出与所给的单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词：
( )1. cool A. school B. good C. foot D. book
( )2. weather A. fourth B. health C. throw D. they
( )3. warm A. park B. quarter C. harvest D. garden
( )4. season A. weather B. speak C. pleasure D. healthy
( )5. Summer A. puzzle B. usually C. popular D. busy
( )6. snow A. how B. down C. grow D. brown
( )7. autumn A. brought B. harvest C. cold D. aunt
( )8. helped A. answered B. listened C. stayed D. asked
( )9. really A. wear B. idea C. where D. hair
( )10. said A. rain B. says C. eight D. player
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. cool (反义词)_________ 2. forget (过去式)_________
3. please (名词)_________ 4. skate (现在分词)________
5. write (过去式)________ 6. few (最高级)________
7. well (比较级)_________ 8. early (最高级)_______
9. Australia (形容词)__________ 10. say (第三人称单数)_______
三、将下列汉语译成英语:
1. 十张纸 ______________ 2. 去溜冰 ______________
3. 每年的这个时候 _______________ 4. 与…不同 _____________ 5. 从八月到十月 _________________
6. 为…做准备 ______________ 7. 最喜欢春天 ___________ 8. 由于…而感谢某人 ______________
9. 帮助某人做某事 ______________ 10. 脱掉 ______________
四、选择填空：
( )1. Which colour do you like ____. red , yellow or blur?
A. best B. better C. more D. much
( )2. Autumn is the best season of ____ in Beijing.
A. a year B. the year C. years D. the years
( )3. In winter his brother often ____ over there.
A. go skating B. go to skate
C. goes skating D. went to skate
( )4. —Ann is a student , isn' t she? —____.
A. Yes , she isn' t B. No , she is
C. She is D. No , she isn' t
( )5. It is very cold here. You need ____ warmer clothes.
A. to wear B. wearing C. wear D. wore
( )6. Everything ____ to grow in spring.
A. begin B. to begin C. begins D. beginning
( )7. Are you ready ____ the meeting?
A. to B. at C. for D. in
( )8. Lucy ____ in a small village not far from here.
A. is born B. was born
C. has born D. had born
( )9. —You' re all from Fuzhou , ____ you? —Yes , we are.
A. are B. are not C. weren' t D. aren' t
( )10. English is quite different ____ Chinese.
A. from B. of C. in D. about
( )11. I think I like this watch ____ than that one.
A. good B. better C. well D. best
( )12. Friday comes ____ Thursday.
A. after B. before C. on D. from
( )13. Where ____ Bruce come from?
A. is B. do C. does D. has
( )14. ____ the weather like in your home town now ?
A. How does B. How is C. What' s D. What was
( )15. I went to the station to ask ____ the train.
A. for B. about C. on D. in
( )16. I enjoy ____ English.
A. studying B. to study C. studied D. studies
( )17. Our weekend ____ two days now.
A. last B. is last C. lasts D. lasted
( )18. She was ill for a month but she' s looking ____ now.
A. good B. well C. more well D. best
( )19. It is ____ to go swimming now. It is so hot.
A. best B. the best C. the better D. well
( )20. —Who called me this morning? —____ was your mother.
A. That B. This C. She D. It
五、介词填空：
1. The weather is very cold here _______ winter.
2. It' s very cold _____ this time ______ the year _____ America.
3. The little boy was born _______ January 1st , 1992.
4. Autumn lasts _______ August ______ October in China.
5. Mary often helps me ______ my English.
6. Last year we went to work ______ a farm.
7. What did you do ______ the evening ______ March 6?
8. The old worker came to our school _____ October 1990.
9. My parents are very busy ______ Sundays.
10. Lin Feng gets up ______ six every morning.
六、用所给动词词组的适当形式填空：
get to , help…with , get down , get hotter , get colder ,
get up get on , go swimming , take off , get home
1. Look! The Young Pioneers ____ the farmers ____orange picking.
2. When the teacher _______________ the classroom , the students stopped talking at once.
3. It' s very hot in the room. Please ______________ your coat.
4. Winter comes after autumn and the weather _____________.
5. Look , the old woman ______________ the bus. Let' s help her.
6. Summer is here and it _______________.
7. When I _____________ last Saturday , my parents were waiting for me.
8. My brother often _____________ at six thirty in the morning.
9. In summer we often ______________ in rivers and lakes.
10. Tom , I can' t _________ from the tree. Please give me a ladder.
七、将下列句子改成反意问句：
1. The twins are from England.
_________________________________________________
2. There were many apples on the farm.
_________________________________________________
3. Kate was born in a town near Oxford.
_________________________________________________
4. Mr Dick comes from England.
_________________________________________________
5. Mary isn' t in the office.
_________________________________________________
6. They helped them with the apple picking.
_________________________________________________
7. They don' t like winter.
_________________________________________________
8. They are going to have a class meeting this afternoon.
_________________________________________________
八、根据划线提问：
1. Ling Ping is from Shanghai.
_________________________________________________
2. The weather is very cold toay.
_________________________________________________
3. This message was from Han Meimei.
_________________________________________________
4. My father was out when you rang him.
_________________________________________________
5. The students worked very hard on the farm.
_________________________________________________
6. He was ill yesterday so he didn' t go to school.
_________________________________________________
九、改病句: (每句只有一处错误, 指出并订正在横线内)
( )1. Bruce' s brother likes to go swimming on summer. _______
A B C D
( )2. We always put on hats in winter. ______
A B C D
( )3. In autumn the leaves turn to brown. ______
A B C D
( )4. Which book do you like best , this one or that one? ______
A B C D
( )5. Jim and his friends went to help the farmers in last month.
A B C D
( )6. He never works in a hospital , doesn' t he? _______
A B C D
( )7. The five month of the year is May. _______
A B C D
( )8. Some of them went to the farm by bus. The others students
A B D
went there on foot. _______
D
( )9. That' s a small village is not far from sydney. _______
A B C D
( )10. It often rains , sometimes quite heavy. _______
A B C D
十、完成下列对话：
Mrs Black: Hello !
Mary: _____ I _______ John:
Mrs Black: Sorry , John isn' t it.
Mary: Is ______ Mrs Black ______?
Mrs Black: Yes. ______ is ______?
Mary: ______ Mary , Mrs Black. I______ at four this afternoon , but nobody was in.
Mrs Black: Oh , We _____ all ______. John wasn' t back home then. Can I _________ for him?
Mary: Yes , please. I can' t help him _____ his lessons this evening , I' m afraid. Mother is ill.
Mrs Black: I' m sorry ______ that. Just stay at home and look after your mother.
Mary: All right. _________. Bye-bye.
Mrs Black: It' s __________. Good-bye.
初二下英语听力训练（Unit 15 ~16）
一、根据你所听到的句子填写所缺的单词，每题念一遍。
1. There were not _______ people to pick apples on the farm.
2. The ____ of Australia is quite different from that of Beijing.
3. I' m afraid Li Ping is out at the _______ .
4. It' s much _______ in the south of China than in the north of China.
5. I' d like you to write down Jim' s _______ number.
6. Lucy was very sorry that she was out when you _______ .
7. Could you bring some nice _______ to school tomorrow?
8. Jim and his friends went to the farm and ____ many apples.
9. Which month is colder in China , ________ or December?
10. Will you please go _______ with me this afternoon?
二、听录音，选择正确的答案补全句子，每题念二遍。
( )1. Listen to the teacher carefully , then ____ the new words.
A. write down B. put down
C. write out D. take down
( )2. The students are all busy , getting ready for ____.
A. next term B. next week
C. next month D. next year
( )3. ____ for coming to see me.
A. Thank you B. Thanks
C. Thanks a lot D. Thank you very much
( )4. Li Ping' s telephone number is ____.
A. B. C. D.
( )5. Did you have a good time ____ last Sunday?
A. in the park B. at the cinema
C. at Ann' s party D. in the zoo
三、听对话及对话后问题，选择正确的答案，对话念二遍。
( )1. A. He was born in a town near Oxford.
B. He was born in a small village far from London.
C. He was born in a city near London.
D. He was born in a town far from Oxford.
( )2. A. He comes from a small town not far from Sydney.
B. He comes from a big town not far from Sydney.
C. He comes from a small village not far from Sydney.
D. He comes from a big village not far from Sydney.
( )3. A. One year ago. B. Two years ago.
C. One and a half years ago. D. Three years ago.
( )4. A. Peter' s aunt. B. Peter' s father and mother.
C. Peter' s mother. D. Peter' s father.
( )5. A. Because he likes snow.
B. Because he likes skating.
C. Because he likes making snowmen.
D. Because he likes playing with snow.
四、听短文，选择正确的答案，短文念三遍。
( )1. There was a telephone call from ____ to ____.
A. Alice , Wei Hua B. Wei Hua , Alice
C. me , Alice D. Wei Hua , me
( )2. Alice ____ when the telephone rang.
A. went swimming B. went skating
C. went shopping D. went fishing
( )3. Wei Hua' s telephone number was ____.
A. B. C. D.
( )4. Alice came home at ____.
A. five fifteen B. five fifty C. four fifteen D. four fifty
( )5. After Alice knew everything , she ____ Wei Hua.
A. went to see B. gave the photos to
C. rang up D. went shopping with
初二下英语听力训练（Unit 17 ~ 18）
一、听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每题念一遍。
( )1. A. sun B. sunnier C. sunny D. sunshine
( )2. A. wind B. snow C. rain D. hot
( )3. A. skate B. swim C. drive D. sing
( )4. A. blow B. blew C. blue D. blows
( )5. A. afraid B. think C. sorry D. sure
( )6. A. really B. strongly C. heavily D. nearly
( )7. A. felt B. fell C. fall D. feel
( )8. A. comes out B. comes up C. comes into D. comes in
( )9. A. another piece of meat B. a piece of meat
C. a piece of bread D. another piece of bread
( )10. A. look out B. find out C. write out D. take out
二、听录音选择你所听到的句子，每题念二遍。
( )1. A. The snow is thick , isn' t it?
B. The snow isn' t thick , is it?
C. The snow is thin , isn' t it?
D. The snow isn' t thin , is it?
( )2. A. I like wearing a red hat on my head.
B. I like wearing a red skirt for my birtthday party.
C. I like wearing a red feather in my new hat.
D. I like wearing a red dress for my birthday party.
( )3. A. Thanks for coming to see me.
B. Thanks a lot for coming to help me.
C. Thanks for coming to help me.
D. Thanks a lot for coming to see me.
( )4. A. Could you ask him to call me , please?
B. Could you ask him to show it to me , please?
C. Could you ask him to give it to me , please?
D. Could you ask him to pass it to me , please?
( )5. A. When it' s summer in China , it' s winter in Australia.
B. When it' s winter in China , it' s summer in Australia.
C. When it' s autumn in China , it' s spring in Australia.
D. When it' s spring in China , it' s autumn in Australia.
三、听对话后判断下列句子是否与原文意思相符，相符用T，不符用F，对话念二遍。
( )1. Wei Fang' s telephone number is .
( )2. Ann is going to have a birthday party at home.
( )3. The party starts at two o' clock in the afternoon next Saturday.
( )4. Wei Fang thinks Jim can' t go to the party because he is ill.
( )5. Wei Fang will give the message to Mike.
四、听短文后填入短文中所缺的单词，短文念三遍。
I was born in Xiamen-the city near the sea. The 1_______ there is nice and clean. In winter the 2_______ never gets too cold. We 3_______ wear lots of warm clothes. We can see green trees and 4_______ flowers here and there. Autumn is a very cool 5_______ . The wind 6______ from the sea. Children enjoy flying kites in the park or near the sea. The 7 _______ time to come to my home town is from 8______ to 9______ . At this time of year , the weather is quite hot , but the sea is blue. It' s good to go swimming in the 10_______ sea.
初二英语第十八单元练习
一、指出下列与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个词：
( )1. feather A. health B. birthday C. weather D. nothing
( )2. laugh A. warm B. pass C. because D. worse
( )3. wet A. vegetable B. harvest C. enjoy D. December
( )4. candle A. later B. date C. plate D. happy
( )5. present A. pleasure B. always C. answer D. second
( )6. sandwich A. message B. catch C. cheap D. machine
( )7. enjoyed A. laughed B. wanted C. looked D. cleaned
( )8. health A. sea B. reach C. feather D. cleaner
( )9. popular A. party B. quarter C. dangerous D. ladder
( )10. says A. player B. next C. may D. Sunday
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. dry (比较级)___________ 2. snow (形容词)___________
3. forget (现在分词)__________ 4. party (复数)_________
5. feather (复数)________ 6. right (同音词)_________
7. sandwich (复数)___________ 8. think (过去式)_________
9. wear (过去式)_________ 10. easy (副词)_________
三、将下列汉语译成英语:
1. 聚会__________________ 2. 生日快乐________________
3. 迟一点________________ 4. 等一会儿________________
5. 恐怕不行______________ 6. 再添一点牛奶________________
7. 请某人参加聚会______________________________
8. 感到高兴_______________________
9. 她的所有其他朋友____________________________
10. 多么美味的食物! ____________________________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Sorry , I _____ you about it.
A. forget to tell B. forget telling
C. forgot to tell D. forgot telling
( )2. —Could you answer the question?
—Sorry , there is _____ to think about it.
A. not time B. no time C. not times D. no times
( )3. Lucy often goes swimming in summer , _____.
A. so does Mike B. so is Mike
C. so Mike does D. Mike does so
( )4. I _____ you can come to my birthday party.
A. speak B. hope C. talk D. say
( )5. All of her _____ friends are now outside the door.
A. others B. another C. other D. the other
( )6. There is some bread _____ the plate.
A. with B. to C. on D. in
( )7. —Could you pass me the candle , please? —_____.
A. Yes. Here are you B. Yes. Here you are
C. Yes. Here is it D. No , thank you
( )8. _____ interesting film it is !
A. What an B. What a C. How D. How an
( )9. —What present _____ your father _____ you for your birthday?
—A new school bag.
A. does , give B. did , give C. is , giving D. did , gave
( )10. Last year the farmers had a good harvest ___ much of China.
A. on B. at C. in D. from
( )11. Yesterday his birthday party ___ at six o' clock and ___ to ten.
A. starts , goes B. started , went on
C. started , went D. starts , went on
( )12. The best time ____ to their country is in autumn.
A. goes B. go C. going D. to go
( )13. I' ll stay at home. It is raining ____ outside.
A. heavily B. heavy C. big D. large
( )14. Tell her to wear the red feather ____ her new hat , please.
A. on B. in C. at D. above
( )15. —I hope you can go to the cinema with us.
—I' m sorry , _____ I can' t.
A. so B. and C. because D. but
( )16. They are up ____ in the kitchen.
A. all the foods B. the all foods
C. the all food D. all the food
( )17. We are going to _____ a party on Saturday.
A. make B. do C. have D. had
( )18. He will stay here for _____.
A. more two days B. two more day
C. another two days D. two another days
( )19. —I' m sorry , but I' ve lost your pen. — _____.
A. It doesn' t matter B. All right
C. It' s a pleasure D. That' s right
( )20. I' m a student , _____.
A. so Ann am B. so am Ann
C. so is Ann D. so Ann is
五、介词填空：
1.“I' m going to his birthday party ______ half ______ four _____ the afternoon. What ______ you?”
“I think I' ll go ______ you.”
2. Polly gave Ann a feather ______ her birthday.
3. The doorbell is ringing. Who is ______ the door?
4. The weather here is very different ______ England' s ______ this time ______ year.
5. Mike often goes swimming ______ a lake ______ his home ______ summer.
6. Thanks a lot for asking me ______ your party.
六、句型变换：
1. Ann is going to have her party at home. (划线提问)
2. Most of us went to Ann' s party yesterday. (同上)
3. The dumplings are delicious. (改为感叹句)
4. They are beautiful clothes. (同上)
5. They didn' t go to the cinema yesterday afternoon. (改为反意问句)
6. The party starts at half past seven in the evening. (同上)
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:
1. Where _____ (be) Xiao Lin ? Sorry , I don' t know. But I _______ (see) him in the classroom a moment ago.
2. Mr Smith _________ (work) in China in 1993. He enjoyed _______ (live) in China very much.
3. Would you like _________ (have) some more milk?
4. Thanks a lot for _________ (ask) us to your birthday party.
5. My sister ________ (do) her homework every evening , but now she _________ (write) a letter to my father.
6. We _______ (have ) a party in the classroom last Saturday evening.
Most of us ________ (enjoy) ________ (sing) very much.
7. It _____ (be) hot today. But I think it _____ (be) cool later on.
8. We _____ (help) the workers ______ (run) the machines next month.
9. There ______ (be) some bread on the pate.
10. Thanks a lot for ________ (give) me such a beautiful sweater.
I' d ________ (love) ________ (wear) it.
八、改病句:
( )1. The rain is heavily , isn' t it ? _______
A B C D
( )2. How delicious sandwiches we had this morning ! _______
A B C D
( )3. When does the game start yesterday afternoon? _______
A B C D
( )4. I don' t like winter because it' s too much cold. _______
A B C D
( )5. Look , the candles in the cake are very beautiful. _______
A B C D
( )6. Thanks you for telling me the good news. _______
A B C D
( )7. The all food was on the table. The sandwiches were on the
A B C
plates , and the candles were on the cake. _______
D
( )8. What beautiful present! I can wear it in my new hat. _______
A B C D
( )9. The party starts at four , isn' t it? _______
A B C D
( )10. Ann ran to the door , and find Li Lei outside. _______
A B C D
九、从 B 栏中选出 A 栏的答句, 填入括号内:
A
( )1. Shall we go for a walk?
( )2. When shall we go this afternoon?
( )3. You want to go swimming , don' t you ?
( )4. Shall we leave at half past seven?
( )5. Where shall we go the day after tomorrow?
( )6. May I speak to Ann , please?
( )7. Would you like to come to my birthday party?
( )8. Are you free this evening?
B
A. No , I don' t.
B. Let' s go to the park.
C. Thank you. I would love to come.
D. No. Let' s leave at eight o' clock.
E. Certainly.
F. Good idea!
G. Yes , I think so.
H. What about eight o' clock?
初二英语第十九单元练习
一、找出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词:
( )1. east A. ready B. piece C. report D. head
( )2. temperature A. call B. message C. date D. hand
( )3. report A. bought B. October C. porridge D. popular
( )4. wait A. inside B. lift C. again D. build
( )5. stop A. north B. draw C. your D. office
( )6. finished A. called B. laughed C. waited D. answered
( )7. above A. radio B. long C. strong D. enough
( )8. below A. present B. December C. second D. telephone
( )9. most A. almost B. October C. move D. soccer
( )10. south A. below B. enough C. town D. north
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:
1. radio (复数)__________ 2. break (过去式)_________
3. above (反义词)_________ 4. turn on (反义词组)___________
5. fall (过去式)__________ 6. stop (过去式)__________
7. nine (序数词)_________ 8. careful (名词)__________
9. wait (现在分词)__________ 10. long (反义词)_________
三、将下列汉语译成英语:
1. 打开收音机__________________ 2. 有空____________________
3. 去散步___________________ 4. 等公共汽车______________
5. 华南_________________ 6. 后天______________
7. 零度以上_________________ 8. 好得多_______________
9. 取回某物_________________ 10. 天气预报______________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Be quick. They _____ us outside the office.
A. are waiting for B. are waiting
C. waited for D. will wait
( )2. Mr John came here _____.
A. got it back B. got back it
C. to get it back D. to get back it
( )3. It' s very good radio _____.
A. Turn on B. Turn it on
C. Turn on it D. Turning it on
( )4. There' s a lot of wind today. _____ weather it is!
A. What bad B. What a bad
C. How bad D. How bad a
( )5. The colour TV looks _____ now.
A. much good B. much well C. much better D. very well
( )6. —How long _____ the rain _____ last night?
—Is lasted two hours.
A. was , lasted B. did , last C. will , last D. does , last
( )7. —I' m sorry. I broke your pen. —_____. Don' t worry.
A. That' s all right B. All right
C. That' s right D. You' re welcome
( )8. She wants to get the book back , _____ she?
A. isn' t B. don' t C. doesn' t D. won' t
( )9. The radio says Beijing will be _____.
A. sun B. rain C. wind D. cloudy
( )10. I' m going to have a birthday party. ____ you like to come?
A. Could B. May C. Would D. Can
( )11. I think the sun will _____ later.
A. come down B. come in C. come out D. come up
( )12. Don' t worry. They _____ everything ready soon.
A. got B. get C. are getting D. will get
( )13. Shall we have _____ work to do tomorrow?
A. much B. a lot C. many D. a few
( )14. The radio says there will be rain _____.
A. at the night B. in the night
C. on the night D. in night
( )15. The cloud will _____ quite quickly.
A. lift B. stop C. turn D. get
( )16. Please help _____ lift the heavy box.
A. I B. me C. we D. mine
( )17. _____ do you like better , tea or coffee?
A. When B. How C. What D. Which
( )18. I listen to the weather report _____ the radio every day.
A. at B. in C. on D. by
( )19. Fuzhou is _____ the southeast of China.
A. to B. on C. in D. at
( )20. _____ the flowers are beautiful.
A. The most of B. Most of C. Most a D. Of most
五、介词填空:
1. We won' t go to school ______ seven thirty.
2. ______ night the temperature will fall ______ zero again.
3. Would you please mend the bike ______ me?
4. Mike goes swimming in the river ______ times.
5. Why don' t you have dinner ______ us this evening?
6. I can not sleep ______ the day-time.
7. Would you like to go ______ a walk ______ me now?
8. There will be a strong wind _____ the north of the Huai River.
六、将下列句子改为否定句、疑问句, 并作肯定、否定回答:
1. They will leave the office at eleven.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
2. We shall go to see our English teacher tomorrow.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
3. It' ll be windy this evening.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
4. There will be a class meeting this afternoon.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
5. He will wait for us at the bus stop.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
七、用所给动词的正确形式填空:
1. I' m afraid the rain _________ (stop) later in the day.
2. Thanks a lot for your supper. I _________ (enjoy) it very much.
3. They _________ (make) some kites next Sunday.
4. I ________ (hope) you could come to my party but you didn' t.
5. We often help the old woman _________ (carry) water.
6. Can your father _________ (write) in English?
7. I _________ (not have) supper with my mother last night.
8. It' s eight o' clock now. Mum _____________ (write) a letter to my brother and I __________ (draw) a picture.
9. Wei Hua's bike __________ (break) yesterdeay. He asked me ______ (mend) it this afternoon.
10. Chen Hui _________ (have) his birthday the day after tomorrow.
八、改病句:
( )1. There is going to have an English party this evening. _______
A B C D
( )2. It' s raining heavily. Bringing me a raincoat please. _______
A B C D
( )3. People often listens to the weather report every day. _______
A B C D
( )4. I think the weather will be very better soon. _______
A B C D
( )5. Look! There are a lot of apples in the tree. _______
A B C D
( )6. What a fine day today! Let' s go for walk outside. _______
A B C D
( )7. Thank you for come and for the beautiful present. _______
A B C D
( )8. There is nothing in the room , isn' t there? _______
A B C D
( )9. Shall you come to our house for supper? _______
A B C D
( )10. I usually read a book for some time after I go to bed. _____
A B C D
九、阅读理解:
Kate and Peter like sports. In summer they swim and in winter they skate. They are planning a skate trip for this weekend , but they don' t know about the weather. It' s 7:30 now , and they are listening to the weather report on the radio. The weather-man is giving the weather for the weekend.
“Friday is going to be cold and cloudy , but it' s not going to rain. The temperature is going to be belwo zero. It' s going to snow on Friday evening. Saturday and Sunday are going to be cold and sunny.”
Now Kate and Peter are happy. The weather is going to be very nice for a skate trip. They are going to have a good time on the hills.
( )1. Kate and Peter like _____.
A. listening to the radio B. watching TV
C. sports D. music
( )2. They are planning _____ for this weekend.
A. a class meeting B. a party
C. a game D. a skate trip
( )3. They want to know about _____.
A. the rain B. the food C. the weather D. the radio
( )4. It _____ on Saturday and Sunday.
A. will rain B. will be windy
C. will be cloudy D. will be cold and sunny
( )5. Kate and Peter are happy because _____.
A. the weather is going to be nice for a skate trip
B. they are going to visit the friends
C. They are going to see their parents
D. They are going to have a good meal
初二英语第二十单元练习
一、找出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词：
( )1. chips A. school B. sandwich C. lunch D. machine
( )2. real A. ready B. east C. season D. hear
( )3. cabbage A. vegetable B. leg C. dialogue D. dog
( )4. sugar A. sell B. sure C. salt D. set
( )5. potato A. carrot B. candle C. answer D. radio
( )6. tomato A. from B. photo C. tonight D. move
( )7. fry A. ready B. fly C. happy D. usually
( )8. pork A. short B. doctor C. porridge D. total
( )9. salt A. half B. walk C. fall D. also
( )10. sugar A. similar B. party C. park D. car
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. potato (复数)__________ 2. popular (比较级)___________
3. three (序数词)_________ 4. sunny (比较级)__________
5. free (反义词)__________ 6. outside (反义词)_________
7. fish (复数)_________ 8. fry (形容词)_________
9. careful (最高级)___________ 10. five (序数词)__________
三、汉译英：
1. 把…带回家__________________ 2. 把…递给某人_____________
3. 给…打电话__________________ 4. 在露天_______________
5. 这么多的书___________________ 6. 家里煮的_______________
7. 外卖食品__________________ 8. 在西北________________
9. 最受欢迎的食物______________________ 10. 炸鸡____________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Mr Bruce will give us _____ to eat.
A. everything different B. something different
C. different something D. anything different
( )2. Which is _____ popular , pork , beef , or chicken?
A. more B. the more C. most D. the most
( )3. It is raining _____ than yesterday.
A. more hard B. much harder
C. more harder D. much more hard
( )4. —Where is Ann? —She _____ in the library.
A. must be B. can be C. will be D. would be
( )5. Mr Bruce is not in. What _____ now?
A. do we do B. we will do
C. shall we do D. are we going do
( )6. I like apples _____ of all.
A. well B. best C. better D. good
( )7. —People eat a lot of beef in England. —_____.
A. So do we B. So we do
C. We so do D. We do so
( )8. I want to cook something _____ English.
A. really B. real C. an D. to
( )9. The cloud will lift quite _____.
A. quick B. well C. quickly D. fastly
( )10. —Would you like to come for supper this evening? —____.
A. Yes , please B. Thank you , I' d love to
C. Yes , I want to D. Don' t be so nice
( )11. —Would you like a cup of tea? —_____.
A. Yes , please B. Excuse me C. Well D. Good
( )12. Which is _____, this photo or that one?
A. much beautiful B. the more beautiful
C. more beautiful D. most beautiful
( )13. Would you like to have ____ eggs for your breakfast ?
A. frying B. fried C. to fry D. fries
( )14. They often go for a walk _____ the open air.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
( )15. Please _____ me a ring when you get there.
A. do B. make C. give D. take
( )16. We have _____ books in this library.
A. so many B. so much C. too much D. much too
( )17. Chen Hui will go to a fish and chip shop , _____.
A. so Ann will B. so does Ann
C. so will Ann D. so Ann does
( )18. Robert likes tea with _____ it.
A. milks in B. milk in
C. milk on D. the milk in
( )19. I' ll help him _____ the box upstairs.
A. carrying B. carry C. carries D. carried
( )20. This meeting is _____ of all.
A. the more important B. most important
C. the most important D. more important
五、介词:
1. I hope you can come ______ my house ______ my birthday next Sunday.
2. I like Chinese tea ______ nothing ______ it , please.
3. Please listen ______ the weather report ______ the next twenty-four hours.
4. The snow will last a week ______ the north ______ China.
5. What food will they cook ______ the dinner?
6. Please take the radio home ______ your father.
7. I think it' s much nicer ______ a paper bag.
8. Thank you ______ coming and _____ the beautiful present.
六、用所给形容词、副词的适当形式填空:
1. This TV set is _________ (small) than that one and it is ________ (cheap).
2. I' m very ________ (hungry). But Wang Hong is ________ (hungry) it is.
3. Are the flowers on the right __________ (beautiful) than the ones on the left?
4. This orange is very _________ (big). I think it is ________(big) one in the basket.
5. Does your father get up _________ (early) in your family?
6. Which do you like __________ (well) , apples or pears?
7. The second truck is carrying _________ (few) than the first one. The third one is carrying _________ (few) of all.
8. Her mother says tha t it must be much __________ (delicious).
9. Li Ping is _________ (tall) in his class.
七、句型变换:
1. We shall cook some chicken for supper. (划线提问)
2. We' ll wait for you outside the school gate. (同上)
3. It' ll be sunny tomorrow. (同上)
4. In England , the most popular food is fish and chips. (同上)
5. The Kings are going to have real Chinese food tomorrow evening.
(同上)
6. You can be here at seven o' clock. (改为反意问句)
7. He went to the zoo with his friend. (同上)
8. There was a call for him. (同上)
9. My brother doesn' t like beef. (同上)
10. Fish and chips are dilicious. (改为感叹句)
八、用所给动词的正确形式填空:
1. Li Lei ____________ (not do) his homework yesterday evening. He ___________ (write) a latter to his father.
2. It _________ (rain) heavily now. But the radio says it _______ (be) sunny tomorrow.
3. Listen! A lot of sutdents _________ (sing) in the next classroom.
4. Everything __________ (begin) to grow when spring comes.
5. His home __________ (not be) far from here. It' ll take only ten minutes ________ (walk) there.
6. Sorry , I can' t _________ (go) with you this afternoon. I have a lot of work _________ (do).
7. I usually _________ (go) to school by bus. But she usually ______ (go) to school on foot.
8. Thanks a lot for _________ (ask) me to your English party.
9. He _________ (study) in the south ten years ago.
10. The radio _________ (say) the wind _________ (stop) later on.
九、选择正确译文:
( )1. 只要花十分钟就能走到警察局。
A. It takes only ten minutes to walk to the police station.
B. It only takes ten minutes walking to the police station.
C. Ten minutes will be enough walking to the police station.
( )2. 我想明天天气不会好转。
A. I think it won' t be better tomorrow.
B. I think it will be better tomorrow.
C. I don' t think it will be better tomorrow.
( )3. 他最喜欢西红柿。
A. He likes tomatoes better.
B. He likes tomatoes best of all.
C. He is like tomatoes best of all.
( )4. 请到我家吃晚饭吧!
A. Please you come to my house to have supper.
B. Come to my house have supper , please.
C. Please come to my house for supper.
( )5. 今晚我校将放映一部英语影片。
A. There will be a English film in our school this evening.
B. There is going to be an English film in our school tonight.
C. There is going to have an English film this evening.
( )6. 老师要我们去打扫教室。
A. The teacher asked us to clean the classroom.
B. The teacher asked we to cleaned the classroom.
C. The teacher asked us cleaned the classroom.
初二英语单元测试(Unit 15—Unit 17)
听力部分（20分）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. thick B. sits C. its D. six
( )2. A. street B. free C. tree D. three
( )3. A. monkeys B. Monday C. month D. mouth
( )4. A. way B. why C. write D. right
( )5. A. sing B. think C. thing D. ring
2. 听对话, 选择正确的答案回答问题: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. It' s Monday. B. It' s Sunday.
C. It' s February. D. It' s six fifteen
( )2. A. I went to have breakfast. B. I went to school.
C. I went to the park. D. I went boating.
( )3. A. Lily feels full. B. Lily feels hungry.
C. Lily feels fine. D. Lily feels well.
( )4. A.They are talking about the time.
B. They are talking about their classroom.
C. They are talking about the weather.
D. They are talking about their shoes.
( )5. A. He is picking apples. B. He is playing a game.
C. He is holding a ladder.
D. He is looking for his friend.
3. 听录音, 选择下原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. They bought many books yesterday.
B. They bought a lot of oranges yesterday.
C. Jim bought many apples yesterday.
D. Jim' s sister bought a lot of oranges yesterday.
( )2. A.We helped the farmers to pick oranges last Sunday.
B. We helped the farmers pick apples last Sunday.
C. They helped the farmers to pick oranges last Tuesday.
D. They helped the farmers pick apples last Tuesday.
( )3. A. Li Ping likes spring. B. Li Ping likes autumn.
C. Lucy likes spring. D. Lucy likes autumn.
( )4. A. It' s so warm in the room.
Why don' t you take off your coat?
B. It' s so warm in the room.
Why don' t you take off your sweater?
C. It' s so old in the room.
Why n ot put on your coat?
D. It' s so cold in the room.
Why not put on your sweater?
( )5. A. Bruce is at home. B. Bruce is away.
C. Bruce is at the shop. D. Bruce is at the cinema
四. 听录音, 选出你所听到的电话号码: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. 322148 B. 311482 C. 311248 D. 311284
( )2. A. 996656 B. 669965 C. 696965 D. 969656
( )3. A. 886152 B. 886652 C. 881652 D. 888152
五. 听录音, 选出该词的反义词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. heavy B. early C. day D. full
( )2. A. small B. open C. long D. outside
( )3. A. young B. night C. down D. closed
六. 听对话, 填表格: (对话念两遍)
笔试部分（80分）
一、找出下列各组中单词划线部分发音不同的单词：8%
( )1. A. message B. paper C. village D. passage
( )2. A. warm B. party C. harvest D. park
( )3. A. season B. speak C. read D. weather
( )4. A. snow B. down C. grow D. window
( )5. A. weather B. birthday C. fourth D. throw
( )6. A. enjoyed B. laughed C. cleaned D. carried
( )7. A. wet B. vegetable C. December D. men
( )8. A. country B. blouse C. flower D. trousers 二、A、根据句意，填入适当的词：6%
1. Which colour do you like ________, red , yellow or blue?
2. ________ the weather like today? It' s hot.
3. I' m sorry I was out when you _______. My mother answered the telephone.
4. Friday comes ________ Thursday.
5. ________ beautiful pictures they are!
6. Lucy is different ________ her father.
B、汉译英：10%
1. They' re ________ the ________. (在看电影)
2. I' m afraid they are not _______ _______ to pick the apples. (足够多的人)
3. The farmers _______ _______ with the apple harvest. (在…方面需要帮助)
4. We have _______ _______ every day. (明媚的阳光)
5. Spring in England can last from _______ _______. (三月下旬)
三、选择题：16%
( )1. Could I ____ Jim , please ?
A. say B. speak C. speak to D. tell
( )2. There was a telephone call ____ you.
A. on B. in C. for D. of
( )3. I ____ on a piece of paper.
A. write down it B. writed down it
C. wrote it down D. wrote down it
( )5. I must get ready ____ the meeting now.
A. for B. of C. at D. in
( )6. The Greens ____ a good time in the park last Sunday.
A. have B. had C. has D. were
( )7. Green is a policeman , ____?
A. is he B. isn' t he C. isn' t Green D. is not he
( )8. There are not ____ English books in our library (图书馆).
A. a lot of B. lots of C. much D. many
( )9. —____ part of England does your teacher come from?
—London.
A. What B. Where C. That D. Which
( )10. —Who called me this morning?
—____ was your mother.
A. That B. This C. She D. It
( )11. They ____ in the river in summer.
A. enjoy to swim B. enjoy swimming
C. enjoyed to swim D. enjoyed swimming
( )12. —Who is ____? —This is Mary speaking.
A. this B. you C. that D. he
( )13. In our village it is ____ hot in July.
A. very much B. much too C. too much D. many too
( )14. Sorry , I ____ you about it.
A. forget to tell B. forget telling
C. forgot to tell D. forgot telling
( )15. The best time __ to come to China is in spring or in autumn.
A. come B. came C. coming D. to come
( )16. She rings up his father ____ the telephone.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
四、句型转换：8%
1. She did the work yesterday afternoon. (改为一般疑问句)
_______ she _______ the work yesterday afternoon ?
2. Jim and his friends went to help the furmers. (划线提问)
_______ _______ Jim and his friend _______ to help ?
3. Jim is from England. (同上) _______ is Jim from?
4. He was ill yesterday so he didn' t go to school. (同上)
_______ _______ he go to school ?
5. There' s a lot of snow today. (同义句替代)
It' s _______ _______.
6. The rain was very heavy last night. (同上)
It _______ _______ last night.
7. What a delicious cake ! (同上) _______ _______ the cake is !
8. Summer lasts three months in the USA. (同2)
_______ _______ does summer last in the USA.
五、介词填空：12%
1. It' s not very good ______ the moment.
2. Jim , you must look ______ your brother. He' s young.
3. —Thank you ______ telling me the news. —Not ______ all.
4. The weather is very cold ______ winter.
5. It' s very cold ______ this time ______ year ______ America.
6. Autumn last ______ August ______ October in China.
7. She was born ______ Marth 4th , 1987.
8. In much ______ Chian , spring is very short.
六、改错：5%
( )1. He never works in a hospital , doesn' t he ?
A B C D
( )2. It' s cold. You' d better putting on the coat.
A B C D
( )3. The sun shines bright.
A B C D
( )4. Would you like come to my supper.
A B C D
( )5. In autumn the leaves (叶子) turn to brown.
A B C D
七、根据所提供的情景, 选择所给的句子完成下列对话.每句用一次.10%
a. It' s a pleasure. b. Thank you c. The same to you.
d. It doesn' t matter. e. No , thank you. f. Yes , that' s right.
g. What about you? h. Here you are. i. Yes , please.
j. Thank you all the same.
1. —I' m going to Ann' s party. ____?
—I' m afraid. I can' t because I have a lot of work to do.
2. —Happy birthday ! —____.
3. —Happy New Year. —____.
4. —Sorry , I don' t know that. You' d better ask our teacher. —___.
5. —Thanks a lot for giving Lucy the message for me —____.
6. —Would you like some more food? —____. I' m full.
7. —I' m afraid I can' t go to the cinema with you. —____.
8. —Would you like another piece of meat?
—____. Thank you very much.
9. —May I have some fish , please? —Sure! ____.
10. —Our class starts at half past seven , doesn' t it ? —____.
八、阅读理解：5%
Boys or Girls
A lot of boys and girls in western (西方的) countries are wearing the same kinds of clothes , and many of them have long hair , so it' s aften difficult (困难的) to tell wether (是否) they are boys or girls.
One day an old man went for a walk in the park in Washington (华盛顿) , and when he was tired (疲劳), he sat down on a chair by a lake. A young person (人) was standing on the other side of the lake.
“Oh,”the old man said to the person sitting next to him on the chair.“Do you see that person with the pants (宽裤) and long hair ? Is it a boy or a girl ?”
“A girl ,”said his neighbour.“She' s my daughter.”
“Oh ,”the old man said quickly.“Please forgive me. I didn' t know that you were her mother.”“I' m not ”said the other person.“I' m her father.”
( )1. What did the man see on the other side of the lake?
A. A girl B. A boy C. A young person D. A man
( )2. Is it a boy or a girl ?“it”in this sentence means ____.
A. he B. she C. that person D. the lake
( )3. The meaning of“forgive”is ____.
A. 忘记 B. 责备 C. 放弃 D. 原谅
( )4. The old man thought his neighbour (邻居) was ____.
A. a woman B. a man C. a girl D. a boy
( )5. The old man took his neighbour for the girl' s mother because his neighbour ____.
A. wore a skirt B. had a beautiful face
C. had long hair D. was shy
初二英语抽考试卷
一、找出划线部分读音不同的单词：10%
( )1. A. w or k B. w or se C. doct or D. w or ld
( )2. A. pre s ent B. s trong C. i s D. the s e
( )3. A. t al k B. t a ll C. al ways D. c a ll
( )4. A. nor th B. sou th C. bir th day D. wea th er
( )5. A. help ed B. answer ed C. listen ed D. stay ed
二、词汇：10%
(一)根据句子意思，用适当的词填空：5%
1. Please call me tomorrow. My _________ number is .
2. Last week my father bought a new watch as my birthday ________.
3. It is very hot in summer. It' s ________ to wear cool clothes.
4. The temperature will ________ above zero in the day-time.
5. In autumn the days get shorter and the nights get ________.
(二)根据括号内汉语意思，完成下列句子：5%
1. Will you _______ _______ (等候) me at the bus stop?
2. Spring in England can last from _______ _______(三月底) to May.
3. It is cold today , but it is going to be warmer _______ _______(过后).
4. _______ _______(天气预报) for the next twenty-four hours.
5. The flowers start to _______ _______ (开花) in spring.
三、选择题：30%
( )1. What would you like _____ now?
A. play B. playing C. to play D. for playing
( )2. There ____ an English party this Saturday.
A. is going to have B. is going to be
C. are going to have D. are going to be
( )3. Picking apples is _____ hard work.
A. a B. an C. one D. /
( )4. Your sister went to the park last week , _____?
A. wasn' t she B. did she
C. didn' t she D. does she
( )5. They visited our school and we visited _____.
A. them B. they C. their D. theirs
( )6. Who called me this morning? _____ was your mother.
A. That B. This C. She D. It
( )7.“She isn' t a student , is she?” “_____. She is a teacher.”
A. Yes , she isn' t. B. No , she is.
C. Yes , she is. D. No , she isn' t.
( )8. What a _____ wind! It' s blowing _____.
A. strong , strongly B. strong , strong
C. strongly , strong D. strongly , strongly
( )9. Usually in winter there' s _____ ice in the north.
A. little B. many C. too much D. much too
( )10. In _____ of China , spring is usually very short.
A. much B. many C. few D. little
( )11. Can you see _____ moon in _____ day time?
A. the , the B. the , a C. a , the D. a , /
( )12. Who has _____ dumplings , Li Lei or Zhao Hua?
A. the fewest B. fewer C. less D. many
( )13. —Why did you come here so late?
—Sorry. I _____ the bus.
A. missed B. caught C. took D. got on
( )14. Tai Wan is _____ the east of China.
A. at B. in C. on D. to
( )15. Father and I often get up at six. So _____ my motheer.
A. is B. gets C. does D. did
( )16. Will you make me a plane ? _____.
A. I' m glad B. I' ll be glad
C. I' m going to be glad D. I' ll be glad to
( )17. Excuse me , may I ask you a question? Yes. _____.
A. You ask B. Anything else
C. What is wrong D. What is it
( )18. May I borrow your ruler? _____.
A. Never mind B. Yes , here it to you
C. Yes , it is here D. Yes , here you are
( )19. I think you are a good student . _____
A. No , I' m not. B. It' s very kind of you to say so
C. No , I don' t think so D. That' s all right
( )20. How did you go to the zoo? _____
A. I liked it B. I had a present
C. By bike D. Many people were there
四、按括号内的要求改写句子，每格一个单词：10%
1. There was a lot of sunshine yesterday. (同义转换)
It was _______ _______ yesterday.
2. There is a book on the desk. (改为复数)
There are a _______ _______ on the desk.
3. Kate read the book. (变反意疑问句)
Kate read the book , ________ _______?
4. The dumplings are delicious. (改为感叹句)
_______ _______ the dumplings are.
5. The students worked very hard on the farm. (划线提问)
_______ ______ the students work on the farm?
五、口语运用：10%
( )1. ①And what' s the date today?
②Excuse me. What day is it today?
③It' s June 1st. ④It' s Saturday.
⑤Oh , it' s Children' s Day. I' ll take my son to the park.
A. ②③①④⑤ B. ①③②④⑤ C. ①③⑤②④ D. ②④①③⑤
( )2. ①How do you know? ②Yes , it' s bad now.
③No , it won' t. I think it' ll get better soon.
④Will it last long? ⑤What bad weather! I don' t like the rain.
A. ④③⑤②① B. ⑤②④③① C. ⑤④②③① D. ①②④③⑤
( )3. ①Could you see any good apples on the tree?
②Yes. Don' t worry.
③Yes. Behind you! Can you reach them?
④Are you holding the ladder , Bill?
⑤Oh , I can see them. But I can' t reach them.
A. ④⑤②①③ B. ①②③④⑤ C. ①③⑤②④ D. ④②①③⑤
( )4. ①Hello! This is Tom speaking. Can I speak to Bill?
②Well. Could you ask him to call me back?
③Sure. ④See you later. ⑤I' m afraid he' s out.
A. ①②③④⑤ B. ①②⑤④③ C. ④②⑤①③ D. ①⑤②③④
( )5. ①Can I take a bus?
②Go down this street , and take the second turning on the left.
③Excuse me , which is the way to Putian Hospital?
④Of course. You can take the No. 2 bus.
⑤Thanks a lot.
A. ④⑤③②① B. ③②①④⑤ C. ①③②④⑤ D. ③②④①⑤
六、从下列七个单词中选择5个，并用适当的形式填空：10%
clean , fall , do , close , say , be , have
Good morning , boys and girls. I have something to tell you. This morning we ________ four classes. This afternoon , we are going to do some ________ after school. The radio ________ it will be windy at night , so don' t forget ________ the doors and windows. The temperature _______ below zero tomorrow morning. Please remember to put on more warm clothes.
七、根据图画内容，在下列短文的空格内填入适当的单词，使短文完整、正确、通顺（每个空格限填一个单词）。10%
It is _______ the first today.
Li Ming doesn' t go to school.
His _______ don' t need to go to
work , either. What are they doing
now ? Look! Li Ming' s father is
_______ a _______. His mother
is _______ some _______, and Li
Ming himself is ________ to the ________. He wants to know the weather in the afternoon. He' s going to play _______ if it is _______.
八、完形填空：10%
Some people have very good memories (记忆力) and can easily learn quite long poems (诗歌) by heart. Other people have 1___ memories and can only 2___ things when they have said them 3___ and over again.
A good 4___ is a great help in 5___ a language (语言). Everybody learns 6___ own language 7___ remembering what he hears 8___ he is a small child. Some children , like those who live abroad (国外) with their parents , seem to learn two languages as 9___ as they do one. In school it is not so easy for pupils to learn a second language because they have very 10___ time for it.
Memory is like a diary that we keep every day.
( )1. A. ill B. poor C. badly D. rich
( )2. A. remember B. find C. forget D. know
( )3. A. for B. twice C. over D. once
( )4. A. student B. child C. teacher D. memory
( )5. A. learning B. knowing C. doing D. having
( )6. A. their B. his C. my D. your
( )7. A. from B. about C. of D. by
( )8. A. since B. if C. when D. before
( )9. A. carefully B. easily C. early D. slowly
( )10. A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
九、阅读理解: 20%
A
In England , people often talk about the weather because they can experience (经历) four seasons in one day. In the morning the weather is warm just like in spring. An hour later black clouds come and then it rains hard. The weather gets a little cold. In the late afternoon the sky will be sunny , the sun will begin to shine , and it will be summer at this time of a day.
In England , people can also have summer in winter , or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes , and in summer sometimes they should take warm clothes.
When you go to England , you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella (伞) or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning , but you should not laugh at them.
If you don' t take an umbrella or a raincoat , you will regret (后悔) later in the day.
( )1. Why do people in England often talk about the weather?
A. Because they may have four seasons in one day.
B. Because they often have very good weather.
C. Because the weather is warm just like in spring.
D. Because the sky is sunny all day.
( )2. From the story we know that _____ come and then there is a heavy rain.
A. sunshine and snow B. black clouds
C. summer and winter D. spring and autumn
( )3.“Peple can also have summer in winter.”means “I is sometimes too _____ in winnter.”
A. warm B. cool C. cold D. rainy
( )4. In the sunny morning some English people usually take a raincoat or an umbrella with them because _____.
A. their friends ask them to do so
B. it often rains in England
C. they are going to sell them
D. they are their favourite things
( )5. The best title (标题) for this passae is _____.
A. Bad seasons B. Summer or Winter
C. The Weather in England D. Strange English People
B
What a fine day! The sun is shining and everything looks bright. Can you feel the heat (热) when you stand in the sun? The sun gives the heat from very far away. It is hard to believe that the sun is about one hundred and fifty million kilometres away. The sun looks small because it is so far from us , but its really very huge.
The earth moves round the sun. It takes one year for the earth to go around the sun. And at the same time the earth itself is spinning (自转) around once evern twenty-four hours.
The sun gives us light. It keeps us warm. It makes things grow. Plants , animals and people need the sun. We can not live without it.
( )1. The sun looks small because its _____.
A. about one hundred and fifty million metres away from us
B. very far away from the earth
C. not very huge D. next to us
( )2. The earth goes round the sun _____.
A. twice a year B. twlve times a yeaar
C. once a year D. four times a year
( )3. It takes the earth _____ hours to spin around twice.
A. twice B. twenty0-four C. thirty-six D. forty-eight
( )4. The sun gives us _____.
A. heat and light B. light
C. heat D. bright twelve hours
( )5. The sun makes _____ grow.
A. plants B. animals
C. people D. plants , animals and people
初二英语练习卷
一、找出划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词：5%
( )1. A. photo s B. bag s C. make s D. ha s
( )2. A. need ed B. play ed C. turn ed D. carri ed
( )3. A. san d wich B. d esk C. d ry D. stu d ent
( )4. A. al ways B. al so C. s al t D. b al l
( )5. A. ph o to B. t o night C. t o mato D. p o tato
二、根据句意填入适当的词：10%
1. Could ylu ________ the telephone.
2. But there were not ________ people to pick them.
3. Evering begins to ________ in spring.
4. It' s very ________ from Australia at this time of year.
5. Summer ________ ________ spring.
6. It' s going to be warmer ________ on.
7. We have ________ sunshine every day!
8. I can wear it ________ my new hat.
9. ________ of North and South China will have a cold wet day.
三、选择填空：15%
( )1. Your sister went to the park last week , _____?
A. wasn' t she B. did she C. didn' t she D. does she
( )2. —What are you doing?
—I' m _____ the child , He should be back for lunch now.
A. looking B. looking up
C. looking for D. looking after
( )3. There' s _____ ice in the north.
A. few B. many C. too much D. much too
( )4. It' s raining very __ now. Would you like to close the window?
A. heavy B. heavier C. heaviest D. heavily
( )5. _____ nice weather it is!
A. what a B. How a C. What D. How
( )6. Don' t forget _____ tell him.
A. on B. at C. for D. to
( )7. She is in Class One. So _____.
A. am I B. I am C. is she D. is it
( )8. There isn' t _____ milk in the bottle.
A. some B. any C. no D. little
( )9. I' m glad to meet you here. _____.
A. It' s you B. The same to you C. Me too D. All same
( )10. It' ll _____ 10 minutes to do the work.
A. spend B. takes C. take D. cost
( )11. The cloud is _____. The sun is coming out.
A. falling B. lifting C. lefting D. backing
( )12. Weather report _____ the next twenty-four hours.
A. for B. in C. of D. about
( )13. Please _____ the TV.
A. turn on B. drne C. open D. turns on
( )14. The radio _____ the snow will stop later.
A. says B. tells C. speaks D. say
( )15. I was born _____ July 1st , 1975.
A. in B. on C. at D. by
四、句型转换：16%
1. These apples are red. (改为反意问句)
These apples are red , __________?
2. I got up at six this morning. He got up at six , too. (同义转换)
So _______ _______.
3. His bike is nice. (改为感叹句)
_______ _______ the watch is!
_______ _______ _______ watch it is!
4. Shall we go out for a walk?
_______ _______ going out for a walk?
5. I have much work to do.
I have _______ _______ _______ work to do.
6. It' s February 28th today. (划线提问)
_______ _______ _______ today?
五、看图填空：10%
1. A: What' s the _______ _______?
B: It' s _______.
2. A: Which _______ do you like best.
_______, _______, _______, or _______?
B: I think I like _______ best.
A: Why?
B: Well , I like _______ in the river.
六、用所给动词的适当形式填空：14%
1. I like _______ (read) books. Now I would like _______ (speak) to my friend.
2. There _______ (be) some birds in the tree. When we looked up.
3. The ice is so thin. You' d better ____________ (not play) on it.
4. Can pick __________ (speak) a little chinese now ?
5. Look , the wind __________ (blow) strongly.
6. Two hnours ago. Bruce _______ (come) here. _______ (ask) you to his party. He ________ (want) you _______ (ring) him.
7. The rain _______ (be) very heavy lart night.
8. Let him _______ (go) to see the film with us.
9. He _______ (spend) much of his time on English.
10. It' s winter now. It' s _______ (get) colder and colder.
七、完型填空：12%
Mr Jones and Mr Brown worked in the same 1___. One day Mr Jones 2___ to Mr Brown ,“We are going to 3___ a small party at our house 4___ Wednesday evening. Will you and your wife come?”
Mr Brwon said ,“Thank you very much. That is very kind of you. We are 5___ that evening. I think , but I will telephone my wife and ask her. Perhaps she wants to go some-where that 6___.”So Mr Brown went to 7___ room and telephone. When he came back. he looked very surprised (惊讶).“What' s the matter?”said Mr Jones,“Did you 8___ to your wife?”
“No,”answered Mr Brown,“she wasn' t there. my son answered the 9___. I said to him , ‘Is your mother there David?’and he answered,‘No , she is not in the house.’10___ is she then?‘she is some where outside’11___ is she doing?‘she 12___me!’”
( )1. A. room B. office C. desh D. bus
( )2. A. said B. told C. spoke D. talked
( )3. A. get B. take C. make D. have
( )4. A. next B. last C. in D. at
( )5. A. busy B. clever C. free D. happy
( )6. A. morning B. ofternoon C. evening D. season
( )7. A. other B. the other C. my D. their
( )8. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
( )9. A. phone B. question C. letter D. words
( )10. A. When B. Why C. Where D. What
( )11. A. When B. What C. Where D. Why
( )12. A. looked for C. looks for
C. is going to look for D. is looking for
八、根据短文，填入所缺单词：10%
Tomorrow North China will be _______. But the cloud will lift tomorrow evening. There will be a north ________. The ________ will be 4 to 15℃ In Xingjiang there will be a strong wind. There will be a heavy _______ tomorrow night. The temperture will _______ below zero. But the snow will not last long.
To the south of the Yellow Kiver _______ will be a north west wrnd. It will be cloudy , too.
South china will be _______ , but the rain will _______ later on. The sun will _______ our. The temperature will be _______ 25℃.
九、阅读理解：
The Importance (重要性) of the sun
What a fine day! The sun is shining and everything looks bright. Can you feel the heat when you stand in the sun? The sun gives the heat from very far away. It' s hard to beliele. that the sun is about one hundred and fifty million kilometres away. The sun looks small because it is so far from us. but it' s really very huge.
The earth wicles the sun. It takes one year for the earth to go wround the sun. And at the same time the earth itself is spinning (转) around once every twenty-four hours.
The sun gives us light. It keeps us warm. It makes things grow. Plants animals and people need the sun. We can' t live without the sun.
判断正误，正确用“T”，错误用“F”：
( )1. On a fine day everything is bright because the sun is shining.
( )2. The sun gives us heat and light.
( )3. It' s about 150 , 000 , 000 kilometres from the earth to the sun.
( )4. In fact the sun isn' t very big because it' s too far away from us.
( )5. It takes the earth 24 hours to go around the sun.
( )6. We can' t live without the sun because all the living things on the earth depend on the sun.
初二英语期中考练习卷
一. 在下列各组单词中选出一个划线部分读音与所给单词的划线部分读音一样的单词.
( ) 1. worri ed A.clean ed B.wait ed C.pass ed D.stopp ed
( ) 2. tom a to A.c a rrot B.h a ppily C.pot a to D.p art y
( ) 3. ea s ily A. s top B. s andwich C.we s t D.pre s ent
( ) 4. fea th er A.wea th er B. nor th east C. th in D.sou th
( ) 5. wh ose A .wh ole B. wh en C. wh ile D. wh ich
( ) 6. veget a ble A.sk a te B.t a ble C.anim a l D.p a per
( ) 7. sug ar A.h ar d B.poul ar C.p ar k D.st ar t
( ) 8. sea s o ns A.wink o w s B. map s C.ticket s D.duck s
( ) 9. bri gh t A.enou gh B. thele ph one C. ph oto D.ei gh t
( ) 10. dr y A.read y B.quickl y C.empt y D.Jul y
二. 找出适当的字母或字母组合, 使单词完整. 正确
( )1. t__l_ph__ne A. a…i…o B. e…e…o C.e…e…oa Da…e…o
( )2. happ__ A. yly B. ily C. ly D. ely
( )3. ____cken A. shi B. the C. chi D. che
( )4. v ___g__t__ble A. a…i…a B. e…i…e C. a…e…i D.e e…a
( )5. c__f__lly A. air …i B. ere…u C. are…u D. ear…i
( )6. usu___ A. ally B. aly C. elly D. ely
( )7. b__t__ful__ A.eau…e B.eau…i C. ea…i D. ea…e
( )8. Aug____ A. ust B. ist C. est D. ast
( )9. aut__m __ A. u…e B.u…n C. e…n D. i…m
( )10. plea ____ A. ture B. sion C. tion D. sure
三. 用所给词的正确形式填空:
1. My coat is too _____. My brother's coat is _____ than mine. (big)
2. There are many ____ in the sky today. It's _____. (coud)
3. This boy is very _____. He can do the work _____. (care)
4. The ________on the desk are theirs . (radio)
5. The snow was very _______last night. It snowed ________last night. (hesvy)
6. He is a _______student. He studies very ______.(good)
7. Please pout these _________ on the plate. (sandwich)
8. My sister is a _____. She ________in a factory. (work)
四. 选择填空;
( )1. His mother is ill . He feels _____.
A.worry B.worrying C.worried D.to worry
( )2.The policeman helped me _____the car.
A.stops B. stopped C. stopping D.stop
( )3.A. B.C.D.
初二英语期中考练习卷
一. 在下列各组单词中选出一个划线部分读音与所给单词的划线部分读音一样的单词.
( ) 1. worri ed A.clean ed B.wait ed C.pass ed D.stopp ed
( ) 2. tom a to A.c a rrot B.h a ppily C.pot a to D.p art y
( ) 3. ea s ily A. s top B. s andwich C.we s t D.pre s ent
( ) 4. fea th er A.wea th er B. nor th east C. th in D.sou th
( ) 5. wh ose A .wh ole B. wh en C. wh ile D. wh ich
( ) 6. veget a ble A.sk a te B.t a ble C.anim a l D.p a per
( ) 7. sug ar A.h ar d B.poul ar C.p ar k D.st ar t
( ) 8. sea s o ns A.wink o w s B. map s C.ticket s D.duck s
( ) 9. bri gh t A.enou gh B. thele ph one C. ph oto D.ei gh t
( ) 10. dr y A.read y B.quickl y C.empt y D.Jul y
二. 找出适当的字母或字母组合, 使单词完整. 正确
( )1. t__l_ph__ne A. a…i…o B. e…e…o C.e…e…oa Da…e…o
( )2. happ__ A. yly B. ily C. ly D. ely
( )3. ____cken A. shi B. the C. chi D. che
( )4. v ___g__t__ble A. a…i…a B. e…i…e C. a…e…i D.e e…a
( )5. c__f__lly A. air …i B. ere…u C. are…u D. ear…i
( )6. usu___ A. ally B. aly C. elly D. ely
( )7. b__t__ful__ A.eau…e B.eau…i C. ea…i D. ea…e
( )8. Aug____ A. ust B. ist C. est D. ast
( )9. aut__m __ A. u…e B.u…n C. e…n D. i…m
( )10. plea ____ A. ture B. sion C. tion D. sure
三. 用所给词的正确形式填空:
1. My coat is too _____. My brother's coat is _____ than mine. (big)
2. There are many ____ in the sky today. It's _____. (coud)
3. This boy is very _____. He can do the work _____. (care)
4. The ________on the desk are theirs . (radio)
5. The snow was very _______last night. It snowed ________last night. (hesvy)
6. He is a _______student. He studies very ______.(good)
7. Please pout these _________ on the plate. (sandwich)
8. My sister is a _____. She ________in a factory. (work)
四. 选择填空;
( )1. His mother is ill . He feels _____.
A.worry B.worrying C.worried D.to worry
( )2.The policeman helped me _____the car.
A.stops B. stopped C. stopping D.stop
( )3. ____likes to go swimming in the river.
A.No everyone B. Not everyone C.Not all of us D. No all of us
( )4. English is ___than Chinese.
A.much more popular B. much poular
C. very popular D. the most popular
( )5. He ____ the radio and sat down to listen to the radio.
A. open B. turned off C. turned D.turned on
( )6. ——Would you like _____ cup of tea?.
——No , thanks.
A. other B.the other C.another D.more
( )7. When I went into his room, he was still ______.
A. in bed B.on bed C.another D.more
( )8. He runs ______than I.
A.slowly B.more slowly C.slowlier D.slower
( )9. ____have a cup of tea ?
A. Will I B.more slowly C.May I D.slower
( )10. _____hard--working the boy is!
A.What B.What a C.How D.How a
( )11.Jim can cook some Chinese food, _____?
A. can he B. can't Jin C. can Jim D.can't he
( )12.The child can read the letter ______.
A.easy B.easily C.puick D.happily
( )13. He is getting better. Don't _____ him.
A.worry about B. worried about
C. be worried D. worry
( )14. May I ______a message for John?
A.carry B.take C.brought D.took
( )15.I'm sorry _____ that your mother is ill.
A. hear B.to hear C.hearing D.in hearing
( )16. ____ part of America does Lucy come from?
A. How B.Which C.where D.what
( )17. Why not ____ out for a walk?
A. went B.going C. to go D. go
( )18._____beautiful clothes!
A.What B. What a C.How D. How a
( )19.______to work at the factory with us next week?
A.Did you go B. Do you go C. Will you go D.Shall you go
( )20. This book is buite different ________ that one.
A. with B.from C.about D.of
( )21. Robert often eats chicken at the shop, ____.
A. so I do B.so does I C. so am I D. so do I
( )22. Our teacher will teach us _____ tomorrow.
A. new something B. new everything
C. something now D. everything new
( )23. Mr Green does the cooking _____in the room.
A. at times B. at the moment C. later on D. the next day
( )24. I'm busy today. I need _____ some shopping.
A. to do B. doing C. will do D. did
( )25. ——Hello! May I speak to Bruce ——________.
A. This is Bruce here B. I'm Bruce
C. Bruce is I D. It's Bruce here
( )26. ——I'm sorry for breaking your blass
—— _____. Glass breaks easily.
A. Don't worry B. You are welcome
C. That's all right D. Don't be afraid
( )27.——Would you like to come to my birthday party?
——________
A. I want to very much B. You are welcome
C. That's all right D. Don't be afraid
( )28. ——Can you play pingpong with me now?
——_____. I must finish my homework first.
A. Certainly B. Yes , I can C . I'm not afraid D. I'm afraid not
( )29. ——Will it be fine tomorrow?
——I hope ____. we are going to have a football game.
A. so B. not C. will D. fine
( )30. ——Thank you for your help . ——________.
A. Thanks a lot B. It's a pleasure C. All right D. That's right
五. 连词成句:
1. cold , is, how, today, it!
2. the, will, start, when, party?
3. before, we, not, ten, leave, will.
4. cake, put, ann. tye, on, candles, her
5. the, season, year, best, spring, of, is, the.
6. he, I, is, am, moment, afraid, at, out, the.
7. farmers, went, Sunday, to, we, last, help, the.
8. China, come, which, do, of, you , part, from?
六. 根据要求改写句子:
1.There is a littele tea in the cup. (划线提问)
2.The girl in a red hat is my sister. (同上)
3.We are going to help the farmers pick apples this autumn (同上)
4.My uncle telephones us once a week. (同上)
5.The weather here is quite different from that in the south of China . (同上)
6. It is a very beautiful.(改为反意问句)
7.The present is very beautiful. (同上)
8.Ann likes to eat English food. (同上)
9.Chen Hua can't spoeak English (同上)
10.It's very cold today. (同上)
七. 用所给动词, 词组的正确形式填空.
live, turn green, wait for, fall, ring up, thank, sit down, enjoy, break, last, want, call, take, have
1. Please _______me _______ when you get to Shanghai.
2. Tom ________Mary _______ him when he came back.
3. _______you for your birthday present . Did you ______the party?
4. When spring comes , the tree______.
5. Please _____me at the gate of the cinema tomorrow.
6. It _____me about two hours to do the work.
7. When I _____I found the chair was ______.
8. The hot weather _______two weeks. Brt the temperature ______ next week.
9. We _____ a good time in the park last Saturday afternoon.
10. Lucy enjoys _____ in China very much.
八. 在必要的地方, 填上适当的冠词:
1. My father enjoys _______ English food very much.
2. ______radio says there will be snow in ____night.
3. Jim lives in _____small village near _____London.
4. Robert gave me ____ photo. ______photo is very beautiful.
5. John is at _____cinema at ______moment.
6. _____coldest season of _____year is ______winter.
7. What ______ fine day! Let's go out for ______ walk.
8. Don't read ____ books in _____bed.
9. There is ______ orange on ___________table.
10. I think _____ snow will stop later in ______day.
九. 改病句:
( )1. __________ The children are playing happy in the park.
A B C D
( )2. ________ Ann felt worry because her mother was ill .
A B C D
( )3. _______They can't leave the office before eleven, do they?
A B C D
( )4. ______ Jim often eats chickens at home on Sumdays.
A B C D
( )5._________ It is more colder today than yesterday.
A B C D
( )6. _________ I need to go to the street to do some shoping .
A B C D
( )7. ______ They helped the farmers in the harvest last month .
A B C D
( )8. _______ Japan is in the east of China .
A B C D
( )9. ________ It's Lucy's telephone number. Write down it please.
A B C D
( )10. ______ In the northwest , there will be rainy in the night.
A B C D
十根据所提供的情景, 选择所给的句子完成下列对话(每句只能使用一次)
1. It's a pleasure 2. Thank you 3. The same to you 4. It doesn't matter 5. No, thank you 6. Yes , that's right 7. What about you
8. Here you are 9. Yes , please 10. Thank you all the same.
1. ——I'm going to Ann's party. ______?
——I'm afraid. I can't bcacuse I have a lot of work to do.
2. ——Happy birthday! —— ________________.
3. ——Happy New Year! ——_________________.
4. ——Sorry, I don't know how to say it in English .
You'd better ask our teacher.
——_____________________.
5. —— Thanks a lot for giving Lucy the message for me.
—— ____________________.
6. ——I'm afraid I can't go to the cinema with you.
—— ____________________.
7. ——Would you like some more food?
—— ____________________. I'm full.
8. ——Would you like some more food?
——________________. Thank you very much .
9. ——May I have some fish , please?
——Sure! __________________.
10. —— Our class starts at half past seven , doesn't it?
——__________________.
十一. 完型填空.
A train stopped at a small station . A man on the train looked 1 the window and saw a woman. The woman was selling cakes, and people from 2 train were buying them . The man 3 to buy a cake , but the woman was 4 far from him . It was raining and he didn't want to go out 5 the rain.
Sudenly he saw a boy. The boy was walking on the platform(站台) 6 from him . "Come here boy!"the man said. "Do you know 7 each of the cakes is? " "Five cents(美分) , "the boy 8 The man gave the boy ten cents and asked him 9 t wo cakes. "One is for me, and 10 for you, " he told the boy.
Some minutes later, the boy came back.
He was eating a cake. He 11 the man five cents and said, "There was only 12 ."
( )1. A. at B. for C. up D. out of
( )2. A. a B. an C. the D./
( )3. A. wanted B. asked C. thought D. like
( )4. A. stand B. standing C. stay D. stood
( )5. A. to B. on C. with D. in
( )6. A. not near B. not far C. far D. near
( )7. A. how much B. what is C. how many D. how
( )8. A. answers B. answered C. is answering D. will answer
( )9. A. bought B. to buy C. buying D. buy
( )10. A. other B. another C. the other D. others
( )11. A. said to B. took C. gave D. told
( )12. A. one cake B. two cakes C. some cakes D. a lot of cakes
十二. 阅读理解
One morning, John went to the market (市场集市) with six donkeys(驴). After walking for a while he got very tired. He got on one of them. Then he counted the donkeys, and there were only five. So he got off the donkey and went to look ror the sixth. He looked and looked but didn't find it. He went back to the dondeys and counted them again, This time there were six, so he got on one of them again, and they all started.
After a few minutes, he counted the donkeys again, and again there were only five ! When he was counting again, his friend Bill passed. And John said to him, " I left my house with six donkeys; then I had five; then I had six again; and now I have only five! Look! One, two, three, four, five."
"But John, "said Bill, "you are sitting on a donkey, too! That's the sixth.And yor are the seven!"t
( )1.John went to the market with six____.
A. monkeys B.chickens C.donkeys D.horses
( )2.He wanted to sell his donkeys in the ____.
A.shop B.cinema C.market D. fields
( )3.When he was____he sat on one of his donkeys.
A.angry B.hungry C.happy D.tired
( )4.There were five donkeys when John counted dthem, because____.
A.he was on one of them B.one ran away
C.he couldn't count D.he sold one
( )5.Did he look for the sixth donkeys?____.
A.Yes, he does B.No, he doesn't
C.Yes, he did D.NO, he didn't
( )6.At last he found it, didn't he? ____.
A.Yes, he did B.No, he didn't
C.Yes, he didn't D.No he did
( )7.After____,John counted the donkeys again.
A. two seconds B. a few ninutes C. an hour D. three days.
( )8. When he was counting,____came.
A.one of his friends B.his son
C.the sixth dondey D.his wife
( )9.Bill said,"Yor are_____a donkey. That's the sixth."
A.in front B.sitting on C.standing by D.behind
Unit 17 ~ Unit 23 综合训练
Class __________ NO.________ Name_________
Ⅰ.Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear.(听录音选择你所听到的单词或词组,每小题念一遍。)（5分）
( ) 1. A. sock B. box C. son D. so
( ) 2. A. mend B. men C. name D.them
( ) 3. A. wrong B. long C. home D. rorm
( ) 4. A. bottle B.broken C. boat D. brown
( ) 5. A.could B. good C. book D. put
( ) 6. A. black B. brend C. back D.bed
( ) 7. A. boat B. bird C. bottle D. ball
( ) 8. A. on the desk B. in the desk
C. under the desk D. behind the desk
( ) 9. A. look at B. look after
C. look like D. look the same
( ) 10. A.something to do B. something to eat
C. something to mend D. something to drink
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear . (听录音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)（5分）
( ) 1. A. The old man is 55 years old .
B. The old man is 65 years old .
C. The old man is 75 yesrs old .
D. The old man is 45 yesrs old .
( )2 . A. How much is eight and eighteen?
B. How much is eighty and eighteen?
C. How much is eight and eigty?
D. How much is eight and eight?
( ) 3. A. What's the time ? It's 8:15.
B. What's the time ? It's 8 :50.
C. What's the time ? It's 8:55.
D. What's the time ? It's 8:35.
( )4. A. Our room number is 1117.
B. Our room number is 1170.
C. Our room number is 2117.
D. Our room number is 2170.
( ) 5. A. Let's put these books in the box.
B. Don't put these books in the box.
C. I want to put these books in the box.
D. I can't put these books in the box.
Ⅲ . Listhen to the dialogue and fill in the blanks. (听录音后补对话，对话念二遍。)（5分）
A: Look 1 _____________________the picture. Where is the pencil - box? Is it 2._______________________the desk ?
B: Yes, it is .
A: What's that 3_________________the pencil - box?
B: It's a pen .
A: Is the light 4________________________the pencil - box?
B: Yes , it is .
A: Where's the football ?
B: 5______________the desk.
A: Look , What 6_________________is it ? Is it yellow ?
B: No, it's blacd 7____________white.
A: Can you find the bag ?
B: Oh, look , it's 8______________the desk. Is it 9____________ ?
A: No , it 10_________________mine . It's Li Lei's.
Ⅳ . Listen to the passage and judge the following sentence .(听短文后判断所给句子的正误，正确的用T，错误的用F，短文念三遍。)（5分）
（ ） 1. Mrs Black looks very old .
（ ） 2.She doesn't go to the school every day.
（ ） 3. She can't speak Chinese .
（ ） 4. Mrs Black likes eating Chinese food.
（ ） 5. Mrs Bland nas two sons.
Unit 17~ Unit 23 期中考试卷
Class ________ No. ________Name__________
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear.(听录音选择你所听到的单词或词组，第小题念一遍。)（5分）
( ) 1. A. think B. thing C. thank D.drink
( ) 2. A. watch B. catch C. carry D. worry
( ) 3. A. right B.eight C.light D. rice
( ) 4. A. pear B. dear C. their D. near
( ) 5. A. bread B.blacd C.bag D. bed
( ) 6. A. row B. boat C.throw D. know
( ) 7. A. would B. full C. good D. food
( ) 8. A. make a kite B. make a cake
C. make a plane D. make a chair
( ) 9. A. a yellow blorse B.a yellow shirt
C. a yellow sock D. a yellow skirt
( ) 10.A. prt on B. listen to
C. get down D. put …away
Ⅱ.Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.(听录音选择你所听到的句子，每小是念二遍。)（5分）
( ) 1. A. Can you sing it , Tom ? B. Can you say this , Tom ?
C. Can yor put it on ? D. Can yor get it down ?
( ) 2. A.Don't run with the cat . B. Don't run with it .
C. Don't throw it like that . D. Don't do it like that .
( ) 3. A. Bill isn't cleaning the blackboard.
B. Bill isn't cleaning the window .
C. Bill isn't cleaning the wall .
D. Bill isn't cleaning the desk.
( ) 4. A. How many boats are there in the river ?
B. How many birds are there in the tree ?
C. How many girls are there in the school?
D. How many chairs are chsirs are there in the classroom?
( ) 5. A. I want to get some books .
B. I want to have some food .
C. I want to have some bottle of milk .
D. I want to have something to eat.
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and choose the right answer to each question.(听对话后选择正确的答案，对话念二遍。)（5分）
( ) 1. A. She can't make a cake. B. She can't fly a kite .
C. She can't ride a bike . D. She can't mend a bike.
( ) 2. A. A river and some boats . B. A hill and some birds .
C. A river and some hills . D. A hill and some rivers .
( ) 3. A. They're behind the door .
B. They're under the bed.
C. They're in the bag .
D. They're on the floor .
( ) 4. A. A bottle of orange . B. A cup of tea .
C. A glass of milk . D. A glass of water .
( ) 5. A. They are talking about a plane .
B. They are talking about the coat .
C. They are talking about the colour.
D. They are talking about the dress .
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and fill in the missing words .(听短文后填入短文中所缺的单词，短文念三遍。)（5分）
Kate's family are sll at home . 1____________father, Mr Green is 2__________on a chair near the window and 3____________a book . Kate is 4_____________her room . She is listening 5_______________the radio . Bill and Tom , Kate's brothers , are not playing . They 6________________cleaning 7_______________new bikes. 8_______________is Mrs Green ? She is in the garden . She 9_____________________watering the flowers . Kate's sister is 10_________________her mother.
Unit 17—Unit 18
Ⅰ. Losten and choose
听句子，选择你所听到的单词：（每小题念一遍）
( ) 1. A. sunny B.sun C. song D. Sunday
( ) 2. A. laugh B. love C. life(生活) D. like
( ) 3. A. snow B.grow C. show D. blow
( ) 4. A. hold B. told C. hope D. cold
( ) 5. A. feel B. ill C. till D. meal
Ⅱ. Listen and choose
听 问句，选择最恰当的答案：（每小题念两遍）
( ) 1.A. Winter is the warmest season in China.
B. Summer is the warmest season in China .
C. Spring is the best season in China.
D. Autumn is the best season in China.
( ) 2. A. It's winter . B. It's summer .
C. It's spring . D. It's autumn .
( ) 3. A. Shopping . B. Swimming .
C. Fishing . D. Skating .
( ) 4. A. The same to you . B. It doesn't matter.
C. I am happy . D. Thanks a lot .
( ) 5. A. It's cool . B. It's Sunday .
C. It's October lst . D. It's my birthday .
Ⅲ. Losten and choose
听录音，选择与原句意思相似的句子：（每小题念两遍）
( ) 1. A. What about the picture ?
B. What aice picture it is !
C. The picture is very beautiful .
D. What does the picture look loke?
( ) 2. A. The rain was very heavy last might .
B. It rained heavily last week .
C. It rained all night .
D. The rain wasn't neavy last night.
( ) 3. A. His birthday party is going to start at 5:30 .
B. His birthday party is going to start at 6:30 .
C. His bithday party is going to start at 5:45 .
D. His bithday party is going to start at 6:15 .
( ) 4. A. Give Lily the message . B.Give ready for Lucy .
C. Ring up Lucy . D. Remember to tell Lucy .
( ) 5. A. The days get shorter snd shouter .
B. In winter , the days are shorter than the nights .
C. Winter is from December to February .
D. The weather gets warmer and warmer .
Ⅳ. Look, Listen and choose
看图，听录音，选择正确答案：（每小题 念两遍）
( ) 1.A. It's my birthday . B.It's Jack's birthday.
C. It's John's birthday . D. It's Jim's birthday .
( ) 2. A. There is a moomcake on the table .
B.There is a chicken on the plate .
C. There is some fish and meat on the plate .
D. There is a big birthday cake on the table .
( ) 3. A. They are going to have a class meeting .
B. They are going to have a rest .
C. They are going to have a birthday party.
D. They are going to have a talk about the class .
( ) 4. A. John is eleven years old . B. Jack is seven years old .
C. John is thirteen years old. D.Jim is six years old .
( ) 5. A. I think he is very happy today.
B. He isn't happy today, I think .
C. He is busy today , I think. D. He is strong today .
Ⅴ. Listen and choose
听短文，选择正确的答案：（短文念两遍）
( ) 1.A. Sam's friend . B. Bill .
C. Sam's father. D.Sam's mother .
( ) 2. A. In the office . B. In the classroom .
C.At home . D.He was out .
( ) 3.A. Sam's teacher . B. Bill.
C.Sam's father. D. Sam's friends .
( ) 4.A. His telephone number was 451382 .
B. His telephone number was 541328 .
C. His telephone number was 453218 .
D. His telephone number was 543128 .
( ) 5. A. Because Sam's mother was at the cinema .
B. Because Sam's mother was busy at home .
C. Because Sam's mother was ill athome .
D. Because Sam's mother wanted to tell him something interesting.
Ⅰ. A rhyme to learn
Rain
The rain is raining all round .
It falls on field and tree .
It rains on umbrelles here ,
And on the ships at sea .
Ⅱ. A joke
A: Who can spell the word "banana" ?
B:I can
C: Me, too . But I don't know when to stop .Banananananana……
Ⅲ .A story
Mrs Brown's old grandfather went out for a walk ih the park euery morning and came back home at hlaf past twelve for his lunch .
But on morning a police car stopped outside Mrs Brown's house and two policemen helpec the old man to get out of the car . One or them said to Mrs Brown , "The old man lost his way in the park and phoned us ror help , so we bring him home. " Mrs Brown thanked the policemen and they left.
"But , Grandfather ." she said , "you go to that park mearly every day. How did you lose your way there ? "
The old man smiled ,closed one eye and said, "I just got tired and I didn't want to walk home !"
Question: did theold man really lose his way?
Unit 19－ Unit 20
Ⅰ.Listen and choose
听句子, 选择你所听到的单词:(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A. below B. before C. because D.brown
( ) 2. Afall B. feel C. felt D. fell
( ) 3. A. about B. above C. along D.again
( ) 4.A. whole B. hold C. ago D. cold
( ) 5. A.boy B. easy C. enjoy D. story
Ⅱ. Listen and judge
听录音,判断该 单词与你所听到的单词的元音音素是否相同,相同的写"S",不同的写"D":(每小题 念 一遍)
( ) 1.friend ( ) 2. south ( ) 3. pork ( ) 4. beef
Ⅲ.Listen and write
听句子,把所缺的部分 补充完整:(每小题念两遍)
( ) 1. The radio ______________it will be ___________tomorrow.
( ) 2.The temperature will_____________ __________zero at night.
( ) 3.There will be a ____________ _____________the day after tomorrow.
( ) 4. I shall ________________ ________________yor outside the school gate.
( ) 5. It is _____________ _______________food.
Ⅳ. Listen and choose
听录音, 选择与原句意思相似的句子:(每小题念两遍)
( ) 1. A. Lucy likes eating fried eggs better than fried beef
B. Lucy likes eating apples better than oranges.
C. Lucy doesn't like fried eggs.
D. Lucy doesn't like fried chicken.
( ) 2.A.Who is back this evening ?
B. Who is ill this evening ?
C. Who will come this evening ?
D. Who will stay at home this evening?
( ) 3. A. What do you think of the potatoes ?
B. How are the delicious potatoes ?
C. How delicious the potatoes are !
D. What about the potatoes ?
( ) 4.A. It's cloudy today. B. It's rainy today.
C. It's sunny today. D.It's windy today.
( ) 5.A.Bruce often comes at noon.
B. Bruce often comes at night.
C. Bruce ofteh comes in the day-time.
D. Bruce often comes at that time.
Ⅴ. Listen and choose
听短文，选择正确答案：（短文念两遍）
( ) 1. A. Fish and chips .
B.Chinese take-away food.
C. Oranges and apples.
D. Both A and B.
( ) 2. A. England .
B. The U. S. A..
C. Australia.
D. Japan.
( ) 3.A. Pork and beef.
B. Fried chicken.
C. Fish and chips
D. Meat and fish .
( ) 4.A. Fried chicken.
B. Fish and chips .
C. Hamburgers(汉堡包).
D. Fied beef.
( ) 5. A.The USA , England and China.
B. Ehgland, China and Australia.
C.Australia , England and the USA .
D. England , Australia and France .
Ⅰ. A rhyme to learn
Who has seen the wind ?
Neither I nor you .
But when the leaves (树叶) hang trembling (颤动)，
The wind is passing through.
Who has seen the wind ?
Neither you nor I.
But when the trees bow down their heads ,
The wind is passing by.
Ⅱ. Puzzles
It teakes off a piece of its clothing each day. At the end of the year it has nothing left to wear. What's it?
(calendar)
Two brothers look into the water but can't meet each other.
What's it ? (The banks of a river)
Ⅲ. A story
A lady went into a shop and bought some rings . She paid (付) a lot of money for them . When she went to bed that night , she put them on a table near the window. Then she went to sleep. When she woke up in the next morning, there were no rings on the table . She picked up the telephone and called the police station . " A thief (贼)has taken my rings ,"she said. "please come quickly." Soon some policemen came. They looked everywhere but they could not see the thief or the rings . Then one of them saw some blacd feathers on the table. Then he saw some more near a tree . He looked up and saw a bird's nest (窝) .He climbed up the tree and a big black crow (乌鸦) flew out of the nest . The policeman put his hand inside the nest , and pulled out all the rings.
Question: Who has taken away the lady's rings?
The answer: The crow
Unit 15 －Unit 21
Ⅰ.Listen and choose
听句子,选择你所听到的单词:(每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. pleasure B. present C. parents D. parent
( ) 2. A. late B. letter C. later D. matter
( ) 3. A. their B. where C. wear D. pear
( ) 4. A. would B. could C. cool D. food
( ) 5. A. warm B. form C. phone D. born
Ⅱ. Listen and choose
听录音,选择与原句意思相似的句子:(每小题念两遍)
( ) 1. A. Could you ask him to call her name, please?
B. Could you please answer the phone ?
C. Could you make her a telephone clall, please?
D. Could you ask him to ring me , please?
( ) 2. A. I'm sorry I forget to say "Good-bye".
B. I'm sorry I forget the room number.
C. I'm sorry I must go now.
D. I'm sorry I can't remember the phone number.
( ) 3. A. How hot it is today!
B. How cold is it today?
C. What a cold day!
D. What a hot day!
( ) 4. A. THe weather in the same country is not the same.
B. The weather in different countries are not the same.
C. Different countries don't have different weather.
D. The weather in different countries are hte same .
( ) 5. A. Englishmen like the most popular food in Australia.
B. Englishmen like eating fish and chips very much.
C. Fis and chips are the most popular food in the USA
D. The most popular food in England is Chinese tade-away food.
Ⅲ. Listen and choose
听对话,选择正确答案:(对话念两遍)
( ) 1. A. Yes. Mary will see her grandma.
B. No, Mary won't see her grandma.
C. Yes, Mary will see her grandpa.
D. NO.Mary won't see her grandpa.
( ) 2. A. Tom gets up at 7:00 and leaves home at 8:00.
B. Tom gets up at 7:30 and leaves home at 8:30.
C. Tom gets up at 7:00 and leaves home at 7:30.
D. Tom gets up at 7:50 and leaves home at 8:15.
( ) 3. A. The book and the pen are in the black bag.
B. The book isn't in the red bag.
C. The pen and the book are in the red bag.
D.The pen and the book are in the blue bag.
( ) 4. A. In 1989. B. In 1992. C. In 1990. D. In 1987.
( ) 5. A. They are talking about sports.
B. They are talking about shopping.
C. They are talking about the seasons.
D. They are talking about the weather.
Ⅳ. Listen and choose
看图,听录音,选择正确答案:(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A.It's sunny. B.It's cloudy.
B. It's windy. D. It's rainy.
( ) 2. A. He is Bruce. B. He is Mike.
C. He is Jim. D. He is Bob.
( ) 3. A. They are talking B. They are making a telephone call.
C. They are speaking English.
D. They are counting the number.
( ) 4. A. He is saying , "How old are you ?".
B. He is saking, "What's your house's number?"
C. He is saking , "What's you telephone number?"
D. He is saking , "What's the car number?".
( ) 5. A. It's . B. It's .
C. It's . D. It's .
Ⅴ. Listen and choose
听短文,选择正确答案:(短文念两遍)
( ) 1. A. The People's Park. B. Beijing Zoo.
C. The Great Wall. D. The hospital.
( ) 2. A. His aunt. B.His friend.
C. His teacher. D. His motrher.
( ) 3. A. They played games. B. They took some photos.
C. They drew pictures. D. They had lunch.
( ) 4. A. They had noodles. B. They had Beijing duck.
C. They had potatoes. D. They had chicken.
( ) 5. A. Yes, they did. B. No, they didn't.
C. Yes, they are . D. No, they aren't.
Ⅰ. A. rhyme to learn
Good night,
Sleep tight.
Wake up bright,
In the morning light.
To do what's right,
With all your might.
Ⅱ. A.funy story
Madam Lay went shopping with her with sons. She bought the same coats for them. They put them on at once. Madam Lay asked the shop assistant, "Is there any mirror (镜子)?"
"Why mirror ? They only have to look at each other. "
大班计算活动计划
班级:大（4）班 执 教 者：陈 永爱
日期：2001.4.11 指导老师：林丽峰、王凤琴
活动目的：
1. 使幼儿能正确说出正方体和长方体的主要特征，并比较其异同
2. 让幼儿感知形和体的不同，发展空间知觉。
活动准备：
1. 正方体和长方体娃娃头饰各1 个，各种形体的积木。线若干条，魔术箱、录音机、磁带。
2. 场地布置：形体乐园。
3. 事先排好情境表演。
活动过程：
一、以谈话的形式引入，引出正方体娃娃和长方体娃娃，激发幼儿的兴趣
师： 小朋友，今天我们班来了两位客人，你们看看是谁？（幼儿看情境表演）
二、带幼儿到形体乐园玩。
1. 认识正方体、长方体。
① 认识正方体。
a. 请幼儿先找出正方体。
b. 幼儿边玩边操作：找到了正方体，数一数有几个面，并用铅笔标上序号，用自然测量法测量每个面的每条边，发现了什么？
c. 请幼儿讲述自己的操作情况
d. 引导幼儿感知形和体的不同。
e.师小结正方形的特征：方积木有六个一样大小的而，每个而都是正方形，像这样的物体叫下方体。（幼儿学讲：正方体）
②认识长方体
a. 每个幼儿找1. 长方体积木，数一数有几个而，并用目测的方测看看每个而是什么形状的？它们一样吗？
b. 幼儿表达自己的发现.
c. 启发幼儿找一找长方体扔六个面中,它的对面在哪里,并进行比较,对面的开头怎样?大小一样吗?
d. 师小结:长方体也有六个面,有的六个面是长方形;有的四个面是长 方形、两个面是正方形。
③比较正方体和长方体的异同点。
三、游戏“击鼓摸箱子”
玩法：1. 请幼儿在听信号后，到魔术箱摸出一个形体，并说出自己摸的是什么形体，有什么特征。
2. 根据教师讲述的形体特征，让幼儿摸出相应的物体，
四、巩固练习，让幼儿根据形体标志进行归类。
五、引导幼儿说说日常生活中，哪些物体是正方体，哪些物体是长方体。
六、以谈话法结束活动。幼儿开小汽车回家出活动室。
大班计算活动说课
————认识正方体，长方体
一、说教材
《认识正方体长方体》是大班下学期中的计算教学内容。大班的幼儿对几何平面图形有了正确的认识，他们已经认识了正方形和长方形等并能作出准确的判断，但对物体的体这个概念却不知道为此，我在幼儿掌握平面图形的基础上开设活动，符合幼儿的年龄特点。不但可以发展幼儿的空间知觉能力，也等以后的知识打下基础。
本活支以“游戏法”贯穿态个活动，准备足够的教玩具，让幼儿动手操作，启发引导幼儿运用观察、比较发现等多种方法进行教学，这样安排不但可以激发幼儿学习的积极主动性，以可以让幼儿运用多种感害直接去感知正方体、长方体的特征。幼儿在操作中逐步理解，符合循序渐进的认知规律。
根据本班幼儿的实际水平和教材内容、特点，制定了以下
活动目标：
1. 使幼儿能正确说出正方体和长方体的主要特征,并比较其异同。
2. 让幼儿感知形和体的不同，发展空间知觉。
3. 培养幼儿分析、比较能力和认真细致观察的习惯。
通过活动引导幼儿能说出正方体和长方体的主要特征是三活动的重点。进而感知正方体、长方体六个面中，对面一样大是本活动的难点。
教具准备
1. 正方体和长方体娃娃的头饰各1 个，各种形体的积木。线若干条，魔术箱一个、录音机、磁带.
2. 场地布置：形体乐园.
3. 事先排好情境表演.
二、 说活动方法：
大班的幼儿年龄小，感性知识少相象概括能力弱，思维的特点是以具体形象思维为主要形式。空间方位知觉正在发展阶段，他们的学习完全依靠赖于对被认识对象感兴趣的程度，根据这些特点组织活动时我采用了以下几种教学法：
1. 以游戏法贯穿整个活动
游戏是幼儿最喜欢的活动。在计算教学中运用游戏法不但符合幼儿活泼好动及思维具体形象的特点。而且能激发幼儿的学习兴趣和积极性集中幼儿的注意力；使幼儿轻松愉快地学习。本活动以“支形体乐园玩”贯穿整个活动，幼儿不但在玩中找到乐趣，而且也在玩中学习、掌握了正方体、长方体的特征。
2. 运用操作法，让幼儿主动学习.
幼儿是学习活动的主体，为了突出幼儿的主体的位，发挥幼儿的主体作用，我准备了足够的教玩具，提供幼儿动手、动口、动脑的机会，让幼儿在操作中获取对正方体的认识，帮助幼儿理解事物的规律，突破了教学重点。
3. 灵活采用直观教学法，观察法和比较法
幼儿的思维是具体形象的，活动开始以“直观形象 的正方体长方体娃娃”引入，一下子引起幼儿的话意；接着“形体乐园”里的玩具，再次调动幼儿的积极主动性。通过操作和游戏，引导幼儿结合应用观察法，比较法，来发现问题得出结论，使活动达到高潮。
三、说活动程序.
根据幼儿年龄小、活泼、好动的性格特点，简明的导语和生动的引入，能引起幼儿的注意调动幼儿的学习积极性
1. 开始部分：
师以“我们班来了两个小客人”引入，引出正方体和长方体娃娃。正方体娃娃和长方体娃娃分别自我介绍，并提出愿意带小朋友一起去形体乐园玩（幼儿开小汽车去形体乐园）
2. 基本部分
① 认识正方体和长方体
教师带幼儿到形体乐园玩,让幼儿分别和正方体、长方体交朋友并用操作法发现它们各自的特征.
② 教师引导幼儿比较正方体和长方体的异同点.
③ 玩游“击鼓摸箱子”
a. 请幼儿在听信号后到箱子里摸出一个形体，并说出自己摸的是什么形体，有什么特征。
b. 根据教师讲述的形体特征。让幼儿摸出相应的物体。
④ 巩固练习，让幼儿根据形体标志进行分类
⑤ 引导幼儿说说日常生活中哪些物体是正方体，哪些物体是长方体？
3.结束部分
以“今天我们在形体乐园玩了一天，也玩累了，让我们开着小汽车回家”（幼儿听音乐做开汽车的动作出活动室）
初三英语阅读 (1) A Box Full of Christmas Cards
It was two weeks before Christmas （圣诞节）, and Mrs Smith was very busy . She bought a lot of Christmas cards（卡片）to send to her friends and to her husband's friends, and put them on the table in the living-room（起居室）. Then, when her husband came home from work, she said to him, "Here are the Christmas cards for our friends, and here are the stamps（邮票）,the pen and the address（地址）book. Will you please write the cards while I am cooking the dinner（正餐）?"
Mr Smith did not say anything, but walked out of the living-room and went to his study（书房）. Mrs Smith was very angry with him , but did not say anyting , either.
Then 2 minutes later he came back with a box of Chrismas cards with stamps on and all had been addressed（写上姓名地址）.
"These are from last year,"he said. "I forgot to post them."
( ) 1. What did Mrs Smith do before Christmas?____
A. She bought a lot of Christmas cards. B. She did some cooking.
C. She bought a lot of presents for their friends.
D. She bought a box full of Christmsa cards.
( )2. Mrs Smith wanted her husband __ when he came home from work. A. to do some cooking
B. to put the stamps on and write the addresses on the cards.
C. to get the box from the next room
D. to send the Christmas cards to their friends
( )3. What did Mr·Smith do then? ______.
A. He wrote the addresses on the cards
B. He helped Mrs·Smith to cook the dinner
C. He suddenly（突然）thought of something and went to get a box
D. He said nothing and did nothing
( )4. In the second paragraph, the word "angry" means "______"
A. 失望 B. 满意 C. 惊讶 D. 生气
( )5. From the story we can see Mr Smith was a ____man.
A. careless（粗心） B. clever C. good D. bad
(2) Why Are You Shouting
Mike liked chocolates (巧克力) very much, but his mother never gave him any, because they were bad for his teeth, she thought. But Mike had a nice grandfather. The old man loved (孙子) very much, and sometimes he brought Mike chocolates when he came to visit him. Then his mother let him eat them, because she wanted to make the old man happy.
One evening, a few days before Mike's seventh birthday, he was saying his prayers (祈祷词) in his bedroom before he went to bed. “Please, God (上帝), ”he shouted, “make them give me a big box of chocolates for my birthday on Saturday.”
His mother was in the kitchen (厨房) , but she heard the small boy shouthing and went into his bedroom quickly.
“Why are you shouting, Mike? ”she asked her son. “God can hear you however gently (无论多轻) you speak. ”“I know,” answered the clever bay with a smile, “but Grandfather's in the next room, and he can't.”
( ) 1. Mike's mother never gave Mike chocolates because ______.
A. she wanted the grandfather to give him instead
B. She thought they were bad for his teeth
C. it was not easy to buy them D. they were not cheap
( ) 2. MIke was ____ years old.
A. eleven B. seven C. seventeen D. six
( ) 3. From the story we can see Mike's mother was ___ her father.
A. angry with B. kind to C. pleased with D. happy about
( ) 4. After saying his prayers, Mike ____.
A. went to see his grandfather B. went to bed
C. went to eat chocolates D. went to the kitchen
( ) 5. Mike shouted his prayers because hewas afraid ___ could not
hear him.
A. somebody B. God
C. his mother D. his grandfather
(3) We Enjoy Ourselves Without Friends
Most things cannot be enjoyed (不能被欣赏) without friends, but reading can. When we sit alone in our house, we can travel (旅行) around the world, and we can understand the reason (道理) for thousands of things. We live today, but we can talk with the people of thousands of years ago. We can become the friends of clever men. Only books give us this happiness (快乐). If people cannot enjoy reading, they are poor men; If people enjoy reading most, they can get the most happiness from books.
( ) 1. One can ____ if he has no friends with him.
A. sit alone B. do some reading
C. have a talk D. have a sleep
( ) 2. From books we can ____.
A. get much money B. get many friends
C. know a lot of things in the world
D. know some people in our country
( ) 3. ____ can make us know a lot of things in the world.
A. Thinking B. Writing C. Reading D. Working
( ) 4. If we read more books, we will ____.
A. be cleverer B. get richer
C. look stronger D. have more friends
( ) 5. which of the following is true?
A. If one reads a lot, he will have many friends.
B. When one reads a lot of books, he is a poor man.
C. One can enjoy everything without friends.
D. Reading is a great happiness.
(4) Tell Me in Such a Way
One day, an old lady wanted to go to London to see her son. She got up early and readched the small station at nine o'clock in the morning. Becarse this was her first trip (旅行) to London, she didn't know the train time. She was very worried. Just at that moment, she saw a little boy running towards her. She stopped him and asked him what time the train woukd arrive and when the train woukd leave for London. the boy looked at the woman and said, “tu: tu: tu: tu: tu:” just like firing a gun (象开枪似的). Then he ran away. The old lady was very much surprised and got angry. She didn't know why the boy had made fun of (开玩笑) her. She sat in a chair and thought and thought. At last she began to smile. She could not help (不禁) crying out, “What a clever boy! He told me the train time in such a way!”
( ) 1. When the lady got to the small station, _____.
A. she saw no one there B. the train had arrived
C. she asked a boy the train time
D. a boy came up to meet her
( ) 2. The little boy ran away because _____.
A. the lady laughed at him B. the lady was angry with him
C. he had told the lady the train time
D. he didn't want to tell the lady the train time
( ) 3. That day the lady stayed at the small staion for about_____.
A. one hour B. two minutes C. five hours D. half a night
( ) 4. At last the old lady understood the train would arrive at ___ .
and leave at _____.
A. 10: 10… 2:12 B. 2: 00 … 12 C. 2:02 … 2:04 D. 1:58 … 2:02
( ) 5. Which of the following is true?
A. The old lady didn't get up early enough to catch the train.
B. The old lady never went to London before.
C. The boy got angry with the lady and made fun of her.
D. The boy told the lady the train time in a clever way.
(5) Have a Joke (玩笑)
Once Effendi had a joke with the prime Minister (首相). He said the Minister would due the next day. The next day, the Minister really fell from the horse and died. When the king heard this, he got angry and sent (派遣) his men to catch Effendi at once.
When Effendi came, the king shouted angrily, “Effendi, you knew when my Minister would die, you must also know the date of your own death (死). Say it out, or you;ll die today.”
Effendi looked at the king and answered, “But how can I know? I'll die two days earlier than your.”
the king was afraid that he would die if he killed Effendi. He thought he must keep Effendi alive (活着的) as long as he could. So he let him go.
( ) 1. This story tells us_____.
A. when the king would die B. why the Prime Minister died
C. how Effendi fooled (愚弄) the king
D. that Effendi died two days earlier than the king
( ) 2. The Prime Minister died because ______.
A. Effendi talked about his death the day before
B. he fell to the ground from a horse
C. he was ill D. Effendi hated him
( ) 3. The king asked Effendi to tell the date of his death because the king ____.
A. wanted to know the time of his own death
B. wanted to find an excuse (借口) to kill him
C. was afraid that he would die D. wanted to learn form Effendi
( ) 4. Effendi said that he would die two days earlier than the king because he
wanted ____.
A. to let the king know the time of his death
B. to tell the time of the king's own death
C. to let the king kill him D. to let the king keep him alive
( ) 5. The king let Effendi go because ____.
A. he didn't know what to do B. he wanted to live a long life
C. he knew the date of Effendi's death
D. he wanted Effendi to live a happy life
(6) Something About Coffee and Tea
Two hundred years ago people in Europe (欧洲) didn't know coffee (咖啡) and tea. They were afraid to drink them because they thought coffee or tea could kill a person. Once the king of Sweden (瑞典) decided (决定) to find out whether (是否) it was true or not.
At that time there were two twin (双胞胎) brothers in prison (监狱). They would die in a few days because they did wrong. The king said, “I shall let them live but they must drink coffee or tea to the end of their lives. One brother must drink coffee and the other must drink tea every day.”
They both lived many years. At last, one of the brothers died when he was eighty-three years old. The other died a few years later. After that, people knew both coffee and tea were useful (有益的) to man.
( ) 1. People were afraid to drink coffee and tea because ____.
A. people didn't like them B. they smelt bad
C. they have no money to buy them
D. people knew little about them
( ) 2. The king of Sweden ____ that coffee and tea were useful at last.
A. found out B. didn't believe
C. didn't think D. thought
( ) 3. What saved the two brothers' lives? ____.
A. found out B. didn't believe
C. did't think D. thought
( ) 4. Today people ____ drink not only coffee but also tea.
A. in Sweden B. in Europe
C. in China D. all over the world
( ) 5. The two brothers lived to ____ years old.
A. more than 82 B. less than 82 C. 83 D86
(7) Will's Bike
Will has a bike, but there's a hole (洞) in its inner tube (内胎). He cannot ride it now. He has to repair the hole. He needn't want the man in the bike shop to repair it. He can repair it himself. It's easy for him. First, he takes out the inner tube. Then he tests (检查). it and finds the hole. The test is easy. You get some water, blow up (吹胀) the inner tube, and put the tube into the water. Yor move the tube round and will see air coming up through the water. You mark (作记号) the place ( The air is coming out of the place ) With a kind of pencil. Will has one of these pencils. His father has given him a repair box. The pencil is in the box. He has found the hole now. When the inner tube is not wet any more, he is going to put a rubber (橡皮) patch (补块) on the hole. There are some patches and something else (其他的) in the repair box. When will repairs his bike, he is going to ride it again.
( ) 1. There's _____ Will's bike.
A. something wrong with B. anything wrong in
C. nothing wrong with D. something wrong in
( ) 2. Will repairs his bike himself because _____.
A. he hasn't got any money
B. it takes a lot of money for a bike shop to repair it
C. it is easy for him to repair it himself
D. there is no bike shops near his home
( ) 3. Will's father has given him ____.
A. a pencil- box B. a school- bag
C. a repair basket D. a repair box
( ) 4. He doesn't put a rubber patch on the hole when the inner tube is ____.
A. still wet B. not wet any more
C. no longer wet D. not wet enough
( ) 5. Can Will repair his bike himself at last?
A. Yes, he can. B. Hard to say.
C. No, he can't. D. Of course not.
(8) Mr. Guo's Story
My grandfather was a fine man. I loved him very much. But one day I told him a lie (诺言). I can not tell you now what the lie was. I was only seven years old then.
Grandfather was not angry with me. “Ask Wang to bring a long ladder (梯子), ” he said. Wang took care of our garden.
Wang brought the big ladder. Then Grandfather told him, “put the ladder in front of the house, up to the top (顶部).”
Wang put the ladder there. Then Grandfather said, “My boy, now jump from the top of the house. The ladder is for you.”
I knew at once what he was telling me. I often heard the old saying (俗语) “A lie is a jump from the top of a jump frim the top of a hoouse”
I said nothing. But I felt like crying.
The minutes went by. What would people think about the ladder? It stood by the front door. I was afraid it might be there a long time. I had to do something!
At last I went to Grandfather. He was reading a book. I went up to him and put my face on his arm.
“Grandfather,” I said. “I will not tell a lie again. We don't need the ladder now.”
Grandfather seemed (好像) very happy. He called Wang. “Take the ladder away,” he said. “My boy does not jump from the top the house.”
His words made me happy once again.
( ) 1. There were ____ persons in the story.
A. tow B. three C. four D. five
( ) 2. “I felt like crying ”means “_____”.
A. 我正在哭 B. 我喜欢哭 C. 我很想哭 D . 我感到象哭
( ) 3. The story shows that Grandfather was ____ the boy.
A. clever and kind to B. foolish and unkind to
C. clever but not kind to D. foolish but kind to
( ) 4. The old saying tells people ____.
A. to jump from the top of a house B. to jump to the top of a house
C. not to tell lies D. a story of jumping from the top of a house
( ) 5. “My boy does not jump from the top of the house ” means“____”.
A. My boy doesn't like the ladder
B. My boy isn't brave (勇敢) enough to jump from the top
C. My boy doesn't tell lies again
D. It's not necessary (需要) for my boy to use the ladder
(9) The Year
A year is a long time, as long as it takes the earth to go around the sun, as long as from one birthday to another. There are lots of things in a year-one New Year, one Christmas, one spring, one summer, one autumn, and one winter.
Spring is the morning of the year. Everything wakes up in spring,. Leaves come out of the trees, flowers and plants (植物) come out of the ground, and animals, after they have slept all winter, run out of their holes. Spring is the time for planting (种植). Then the ground is soft (松软) and warm from the rain and the sun.
Summer is the daytime of the year. It is the time for growing. The sunshine is hot and bright and all the growing things stretch (伸展) up to meet it. Plants can not be strong and grow well without the sun. Flowers get bringt and fruits (果实) get ripe (成熟). Birds sing, and all kinds of things grow and stretch.
Autumn is the evening of the year, the harvest time. The last fruits get ripe and people pick them up. Some animals grow thicker (更厚的) coats, and they will be warm when winter comes. Some animals keep food. They will not be hungry when there is no food to find in weinter. Leaves fall to the ground. After a while they break into small pieces and become part of the earth.
Winter is the night time of the year, the time for resting. In cold places, gardens and fields rest, waiting for the warm spring. Many animals rest in their holes and do almost nothing but draw (吸) their breath. In winter the days are short and the nights are very long.
( ) 1. A year is as long as ____. A. one spring B. one Christmas
C. one birthday to one New Year D. it takes the earth to go around the sun
( ) 2. In spring, _____.
A. plants and animals wake up B. plants wake up but animals don't
C. we have Christmas D. it is always very cold
( ) 3. In the daytime of the year, ____.
A. plants can be strong and grow well without the sun
B. plants are growing fast and people often go swimming in rivers
C. animals wake up frowm their long winter sleep D. flowers get ripe
( ) 4. In autumn ____.
A. animals are hungry and they keep food B. plants grow stronger and stronger
C. most of the leaves fall to the ground from the trees
D. the leaves come out of the trees
( ) 5. In the last season, ____.
A. everything stops moving B. the weather is like the warm spring
C. days are shorther than in summer D. days are long, and nights are short
(10) Coral lslands (珊瑚岛)
In the sea there are many islands. In its warm waters there are some little ones. We call them“Coral Islands”.
A coral island is very nice to look at. It looks like a ring of land (一圈陆地) with trees, grass, and flowers on it. One part of the ring is open to the water. There is a little round lake inside the island.
If you look into this lake, you will see beautiful coral. You may think they are flowers.
If you look at a piece of coral, you will see many little holes in it. In each of these holes a very small sea animal has lived. These sea animals make the coral.
They began to build (营造) under the water. Year after year, the coral grew higher and higher. At last it grew out of the water.
Then the sea brought to it small trees and something else. After some years, these things changed into earth. Sometimes the wind brought seeds to this earth. Sometimes birds flew over it and brought seeds to the island.
The little seeds grew. In a few years there were plants all over the island. In a few more years there were trees growing there.
So you see, these islands were built little by little (一点点形成的). The workers were very small. Do they not teach us a lesson? Can you think what the lesson is?
( ) 1. In the sea ____.
A. there are coral islands in all places B. there are some coral islands
C. the water is always warm D. we can see many flowers
( ) 2. A coral island looks like ____.
A. a round cake B. trees, grass and flowers
C. a ring of land D. a round lake
( ) 3. There are ____ in the holes in corals.
A. flowers B. little corals C. grass D. sea animals
( ) 4. How did seeds of trees, grass and flowers come to the coral islands? ___.
A. The wind and birds brought them to the coral islands
B. Only the wind brought them there
C. People brought them there D. Fishes brought them there
( ) 5. From the story we learn that ____.
A. small workers can't do big things B. only big workers can to big things
C. small workers can do dig thbings if they work hard and work a long time
D. all small things can do dig things
(11) “How Old Was the Tree?”
A very rich man bought a big farm. He paid a lot of money for it because there was a great tree on the farm. People said that the tree was a bout 3 hundred years old, and it was famous (著名). But many of his men did not believe that the tree was so old. The new owner (主人) of the farm heard that Zeke, one of his men, was very wise. He called him to try to make sure (弄清楚) how old the tree really was.
Four days later Zeke came to the new owner and told him that the tree was even older than they thought. It was 332 years old!
“Great! Good news! How wise you are!”said the owner. “But I want to know how you could tell that tree was so old.”
“Very easy! I cut (砍) down the tree and counted (数) the rings (圈),”answered Zeke.
( ) 1. The rich man bought the farm because ____.
A. he was interested in the big trees on the farm
B. he was going to plant trees on the farm
C. it was a famous farm D. it was a big one
( ) 2. The word “men” in the first paragraph means“____”.
A. 男人 B. 人 C. 雇工 D. 士兵
( ) 3. The new owner was ____ when he knew Zeke cut down the tree.
A. glad B. sad and angry C. worried D. happy
( ) 4. To the new owner, Zeke's words were ____.
A. good news B. bad news C. not true D. a lie (诺言)
( ) 5. The story shows Zeke was ____.
A. a man not really very clever B. a bad man
C. really very clever D. very strong
(12) One Way Street
One day a Frenchman (法国人) went to New York (纽约) on business (出差). He didn't know a word of English. When he arrived in New York, he took a bus to a hotel (旅馆).
It was Sunday, and the Frenchman decided (决定) to go out for a walk. He left the hotel and went out into the street.
As he walked along the street, he suddenly (突然) remembered that he didn't know the name of the street. So he decided to write it down. He looked at the wall near the corner of the street. There he saw some English words and copied (抄) them down in his notebook (笔记本). “Now I know the name of this street,”he said to himself. “It will be easy for me to get back to the hotel.”
He walked for a long time in the city. Then he felt tired and wanted to go back to his hotel. He took the notebook out of his pocket and showed the name of the street to a young woman.
Then he decided to ask someone else (别的). He stopped an old man and showed it to him. The old man didn't know what he wanted, either.
The Frenchman was very much worried. Then he went to a young policeman nearby. The youun man knew a little French. When the Frenchman showed him the words in the notebook and asded him where the street was, the young man laughed and laughed, for these were the words in the Frenchman's notebook: One Way Street (单行道).
When the policeman knew what had happened, he helped the Frenchman to find the hotel. When the Frenchman got to the hotel, he was so tired that he couldn't say a word.
( ) 1. The Frenchman ___ .
A. knew English well B. didn't knwo Englis at all
C. knew a lot of English words D. knew only a little English
( ) 2. On Sunday the Frenchman decided ____.
A. to go to a hotel B. to go to New York
C. to go out for a walk D. to do some shopping
( ) 3. He wrote down the name of the street in his notebook because ____.
A. he forgot the name of the street B. he didn't want to lose his way(迷路)
C. he remembered the name of the street D. he wanted to go for a walk
( ) 4. The other people didn't know what the Frenchman wanted because ____.
A. they didn't know the words “One way street”
B. they didn't want to help him C. they didn't know a word of English
D. the words “One Way Street” were not a name of a street
( ) 5. At last ____ helped him to find the way to the hotel.
A. a young policeman B. an old man C. a young woman D. a friend
(13) Best Present
David came from a poor family. When he graduated (毕业) from high school, his father gave him an unforgetable (难忘的) present. Some of his friends got new clothes and a few rich children even got new cars. His father took a nickel (5分镍币) out of his pocket and said to him, “Buy a piece of newspaper with that. Read every word of it. Then turn to the classified section (分类广告栏) and get yourself a job (工作). Get into the world. It's all yours now.”
David always thought that was a great joke (玩笑) until a few years later when he army (军队), sitting in a foxhole (散兵坑), and thinking about his fsmily and his life. It was then that he understood his friends had got only new cars, or only clothes. His father had given him the whole world. What a greater present!
( ) 1. when David graduated from high school, his father gave him ___.
A. a new car B. some new clothes
C. a nickel D. a piece of newspaper
( ) 2. When David ___, his father gave him a present.
A. finished middle school B. left a university (大学)
C. worked as a teacher of English D. became a soldier
( ) 3. In “It's all yours now”, “it”refers to (指) “____”.
A. the world B. the nickle C. a job D. a newspaper
( ) 4. David's father ____.
A. wasn't good to David B. played a joke on David
C. was clever and very strict (严格) with David D. was poor and foolish
( ) 5. A few years later David ____.
A. understood that his father had given him a very great present
B. thought his father had played a joke on him
C. didn't find a job D. found a very good job
(14) A Bundle Of Sticks
Once an old farmer had sevral sons, and his sons often quarrelled (吵架) with one another. The farmer told them not to quarrel, but they would not listen to him. He was very unhappy. He wanted to teach them a lesson. He thought hard. At last he had an idea.
One day he called his sons together and showed them some sticks (柴枝). He tied (绑扎) the sticks into a bundle (一捆) and told his sons to break it. They all tried, but none (一个人也没有) of them could do so. Then the farmer untied (解开) the bundle and told his sons to break (折断) the sticks one by one. This time all of them did easily. The old man said, “You see, my sons, when you are united (联合, 团结), you are strong. If you are not, your enemy (敌人) will beat (打败) you one by one.”.
After that the sons never quarrelled again.
( ) 1. The exact (确切) meaning of the word “lesson” here may be “__”.
A. 功课 B. 课程 C. 一节课 D. 教训
( ) 2. The old farmer's sons could not break the bundle of sticks because ____.
A. it was too heavy B. it was very strong
C. they didn't want to break it D. they were too tired to bread it
( ) 3. All of them broke the sticks one by one ____.
A. easily B. happily C. slowly D. quickly
( ) 4. The story shows that the old farmer was ____.
A. clever and liked his sons B. foolish and liked his sons
C. clever but didn't like his sons D. foolish and didn't like his sons
( ) 5. The story tell us that ____
A. we must break a bundle of sticks together.
B. we must break sticks one by one.
C. we must listen to old farmers. D. unity (团结) is strength (力量).
(15) Laura's Story
My father died when I was born. Life was not easy in Spain (西班牙) in those years. My mother decided to move to Mexico (墨西哥) because people said things were easier there. And there was no reason (理由) to stay in Barcelona. It broke my mother's heart to leave, but it also broke her heart to stay. She sold (卖) her diamond ring (钻石戒指). It was her only thing. Then she bought two tickets to Mexico.
There, in Mexico, I forgot the past. After all (毕竟) I was only a child. But our new life was not like my mother's golden dreams (金色的梦). I grew up and had to to to work. I was not happy. We were poor and alone in the world.
At eighteen I married (结婚) an older man. He had a little money, and I lived a happy life with him for a few years. I got new clothes and lived in a fine house. But I didn't love him, and I thought he knew it, too. He wasn't a bad husband. He wanted a quiet (安静的) life and a big family, but I didn't. We fought (吵架) about it and made each other unhappy (不高兴). Finally we left each other. After that I came to New York.
( ) 1. They moved to Mexico because ____.
A. life was hard in Barcelona B. life was easy in Spain
C. Laura's mother was ill D. they had enough money to buy two tickets
( ) 2. In Mexice, their life was ____.
A. better than before B. like the mother's golden dreams
C. happier D. as poor as before
( ) 3. After Laura got married, she lived a happy life for a few years,
because ____.
A. she loved her husband husband B. she had a big family
C. she was richer than before D. her husbad was older than she
( ) 4. In the sentence “I thought he knew it”,“it”refers to (指) “__”.
A. I din't love him B. I got new clothes
C. a little money D. a fine house
( ) 5. At last she left her husband and went to ____.
A. America B. England C. Australia D. Japan
(16) The Statue (雕像) of General (将军) Pershing
General Pershing was a great American officer. He was in the American army and fought (打仗) in Europe (欧洲) in the First World War (第一次世界大战).
After he died, some people in his home town wanted to remember him , so they put up a big statue of him on a horse.
There was a school near the statue and some of the boys went there every day on their way to school and again on their way home. After a few months, some of them began to say, “Good morning, Pershing” Whenever (不论何时 ) they reached the statue, and soon all the boys at the school were doing this.
One Saturday, one of the youngest of these boys was going to do shopping with his parents. When he went past the statue, he said “Good morning, Pershing”to it. But then he stopped and said to his parents, “I like Pershing very much, Mum and Dad, but who's that strange man on his back?”
( ) 1. General Pershing was from ____.
A. Europe B. England C. America D. Japan
( ) 2. In the second paragraph “put up” means “_____”.
A. 竖起 B. 制造 C. 挂起 D. 雕塑
( ) 3. The statue was ____ the school.
A. not far from B. behind C. in D. very far from
( ) 4. The boys went there every day _____.
A. on their way to school B. on their way home
C. both A and B D. after class
( ) 5. One of the youngest boy thought that _____ was Pershing.
A. the shop B. the stone C. the horse D. the house
(17) Play Music for Patients (病人)
Eddie liked music very much when he was at school, but when he went to university (大学), he decided (决定) to study nedicine (医学) instead of music. When he finished his study and lbecame a doctor, he decided to work in a hospital for some time. There he found that a lot of the patients were happier and caused (引起) less trouble if nice music was played to them. When Eddie got an office and began to work for himself, he decided to keep his patients happy by having a recorder (录音机) with beautiful music in his waiting- room.
But one morning, soon after Eddie had put the recorder, a woman in the crowded waiting-room said angrily, “Here we're all waiting to see the doctor, and he's just playing the violin (小提琴) in his office instead of doing his work! ”
( ) 1. Why did Eddie study medicine instead of music? ____.
A. Because he found medicine more interesting
B. Because he didn't like music any more when he grew up
C. Because he wasn't interested in music
D. The story didn't tell us why
( ) 2. ____, Eddie found that music was helpful (有帮助的) to patients.
A. When he worked in a hospital B. When he studied in the university
C. When he was at school D. After he bought a recorder
( ) 3. “Eddie got an office and began to work for himself” means “____”.
A. he worked in the office of the hospital
B. he himself worked in the office
C. he set up (建立) his own clinic (诊所)
D. he worked only for himself, not for his friends
( ) 4. “The crowded waiting-room”means “_____”.
A. there were many people in the room B. there were few people in the room
C. the room was bright D. the room was small
( ) 5. Eddie ____ in his office when the woman said angrily.
A. was playing the violin B. was working
C. was doing nothing D. enjoying music
( 18) I Like Bikes
Two years ago my husband bought me a bike. If you live in a town, it is often faster than a car and you don't have to worry about parking (停车). You can leave it anywhere (任何地方). As it has a seat at the back and a basket at the front, I can take my small daughter to school, to the library (图书馆) , shopping, anywhere in fact (事实上).
I use it mostly in summer when the weather is warm and dry. It can not be pleasant (舒适的) in winter when it is cold and it is raining hard. It can also be very dangerous (危险的). You must, of course, be careful on a bike. Accidents (事故) are not the only problem. One day I went shopping and when I came back, I couldn't find my front wheel (轮子). It was a long walk to the bike shop! Now I have three strong locks (锁).
My husband uses my bike sometimes for short trips (旅行). He is not good at using bikes, but he says it is better than waiting for a bus. He still likes his car for longer trips, but I think that all this sitting down is making him fat. On my bike I get a lot of exercise and fresh air, and it makes me feel a lot younger.
( ) 1. I have had a bike for ____.
A. twenty months B. one year C. two weeks D. two years
( ) 2. A bike is often____ if you live in a town.
A. slower than a car B. faster than a car
C. as fast as a car D. not so fast as a car
( ) 3. It can be pleasant ____.
A. when it is cold B. when it rains hard
C. when the weather is warm and dry D. when the weather is wet
( ) 4. When my husband wants to go a long way, he likes to ____.
A. drive a car B. take a train C. use my bike D. walk without his car
( ) 5. Which of the following is not true?
A. People can get mush exercise by using a bike.
B. People can get fat by using a bike.
C. People can get fresh (新鲜的) air by using a bike.
D. People can feel younger by using a bike.
(19) Life Without TV
When friends come to visit us in the evening, they often tell us that they are in a hurry and look at their watches. It isn't that our friends are all very busy, it is just that we haven't got a TV set. People think that we are very strange. “But what do you do in the evening?”they are always asking. It's easy to answer. Both my wife and I have hobbies (爱好). We certainly don't only look at the walls. My wife enjoys cooking and drawing and often goes to evening classes in foreign languages (外语). This is very useful (有用的) as we always go abroad (出国) for our holidays. I collect stamps (集邮) and I am always busy with my collection. Both of us enjoy listening to music and playing chess (下棋) together.
Sometimes there is no electricity (电) in the house. This does not worry us as we just use candles (腊烛) and go on with what we were doing before. Our friends don't know what to do. They only watch TV. On such evenings there are a lot of people in our house. They all come to us. They all have a good time. Instead of sitting quietly (静静地) in front of the TV set, everybody talks and plays games. Is life really impossible (不可能) without TV?
( ) 1. Our friends don't stay in our house long because ____.
A. they are busy B. we have no TV set
C. they don't like us very much D. we are busy all the time
( ) 2. Our friends think we are strange because ____.
A. we have no time to watch TV
B. we haven't got a TV set and often go to bed early
C. we don't like them to come to our home
D. they don't understand life without TV
( ) 3. In the wvening we _____.
A. like to look at the walls B. often go to the cinema
C. enjoy drawing and collecting stamps
D. often go to listen to music in our friends' homes
( ) 4. If there is no electricity in the house, ____.
A. we go out to play chess B. we are very worried
C. our friends come to our house and stay longer
D. we go out to visit our friends
( ) 5. Life without TV is _____ for us.
A. impossible B. not impossible
C. hard D. not interesting
(20) A Day to See the Circus (马戏)
Last Saturday the circus was in town, and my neighbor invited me to go with him and three of his children to see it. One of the first things we saw at the circus was a man. He was selling popcorn (爆玉米). You know what popcorn is, din't you? It's a kind of corn (玉米) that pops (爆开) when it gets hot. The pieces of corn break open (裂开) and grow quickly into little white balls about the size (大小) of the end of your finger (手指). They are good to eat. Everybody buys popcorn at the circus. The children love it, and I love it, too. After we bought the popcorn, we went on to look at some of the animals. We stopped at a cage (笼子). There were some monkeys in it. They were so small that we thought they must be babies, but a guard (守卫) explained (解释), “They have grown up.” They did a lot of funny (有趣的) things and made the children lauth and cry. One of the monkeys turned his head to one side and closed one eye. It looked as though (似乎) he was making faces at me. I din't know if I looked as funny to him as he did me.
( ) 1. My neighbour invited me to go with him and his ___ehildren to see the
circus.
A. two B. five C. three D. four
( ) 2. At the circus there was a man _____.
A. seling popcorn B. eating popcorn
C. buying popcorn D. making cakes
( ) 3. We noticed (注意) that _____ were in a cage.
A. some birds B. many birds
C. a few monkeys D. a lot of monkeys
( ) 4. We thought the monkeys must be babies because they were so _____.
A. small B. funy C. thin D. clever
( ) 5. Maybe I looked _____ to the monkeys.
A. happy B. fine C. worried D. very funny
(21) Why Is He So Secretive (神秘)
Mrs smith is the owner (主人) of a house. She keeps one room for herself and lets out the other rooms. Since the house is near a college (大学), there are a lot of young people.
Mrs Smith keeps a strict (严格的) eye on the use of the phone, electricity (电), and everything else, because she doesn't want to keep the bill high. Last month's phone bill was very high. She wanted to know if someone in the house made long distance calls (长途电话) and didn't tell her. So she decided (决定) to find out who it was.
She has waited behind the door for several nights. Just now she was glad to hear someone coming near the telephone desk. She couldn't hear what the person was saying, but she was sure it was a man's voice. “He must be trying to hide (藏) something..”She decided to go in quickly so that she could catch the man right then.
But when she suddenly (突然地) opened the door, she saw only the back of a man with his hand on the telephone desk. He was saying something in a low (低) voice to a girl beside him. So Mrs Smith still doesn't know who the culprit (罪犯) is.
( ) 1. In the second sentence, “let out”means “____”.
A. 居住 B. 装修 C. 出租 D. 搬出
( ) 2. Most of the people in Mrs Smith's other rooms are ____.
A. policemen B. middle school students
C. college students D. factory workers
( ) 3. “Jeeo tge bill high ” means “____”.
A. 放帐单于高处 B. 使开支大
C. 保持帐单于高处 D. 把账单提高
( ) 4. She was glad to hear someone coming near because___.
A. she thought she then could know who made long distance calls without telling her
B . she thought she could hear what he was saying
C. she at last caught the man
D. she waited behind the door for some nights
( ) 5. “to be seeretive” mcans “____”.
A. not to keep quiet B. to tell anybody everything
C. not to make noise D. to hide (隐藏) something
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
( )1.A. B.C.D.
五. 连词成句:
六. 根据要求改写句子:
1. (划线提问)
2. (同上)
3. (同上)
4. (同上)
5. (同上)
6. (同上)
7. (同上)
8. (同上)
9. (同上)
10. (同上)
七. 用所给动词, 词组的正确形式填空.
八. 在必要的地方, 填上适当的冠词:
九. 改病句:
十根据所提供的情景, 选择所给的句子完成下列对话(每句只能使用一次)
十一. 完型填空.
(站台)(美分)
十二. 阅读理解
(市场集市)(驴)
初二英语期中考练习卷
一. 在下列各组单词中选出一个划线部分读音与所给单词的划线部分读音一样的单词.
( ) 1. A.B. C. D.
二. 找出适当的字母或字母组合, 使单词完整. 正确
三. 用所给词的正确形式填空:
四. 选择填空;
五. 连词成句:
六. 根据要求改写句子:
1. (划线提问)
2. (同上)
3. (同上)
4. (同上)
5. (同上)
6. (同上)
7. (同上)
8. (同上)
9. (同上)
10. (同上)
七. 用所给动词, 词组的正确形式填空.
八. 在必要的地方, 填上适当的冠词:
九. 改病句:
十根据所提供的情景, 选择所给的句子完成下列对话(每句只能使用一次)
十一. 完型填空.
(站台)(美分)
十二. 阅读理解
(市场集市)(驴)
| TELEPHONE MESSAGE |
| From : _____________ To : _____________ Time : _________________________________ Message : __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ |
| Timetable | ||||
| STOP | BUS 1 | BUS 2 | BUS 3 | BUS 4 |
| Ferry Old Street Park New Street Hotel Playground Hospital Market | 6.00 6.10 6.25 6.30 6.35 6.40 7.00 7.10 | 6.30 6.40 6.55 7.00 7.05 7.10 — 7.30 | 7.00 7.10 7.25 7.30 7.35 7.40 8.00 8.10 | 7.30 7.40 7.55 8.00 — 8.05 8.25 8.35 |